Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-191522

PROSPECTUS

LOGO

43,973,679 Shares

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

Class A Common Stock



        We are registering the resale from time to time by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus or a supplement hereto of up to 43,973,679 shares of our Class A common stock, of which 37,863,679 shares are issuable upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC and 6,110,000 shares are currently held by one of the selling stockholders.

        The selling stockholders may offer the shares from time to time as each selling stockholder may determine through public or private transactions or through other means described in the section entitled "Plan of Distribution" or in a supplement to this prospectus. Each selling stockholder may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, if available, rather than under this prospectus. The registration of these shares for resale does not necessarily mean that the selling stockholders will sell any of their shares.

        We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders.

        Our Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol "PFSI". The last reported sale price of our Class A common stock on the NYSE on October 25, 2013 was $16.13 per share.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and therefore have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

        We are not a government-sponsored entity.



        Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



   

The date of this prospectus is October 28, 2013


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  9

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  41

Market Data

  42

Organizational Structure

  43

Use of Proceeds

  46

Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy

  47

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

  48

Selected Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data

  53

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  56

Business

  105

Management

  126

Executive and Director Compensation

  133

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  145

Principal Stockholders

  163

Selling Stockholders

  166

Description of Capital Stock

  168

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

  174

Plan of Distribution

  175

Legal Matters

  178

Experts

  178

Where You Can Find More Information

  178

Index to Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

  F-1

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-60

        Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

        In this prospectus, we refer to our subsidiary Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC as "PNMAC," we refer to our subsidiary PNMAC Capital Management, LLC as "PCM", and we refer to our subsidiary PennyMac Loan Services, LLC as "PLS." We refer to BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC, together with its affiliates, as "BlackRock," and HC Partners LLC, formerly known as Highfields Capital Investments LLC, together with its affiliates, as "Highfields."

        Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to "PMT" collectively refer to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, a mortgage "real estate investment trust" externally managed by PCM, and its operating subsidiaries.

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any prospectus supplement or free writing prospectus filed with the SEC. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or solicitation of an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer, sale or solicitation is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

        For investors outside the United States: We have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY

        This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.


Business Overview

Our Company

        We are a specialty financial services firm with a comprehensive mortgage platform and integrated business focused on the production and servicing of U.S. residential mortgage loans and the management of investments related to the U.S. residential mortgage market. We believe that our operating capabilities, specialized expertise, access to long-term investment capital, and our management's deep experience across all aspects of the mortgage business will allow us to profitably grow these activities and capitalize on other related opportunities as they arise in the future.

        We were founded in 2008 by members of our executive leadership team and two strategic partners, BlackRock and Highfields. Since our founding we have pursued opportunities to acquire and manage residential mortgage loans and established what we believe to be a best-in-class mortgage platform. We have relied on the know-how of our management team and built a de novo operating platform to our specifications using industry-leading technology, processes and procedures to address the stringent requirements of residential mortgage lending and servicing in the post-financial crisis market. We believe that this approach has resulted in a specialized mortgage platform that is "legacy-free" and highly scalable to support the continued growth of our business.

        We conduct our business in two segments: mortgage banking and investment management. Our principal mortgage banking subsidiary, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, or PLS, is a leading non-bank producer and servicer of mortgage loans in the United States. PLS is a seller/servicer for the Federal National Mortgage Association, or Fannie Mae, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or Freddie Mac, each of which is a government-sponsored entity, or GSE. It is also an approved issuer of securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association, or Ginnie Mae, a lender of the Federal Housing Administration, or FHA, a lender/servicer of the Veterans Administration, or VA, and a servicer for the Home Affordable Modification Program, or HAMP. We refer to each of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, FHA and VA as an "Agency." PLS is licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to originate residential mortgage loans in 46 states and the District of Columbia and to service loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

        Our principal investment management subsidiary, PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, or PCM, is an SEC registered investment adviser. It manages PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, or PMT, a mortgage "real estate investment trust," or REIT, listed on the NYSE. PCM also manages PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP, both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, an affiliate of these funds and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC. We refer to these funds collectively as our "Investment Funds" and, together with PMT, as our "Advised Entities." Our Advised Entities have been some of the leading non-bank investors in distressed mortgage loans since 2008, investing in loans with approximately $7.4 billion of unpaid principal balances, or UPB. As of June 30, 2013, our Advised Entities had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion.

        We conduct some of our activities for our own account and some for our Advised Entities. We earn significant fee income and carried interest from the activities we conduct for our Advised Entities; such fees include investment management fees, incentive fees, subservicing fees for servicing loan

 

1


Table of Contents

portfolios and fulfillment fees for mortgage banking services provided to PMT in connection with our correspondent lending program. Our relationships with our Advised Entities also allow us to pursue some market opportunities with reduced capital intensity, with PLS and PCM providing operational expertise and our Advised Entities providing investment capital for mortgage-related assets.

        Our systems and processes have been designed to be highly scalable to accommodate the continued rapid growth of our businesses. To date our growth has been organic, drawing upon experienced personnel known to us in the mortgage industry, which has allowed us to be methodical and consistent in our operations and to establish and maintain a disciplined corporate culture that is focused on excellence.

Our Company Structure

GRAPHIC

Mortgage Banking Segment

        As summarized below, our mortgage banking segment is comprised of three primary businesses: correspondent lending, retail lending, and loan servicing.

        Our correspondent lending business manages, on behalf of PMT and for our own account, the acquisition of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans that have been underwritten to investor guidelines. PMT acquires, from approved correspondent sellers, newly originated loans, primarily "conventional" residential mortgage loans guaranteed by the GSEs and "government-insured" residential mortgage loans insured or guaranteed primarily by the VA or the FHA.

        For conventional loans, we perform fulfillment activities for PMT and earn a fee for each loan acquired by PMT. Fulfillment activities include reviews of loan data, documentation and appraisals to assess loan quality and risk, correspondent seller performance and credit monitoring procedures, and the subsequent sale and securitization of loans through secondary mortgage markets on behalf of PMT. PMT earns interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or

 

2


Table of Contents

securitization of these conventional loans and retains the associated mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs. PLS provides loan subservicing for PMT's retained MSRs and earns a subservicing fee.

        In the case of government-insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee. We fulfill the government loans for our own account. We typically pool the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into a mortgage-backed security, or MBS, which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the associated MSRs.

        We have grown our correspondent lending business through purchases from approved mortgage originators that meet specific criteria related to management experience, financial strength, risk management controls and loan quality. Our management team has prior experience with the majority of these mortgage originators. As of June 30, 2013 we had approved 220 sellers on PMT's behalf, primarily independent mortgage originators and small banks located across the United States. PMT purchased approximately $17.1 billion of loans in the first half of 2013, including $9.0 billion of conventional loans, $8.0 billion of government-insured loans and $115 million of jumbo loans. In the second quarter of 2013, with $8.6 billion in production, PMT was the fourth largest correspondent lender in the United States as ranked by Inside Mortgage Finance.

        Our retail lending business originates new prime credit quality, first-lien residential conventional and government-insured mortgage loans on a national basis to allow customers to purchase or refinance their homes. We conduct this business through a consumer direct model, which relies on the Internet and call center-based staff, rather than a traditional branch network, to acquire and interact with customers across the country. Effective marketing, call center staff, procedures, training and technology are all important to growing our retail lending business. We use sophisticated telephony and lead-management software to improve conversion rates, deliver outstanding customer service, and lower costs. In the first half of 2013, we originated $611 million of residential mortgage loans in our retail lending business, a 295% growth rate compared to the first half of 2012.

        Our existing servicing portfolio is our main source of leads for new originations. These portfolio-based originations include: refinancing loans to proactively protect our servicing portfolio from run-off, which we refer to as "recapture;" refinancing loans from the restructure of distressed loans acquired by our Advised Entities; and purchasing loans to facilitate the sale of real estate owned, or REO, properties held by our Advised Entities. In addition, we are growing our non-portfolio originations by sourcing prospective customers through consumer marketing and community and professional relationships.

        For loans originated via our retail lending business, we conduct our own fulfillment, earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these loans, and retain the associated MSRs (subject to sharing 30% of such MSRs with PMT in the case of retail originated loans that refinance a loan for which the related MSR was held by PMT).

        Our loan servicing business performs loan administration, collection, and default activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments, responding to customer inquiries, accounting for principal and interest, holding custodial (impound) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums, counseling delinquent mortgagors, modifying loans and supervising foreclosures and our property dispositions.

        We service loans for which we own the MSRs and we service loans on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners which we refer to as "subservicing." The owner of MSRs acts on behalf of mortgage

 

3


Table of Contents

loan owners and has the contractual right to receive a stream of cash flows (expressed as a percentage of UPB) in exchange for performing specified mortgage servicing functions and temporarily advancing funds to cover payments on delinquent and defaulted mortgages. As a subservicer, we earn a contractual fee on a per-loan basis and the right to any ancillary fees, and we are reimbursed for any servicing advances we make on delinquent or defaulted mortgages. We presently subservice only for our Advised Entities.

        We characterize our servicing business as either "Prime Servicing" or "Special Servicing."

        We have grown our mortgage servicing portfolio primarily through organic mortgage loan production in our correspondent lending and retail lending businesses, supplemented by the opportunistic acquisition by our Advised Entities of distressed pools of residential whole loans which we subservice, and our own MSR acquisitions. As of June 30, 2013, we serviced or subserviced approximately 192,000 loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $44.4 billion. The majority of these loans are serviced for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae securitizations.

Investment Management Segment

        We are an investment manager through our wholly-owned subsidiary PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds, which had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2013. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance. The Investment Funds are limited-life private funds established in August 2008, whose commitment periods ended in 2011. As of June 30,

 

4


Table of Contents

2013, these funds had aggregate equity value of $562 million and had generated total returns of 53%, net of all fees, expenses and carried interest, since their inception. The term of each of these funds ends in December 2016 with the possibility of three one-year extensions. Subject to contractual restrictions with PMT, we may establish additional private investment vehicles to invest in distressed loans or pursue related mortgage strategies, for which we would provide investment management services as well.

        PMT was formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust in May 2009 and consummated an initial public offering in August 2009. PMT's shareholders' equity has grown through a combination of retained earnings and new equity raised through follow-on public offerings and other sales of its common stock. Since its initial public offering, PMT has raised new equity of approximately $200 million in 2011, approximately $600 million in 2012 and approximately $250 million for the year-to-date period ended September 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2013, PMT had shareholders' equity of $1,244 million. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, PMT reported returns on average shareholders' equity of 16%, 13% and 8%, respectively. Our relationship with PMT provides a partner with long-term investment capital and enhances our ability to both support our existing business and to pursue potential growth initiatives.


Corporate and Other Information

        PNMAC was formed in Delaware in January 2008. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. was formed in Delaware in December 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 6101 Condor Drive in Moorpark, California and our telephone number is (818) 224-7442. Our website address is www.pennymacfinancial.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

        The trademark PennyMac®, and its corresponding logos appearing in this prospectus, are owned by us or one of our subsidiaries. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the initial public offering of our Class A common stock on May 9, 2013, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 in this prospectus as the "JOBS Act," and references in this prospectus to "emerging growth company" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the JOBS Act.

 

5


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Class A common stock to be offered by the selling stockholders

  Up to 43,973,679 shares, of which 37,863,679 shares are issuable by us to the selling stockholders upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC on a one-for-one basis (subject to the customary conversion rate adjustments described below).

Class A common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering

 

56,751,456 shares, assuming the exchange of 37,863,679 Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock.

Class A Units of PNMAC outstanding after giving effect to this offering

 

19,137,432 units held by the members of PNMAC other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and 56,751,456 units held by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., assuming the exchange of 37,863,679 Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock.

Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering

 

74.78%, assuming the exchange of 37,863,679 Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock. The remaining voting power is held by holders of our Class B common stock.

Voting rights

 

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

Each holder of Class A Units of PNMAC, other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., holds one share of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to stockholders of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of Class A Units of PNMAC held by such holder. See "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B Common Stock."

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

6


Table of Contents

Exchange rights of holders of Class A Units of PNMAC

 

Pursuant to an exchange agreement that we have entered into with the owners of PNMAC other than us, those other owners may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. As those other owners exchange Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock will be automatically and correspondingly reduced.

 

We have also entered into a tax receivable agreement with certain of the owners of PNMAC other than us that will provide for the payment by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to those other owners of 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Use of proceeds

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds and bear all commissions and discounts, if any, from the sales of our Class A common stock offered by them pursuant to this prospectus.

Dividend policy

 

Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial position, results of operations, liquidity and legal requirements. See "Dividend Policy."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

NYSE symbol

 

"PFSI."

        Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus:

 

7


Table of Contents

 

8


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Risks Related to Our Mortgage Banking Segment

We operate in a highly regulated industry and the continually changing federal, state and local laws and regulation could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Due to the highly regulated nature of the residential mortgage industry, we are required to comply with a wide array of federal, state and local laws and regulations that regulate, among other things, the manner in which we conduct our loan production and servicing businesses and the fees that we may charge. These regulations directly impact our business and require constant compliance, monitoring and internal and external audits. A material failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations could subject us to lawsuits or governmental actions and damage our reputation, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Federal, state and local governments have recently proposed or enacted numerous new laws, regulations and rules related to mortgage loans. Laws, regulations, rules and judicial and administrative decisions relating to mortgage loans include those pertaining to real estate settlement procedures, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, fair credit reporting, truth in lending, fair debt collection practices, service members protections, compliance with net worth and financial statement delivery requirements, compliance with federal and state disclosure and licensing requirements, the establishment of maximum interest rates, finance charges and other charges, qualified mortgages, licensing of loan officers, loan officer compensation, secured transactions, payment processing, escrow, loss mitigation, collection, foreclosure, repossession and claims-handling procedures, and other trade practices and privacy regulations providing for the use and safeguarding of non-public personal financial information of borrowers. Service providers we use must also comply with these legal requirements, including outside foreclosure counsel retained to process foreclosures.

        In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or Dodd-Frank Act, represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry in the United States and includes, among other things (i) the creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify emerging systemic risks posed by financial firms, activities and practices, and to improve cooperation among federal agencies, (ii) the creation of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, authorized to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to financial products and services, including mortgage lending and servicing, (iii) the establishment of strengthened capital and prudential standards for banks and bank holding companies, (iv) enhanced regulation of financial markets, including the derivatives and securitization markets, and (v) amendments to the Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, aimed at improving consumer protections with respect to mortgage originations, including disclosures, originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, prepayment considerations appraisals and servicing requirements.

        Our failure to comply with these laws, regulations and rules may result in reduced payments by borrowers, modification of the original terms of mortgage loans, permanent forgiveness of debt, delays in the foreclosure process, increased servicing advances, litigation, enforcement actions, and repurchase

9


Table of Contents

and indemnification obligations. Our failure to adequately supervise service providers, including outside foreclosure counsel, may also have these negative results.

        The failure of the mortgage lenders from whom loans were acquired through our correspondent lending program to comply with these laws, regulations and rules may also result in these adverse consequences. We have in place a due diligence program designed to assess areas of risk with respect to these acquired loans, including, without limitation, compliance with underwriting guidelines and applicable law. However, we may not detect every violation of law by these mortgage lenders. While we have contractual rights to seek indemnity or repurchase from these correspondent lenders, if any of these lenders are unable to fulfill their indemnity or repurchase obligations to us to a material extent, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our repurchase agreements that provide us with capital to purchase loans for our correspondent lending business require us to make representations that the loans sold under these agreements comply with applicable law. See "Market Risks—We leverage our operations, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations" on page 18 for a discussion of risks related to breaches of such representations.

        In addition, although they have not yet been enacted, the Federal Housing Finance Agency, or FHFA, proposed changes to mortgage servicing compensation structures in 2011 for servicing with GSEs, including reducing servicing fees and channeling funds toward reserve accounts for delinquent loans. Also, there continue to be changes in legislation, rulemaking and licensing in an effort to simplify the consumer mortgage experience which requires technology changes and additional implementation costs for loan originators. We expect that legislative and regulatory changes will continue in the foreseeable future, which may increase our operating expenses.

        Any of these, or other, changes in laws or regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The creation of the CFPB and its recently issued rules will likely increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        On July 21, 2011, the CFPB obtained rulemaking and enforcement authority pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and began official operations. We are subject to examination by the CFPB. The CFPB has broad enforcement powers over mortgage participants, including originators and servicers, and can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, limits on activities or functions, and civil money penalties. The CFPB has been active in investigations and enforcement actions, and issued large civil money penalties in 2012.

        In addition to its regulatory authority, the CFPB has examination authority over all federal and state non-depository lending and servicing institutions, including mortgage brokers, lenders and servicers. Such examinations, as well as regulations that the CFPB might issue in the future, could ultimately increase our administrative burdens and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In October 2011, January 2012 and October 2012, the CFPB issued guidelines governing, among other things, examination procedures for bank and non-bank mortgage servicers and originators and its procedures for supervising mortgage transactions. In January 2013, the CFPB issued its final rules relating to, among other things, its "Ability to Repay" rule under TILA's implementing Regulation Z, mortgage escrow account requirements and mortgage servicing requirements. For further discussion on the details of the CFPB's final rules, see "Business—Compliance and Regulatory."

        Similar to other mortgage servicers of our size, we received a general request for information from the CFPB on September 24, 2012. We responded in a timely fashion to the CFPB by providing the

10


Table of Contents

requested information. On February 11, 2013, we were notified by the CFPB that it would perform an examination of PLS's loan servicing and related compliance activities beginning on March 25, 2013. This examination was completed on May 2, 2013. Details surrounding the examination are confidential based on CFPB regulations. The CFPB has the authority to impose significant penalties or other punitive actions that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The CFPB also has the power to notify the public of violations which carries with it reputational risk. The CFPB, at its discretion, may share the results of examinations with other regulators who may in turn initiate their own investigations and impose additional penalties.

        The CFPB's recently enacted rules will likely increase our administrative and compliance costs. They could also greatly influence the availability and cost of residential mortgage credit, and increase servicing costs and risks. In addition, the effective dates for these new rules are aggressive in some cases and it may be difficult for us to implement the procedures necessary to comply with these new rules by the dates on which they are to become effective. These increased costs of compliance, the effect of these rules on the mortgage industry and mortgage servicing and any failure in our ability to comply with these new rules by their effective dates, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

We are highly dependent on U.S. government-sponsored entities, and any changes in these entities or their current roles could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

        Our ability to generate revenues through mortgage loan sales depends to a significant degree on programs administered by government-sponsored entities, or GSEs, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, government agencies, including Ginnie Mae, and others that facilitate the issuance of mortgage-backed securities, or MBS, in the secondary market. These GSEs and Agencies play a critical role in the residential mortgage industry and we have significant business relationships with many of them. Presently, almost all of the newly originated conforming loans that we originate directly with borrowers or assist PMT in acquiring from mortgage lenders through our correspondent lending program qualify under existing standards for inclusion in mortgage securities backed by the GSEs or Ginnie Mae. We also derive other material financial benefits from these relationships, including the assumption of credit risk by these GSEs on loans included in such mortgage securities in exchange for our payment of guarantee fees and the ability to avoid certain loan inventory finance costs through streamlined loan funding and sale procedures.

        There is significant uncertainty regarding the future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including with respect to how long they will continue to be in existence, the extent of their roles in the market and what forms they will have. Although the U.S. Treasury has committed capital to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac since they were placed into conservatorship, additional funding may not be provided within the required time periods or the actions of the U.S. Treasury may not be adequate for their needs. If such funding is not provided as required, the FHFA would be obligated to place Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into receivership. Further, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac could be placed into receivership at the discretion of the FHFA at any time under certain circumstances. If the actions of the U.S. Treasury are inadequate or pending repurchase requests by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to lenders prove unsuccessful, or if Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are adversely affected by events such as ratings downgrades, foreclosure problems and delays and problems with mortgage insurers, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could continue to suffer losses and could fail to honor their guarantees and other obligations. In addition, the future roles of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remain uncertain. Their roles could be significantly reduced or eliminated and the nature of the guarantees could be considerably limited relative to historical measurements. Solvency concerns have also recently been raised regarding the FHA, which we rely on for the insurance of a significant portion of the government-insured loans that we produce. The elimination of the traditional roles of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or the FHA could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

11


Table of Contents

        Our ability to generate revenues from newly originated loans that we assist PMT in acquiring from mortgage lenders through our correspondent lending program is highly dependent on the fact that the GSEs have not historically acquired such loans directly from mortgage lenders, but have instead relied on banks and non-bank service providers such as us to acquire, aggregate and securitize or otherwise sell such loans to investors in the secondary market. If one or more of the GSEs were to start making these purchases and sales for their own accounts, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        Any discontinuation of, or significant reduction in, the operation of these GSEs or any significant adverse change in the level of activity of these GSEs in the primary or secondary mortgage markets or in the underwriting criteria of these GSEs could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

Changes in GSE guidelines or guarantees could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We are required to follow specific guidelines that impact the way that we service and originate GSE loans, including guidelines with respect to:

        In particular, the FHFA has directed the GSEs to align their guidelines for servicing delinquent mortgages that they own or that back securities which they guarantee, which can result in monetary incentives for servicers that perform well and penalties for those that do not. In addition, the FHFA has directed Fannie Mae to assess compensatory penalties against servicers in connection with the failure to meet specified timelines relating to delinquent loans and foreclosure proceedings, and other breaches of servicing obligations.

        We cannot negotiate these terms with the GSEs and they are subject to change at any time. A significant change in these guidelines that has the effect of decreasing the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage services could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, changes in the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the insurance provided by the FHA could also have broad adverse market implications. The guarantee fees that we are required to pay to the GSEs for these guarantees have increased significantly over time and any future increases in these fees would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Fannie Mae has indicated that it may impose annual delivery volume limits on all of its approved seller/servicers. Fannie Mae has not yet determined or announced the criteria for how these potential delivery limits may be calculated, or when they may be imposed. If a delivery limitation is imposed on PMT by Fannie Mae, it could result in a shift of business market share to Freddie Mac, and could adversely impact our gain on sale income to the extent that Freddie Mac price execution may be worse than that of Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac has indicated that it does not have any plans to establish delivery volume limits for its seller/servicers.

12


Table of Contents

Changes to government mortgage modification and refinance programs could adversely affect our future revenues and costs.

        Under HAMP and similar government programs, a participating servicer may be entitled to receive financial incentives in connection with any modification plans that it enters into with eligible borrowers and subsequent success fees to the extent that a borrower remains current in any agreed upon loan modification. While we participate in and dedicate numerous resources to HAMP, changes in legislation or regulation regarding HAMP or any other government mortgage modification program or changes in the requirements necessary to qualify for refinancing mortgage loans may impact the extent to which we participate in and receive financial benefits from such programs, or may increase our operating costs and the expense of our participation in such programs.

        On October 24, 2011, the FHFA announced changes to the existing Home Affordable Refinance Program, or HARP, for certain loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac prior to May 31, 2009. The changes to HARP are designed to increase the number of mortgage loans eligible for refinancing under the program and have meaningfully increased industry-wide loan production volumes. These changes and any additional changes that may be enacted to increase refinancing eligibility under this program will likely increase mortgage loan prepayment speeds, which would have an unfavorable impact on the valuation of our MSRs. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk."

        HAMP and HARP are currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2015. If HAMP or HARP is not extended, this could decrease our revenues, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Under the Making Home Affordable plan, or MHA, a participating servicer may receive a financial incentive to modify qualifying loans, in accordance with the plan's guidelines and requirements. HARP also allows us to refinance loans with an LTV of up to 125%. This program, and the FHA's negative equity refinance program, allow us to refinance loans to existing borrowers who have little or negative equity in their homes. The FHA's negative equity refinance program is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2014, and the expiration of that program or changes in legislation or regulations regarding that program or the MHA could reduce our volume of refinancing originations to borrowers with little or negative equity in their homes.

        Changes to HAMP, HARP, the MHA and other similar programs could adversely affect our future revenues and costs.

Unlike competitors that are banks, we are subject to the licensing and operational requirements of states and other jurisdictions that result in substantial compliance costs, and our business would be adversely affected if we lose our licenses.

        Because we are not a depository institution, we do not benefit from exemptions to state mortgage banking, loan servicing or debt collection licensing and regulatory requirements. We must comply with state licensing requirements and varying compliance requirements in all fifty states, the District of Columbia and the Virgin Islands, and we are sensitive to regulatory changes that may increase our costs through stricter licensing laws, disclosure laws or increased fees or that may impose conditions to licensing that we or our personnel are unable to meet. Currently we are able to service loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the Virgin Islands and originate loans in 46 states and the District of Columbia, either because we are properly licensed in a particular jurisdiction or we are exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed in that jurisdiction.

        In most states in which we operate, a regulatory agency or agencies regulate and enforce laws relating to mortgage servicers and mortgage originators. These rules and regulations generally provide for licensing as a mortgage servicer, mortgage originator, loan modification processor/underwriter, or third-party debt default specialist (or a combination thereof), requirements as to the form and content

13


Table of Contents

of contracts and other documentation, licensing of our employees and independent contractors with whom we contract, and employee hiring background checks. They also set forth restrictions on collection practices and disclosure and record-keeping requirements, and they establish a variety of borrowers' rights. Future state legislation and changes in existing regulation may significantly increase our compliance costs or reduce the amount of ancillary fees, including late fees, that we may charge to borrowers. This could make our business cost-prohibitive in the affected state or states and could materially affect our business.

        In addition, we are subject to periodic examinations by state and other regulators, which can result in increases in our administrative costs and refunds to borrowers of certain fees earned by us, and we may be required to pay substantial penalties imposed by these regulators due to compliance errors, or we may lose our license. Fines and penalties incurred in one jurisdiction may cause investigations or other actions by regulators in other jurisdictions.

        We may not be able to maintain all currently requisite licenses and permits. In addition, the states that currently do not provide extensive regulation of our business may later choose to do so, and if such states so act, we may not be able to obtain or maintain all requisite licenses and permits. The failure to satisfy those and other regulatory requirements could result in a default under our servicing agreements and credit facilities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Agency inquiries into foreclosure practices and foreclosure delays in certain states could result in additional compliance costs on our servicing business, and may adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

        In connection with allegations of irregularities in foreclosure processes, including so-called "robo-signing" by mortgage loan servicers, certain state Attorneys General, court administrators and government agencies, as well as representatives of the federal government, have issued letters of inquiry to mortgage servicers, requesting written responses to questions regarding policies and procedures, especially with respect to notarization and affidavit procedures. If initiated against us, these requests or any subsequent administrative, judicial or legislative actions taken by these regulators, court administrators or other government entities may subject us to fines and other sanctions, including a foreclosure moratorium or suspension. In addition to these inquiries, several state Attorneys General have requested that certain mortgage servicers suspend foreclosure proceedings pending internal review to ensure compliance with applicable law. Such inquiries, if initiated against us, as well as continued court backlog and emerging court processes, may cause an extended delay in the foreclosure process in certain states.

        Also, on February 9, 2012, federal and state agencies announced a $25 billion settlement with the five largest banks that resulted from investigations of foreclosure practices, which is referred to as the "Joint Federal-State Mortgage Servicing Settlement." As part of the settlement, the banks agreed to comply with various servicing standards relating to foreclosure and bankruptcy proceedings, documentation of borrowers' account balances, chain of title, and evaluation of borrowers for loan modifications and short sales as well as servicing fees and the use of force-placed insurance.

        Although we are not a party to the above enforcement consent orders and settlements, we could be required to comply with certain requirements and terms set forth in the consent orders and settlements if (i) we subservice loans in certain circumstances for the mortgage servicers that are parties to the enforcement consent orders and settlements, (ii) the agencies begin to enforce the consent orders and settlements by looking downstream to our arrangement with certain mortgage servicers, (iii) the MSR owners for whom we subservice loans request that we comply with certain aspects of the consent orders and settlements, or (iv) we otherwise find it prudent to comply with certain aspects of the consent orders and settlements. In addition, the practices set forth in such consent orders and settlements may be adopted by the industry as a whole, forcing us to comply with

14


Table of Contents

them in order to follow standard industry practices, or may become required by our servicing agreements. While we have made and continue to make changes to our operating policies and procedures in light of the consent orders and settlements, further changes could be required and changes to our servicing practices may increase compliance and operating costs for our servicing business, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

We may be subject to liability for potential violations of predatory lending laws, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

        Various U.S. federal, state and local laws have been enacted that are designed to discourage predatory lending practices. The U.S. federal Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, or HOEPA, prohibits inclusion of certain provisions in residential mortgage loans that have mortgage rates or origination costs in excess of prescribed levels and requires that borrowers be given certain disclosures prior to origination. Some states have enacted, or may enact, similar laws or regulations, which in some cases impose restrictions and requirements greater than those in HOEPA. In addition, under the anti-predatory lending laws of some states, the origination of certain residential mortgage loans, including loans that are not classified as "high-cost" loans under applicable law, must satisfy a net tangible benefits test with respect to the related borrower. This test may be highly subjective and open to interpretation. As a result, a court may determine that a residential mortgage loan, for example, does not meet the test even if the related originator reasonably believed that the test was satisfied. If any of our production loans are found to have been originated in violation of predatory or abusive lending laws, we could incur losses, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

We may be subject to certain banking regulations that may limit our business activities.

        As of June 30, 2013, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., or PNC, owned approximately 20.8% of the outstanding voting common shares of BlackRock Inc. Based on PNC's interests in and relationships with BlackRock, Inc., BlackRock, Inc. is deemed to be a non-bank subsidiary of PNC. BlackRock, Inc. is an affiliate of BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC, or BlackRock, which is one of our largest equity holders and which owns approximately 20.5% of our equity interests prior to this offering. Due to these relationships, we are deemed to be a non-bank subsidiary of PNC, which is regulated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. As a non-bank subsidiary of PNC, we may be subject to certain banking regulations, including the supervision and regulation of the Federal Reserve. Such banking regulations could limit the activities and the types of businesses that we may conduct. The Federal Reserve has broad enforcement authority over financial holding companies and their subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve could exercise its power to restrict PNC from having a non-bank subsidiary that is engaged in any activity that, in the Federal Reserve's opinion, is unauthorized or constitutes an unsafe or unsound business practice, and could exercise its power to restrict us from engaging in any such activity. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations that we may commit. To the extent that we are subject to banking regulation, we could be at a competitive disadvantage because some of our competitors are not subject to these limitations.

        In addition, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act referred to as the "Volcker Rule" place limitations on the ability of bank holding companies and their affiliates to engage in sponsoring, investing in and transacting with certain investment funds, including hedge funds and private equity funds (collectively "covered funds"). The Volcker Rule will also place restrictions on proprietary trading, which could impact certain hedging activities. It is expected that the Volcker Rule will apply to us by virtue of our affiliation with PNC through BlackRock. The Volcker Rule becomes fully effective in July 2014, but final implementing regulations have not yet been issued. To the extent the Volcker Rule applies to us, it would limit our ability to sponsor or manage covered funds and to make and retain investments in covered funds, and would limit investments in covered funds by our employees, among other

15


Table of Contents

restrictions. In addition, the scope of the definition of "covered funds" is not yet known, and therefore these restrictions could apply to funds other than those commonly referred to as hedge funds and private equity funds, such as one or more of the funds that we currently manage, including the Investment Funds or PMT. If the Investment Funds or PMT were to be "covered funds" as defined, then, among other consequences, certain transactions between us and the Advised Entities could be limited or required to be restructured. These limitations and restrictions could disadvantage us against those competitors that are not subject to the Volcker Rule in the ability to manage covered funds and to retain employees.

Our mortgage banking revenues are highly dependent on macroeconomic and United States residential real estate market conditions.

        Continuing concerns over factors including inflation, deflation, unemployment, personal and business income taxes, energy costs, geopolitical issues and the availability and cost of credit have contributed to increased volatility and unclear expectations for the economy in general and the residential real estate and mortgage markets in particular going forward. Since 2006, United States residential housing values have declined by approximately 22% according to the S&P/Case-Shiller Home Price Index, and the volume of newly originated mortgages has decreased by approximately 40%. While national housing values have increased in the last 12 months, these conditions may not have stabilized or they may worsen. A destabilization of the residential real estate and mortgage markets or deterioration in these markets may reduce our loan production volume, reduce the profitability of servicing mortgages or adversely affect our ability to sell mortgage loans that we originate or acquire, either at a profit or at all. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to continue to grow our loan production volume, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our loan production operations consist of our retail originations program, in which we originate mortgage loans directly with borrowers through telephone call centers or the Internet, and our correspondent lending program, in which we facilitate, in exchange for a fulfillment fee, the acquisition by PMT from correspondent sellers of newly originated mortgage loans that have been underwritten to our standards. In certain cases, we subsequently acquire those loans from PMT.

        Our correspondent lending program is relationship driven. As of June 30, 2013, we worked with 220 approved mortgage lenders, but these lenders are not contractually obligated to do business with us or PMT, and our competitors also have relationships with these lenders and actively compete with us in our efforts to expand PMT's network of approved mortgage lenders. In order to increase our loan production volume, we will need to not only maintain PMT's existing relationships, but also develop PMT's relationships with additional mortgage lenders. To date, we have grown our loan production volumes with mortgage lenders by providing customer service and turn-around times in the execution of our fulfillment functions in accordance with the expectations of the mortgage lenders. If we are not able to consistently maintain this level of execution, our reputation and existing relationships with mortgage lenders could be damaged. We also plan to introduce new mortgage loan products such as Freddie Mac's Loan Prospector loans and enhanced jumbo loan products to mortgage lenders. We may not be able to maintain PMT's existing relationships or develop new relationships with mortgage lenders or our new mortgage products may not gain widespread acceptance.

        Our current volume of retail originations, which is based in large part on the refinancing of existing mortgage loans that we service, is highly dependent on interest rates and government mortgage modification programs and may decline if interest rates increase or these programs are terminated. Our retail originations platform may not succeed because of the referral-driven nature of our industry. For

16


Table of Contents

example, the origination of purchase money mortgage loans is greatly influenced by traditional business clients in the home buying process such as real estate agents and builders. As a result, our ability to secure relationships with such traditional business clients will influence our ability to grow our purchase money mortgage loan volume and, thus, our retail originations business. We may not be successful in establishing such relationships. In addition, to grow our retail originations business, we will need to convert leads regarding prospective borrowers into funded loans, the success of which depends on the pricing we offer relative to the pricing of our competitors and our operational ability to process, underwrite and close loans. Institutions that compete with us in this regard may have significantly greater access to capital or resources than we do, which may give them the benefit of a lower cost of operations.

        Our correspondent lending and retail origination businesses are also subject to overall market factors that can impact our ability to grow our loan production volume. For example, increased competition from new and existing market participants, reductions in the overall level of refinancing activity or slow growth in the level of new home purchase activity can impact our ability to continue to grow our loan production volume, and we may be forced to accept lower margins in our respective businesses in order to continue to compete and keep our volume of activity consistent with past or projected levels. We believe that changes in supply and demand within the marketplace have been driving lower margins in recent periods, which would be reflected in our results of operations and in our gains on mortgage loans held for sale. Although margins on gains from mortgage loans held for sale benefited from wider secondary spreads early in the fourth quarter of 2012, margins narrowed somewhat as the quarter progressed. While margins remained elevated from a historical perspective during the fourth quarter of 2012, we have seen evidence of margin normalization in the first half of 2013. If we are unable to grow our loan production volumes or if our margins become compressed, then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our earnings may decrease because of changes in prevailing interest rates.

        Our profitability is directly affected by changes in prevailing interest rates. The following are the material risks we face related to increases in prevailing interest rates:

        For example, in May, 2013, interest rates on 30-year fixed rate mortgages began to increase, rising from 3.54% in May to 4.49% in September, according to the Freddie Mac Primary Mortgage Market Survey. Associated with this increase in mortgage rates, mortgage loan originations in the United States are projected to decline from approximately one trillion dollars in the first half of 2013 to approximately $630-$700 billion in the second half of 2013, according to current industry estimates.

        The following are the material risks we face related to decreases in prevailing interest rates:

17


Table of Contents

        In addition, we may not be able to adjust our operational capacity in a timely fashion, or at all, in response to increases or decreases in mortgage production volume resulting from changes in prevailing interest rates.

        Any of the increases or decreases discussed above could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be unable to obtain sufficient capital and liquidity to meet the financing requirements of our business.

        We will require new and continued debt financing to facilitate our anticipated growth. Accordingly, our ability to finance our operations and repay maturing obligations rests in large part on our ability to borrow money. We are generally required to renew our financing arrangements each year, which exposes us to refinancing and interest rate risks. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources." Our ability to refinance existing debt and borrow additional funds is affected by a variety of factors including:

        If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital to meet the financing requirements of our business, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

We leverage our operations, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        We currently leverage and, to the extent available, we intend to continue to leverage our retail lending operations and our acquisitions of government-insured loans from PMT through borrowings under repurchase agreements. When we enter into repurchase agreements, we sell mortgage loans to lenders, which are the repurchase agreement counterparties, and receive cash from the lenders. The lenders are obligated to resell the same assets back to us at the end of the term of the transaction. The cash that we receive from a lender when we initially sell the assets to that lender is less than the value of those assets (this difference is referred to as the haircut), so if the lender defaults on its obligation to resell the same assets back to us we could incur a loss on the transaction equal to the amount of the haircut (assuming that there was no change in the value of the assets). In addition, repurchase agreements generally allow the counterparties, to varying degrees, to determine a new market value of the collateral to reflect current market conditions. If a counterparty lender determines that the value of the collateral has decreased, it may initiate a margin call and require us to either post additional collateral to cover such decrease or repay a portion of the outstanding borrowing. Should this occur, in order to obtain cash to satisfy a margin call, we may be required to liquidate assets at a disadvantageous time, which could cause us to incur further losses. If we are unable to satisfy a margin call, our counterparty may sell the collateral, which may result in significant losses to us.

        Unlike banks, we are not subject to regulatory restrictions on the amount of our leverage. Our total borrowings are only restricted by covenants in our repurchase agreements and market conditions, and our board of directors may change our target borrowing levels at any time without the approval of

18


Table of Contents

our stockholders. Incurring substantial debt subjects us to the risk that our cash flow from operations may be insufficient to repurchase the assets that we have sold to the lenders under our repurchase agreements.

        Our existing repurchase agreements also impose financial and non-financial covenants and restrictions on us that limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur, impact our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, and impact our flexibility to determine our operating policies and investment strategies. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources." In our repurchase agreements we make representations about the loans sold under these agreements, including that the loans were originated in compliance with applicable law. If we default on one of our obligations under a repurchase agreement or breach our representations, the lender may be able to terminate the transaction, accelerate any amounts outstanding, require us to repurchase the loans, and cease entering into any other repurchase transactions with us. Because our repurchase agreements typically contain cross-default provisions, a default that occurs under any one agreement could allow the lenders under our other agreements to also declare a default. Additional repurchase agreements or other bank credit facilities that we may enter into in the future may contain additional covenants and restrictions. If we fail to meet or satisfy any of these covenants, we would be in default under these agreements, and our lenders could elect to declare outstanding amounts due and payable, terminate their commitments, require the posting of additional collateral and enforce their interests against existing collateral. Any losses that we incur on our repurchase agreements could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Hedging against interest rate exposure may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

        We pursue hedging strategies to reduce our exposure to adverse changes in interest rates. Our hedging activity will vary in scope based on the risks hedged, the level of interest rates, the type of investments held, and other changing market conditions. Hedging instruments involve risk because they often are not traded on regulated exchanges, guaranteed by an exchange or its clearing house, or regulated by any U.S. or foreign governmental authorities, and our interest rate hedging may fail to protect or could adversely affect us because, among other things:

        In addition, we may fail to recalculate, re-adjust and execute hedges in an efficient manner.

        Any hedging activity, which is intended to limit losses, may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions seeking to reduce interest rate risk, unanticipated changes in interest rates may result in worse overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. A liquid secondary market may not exist for a hedging instrument purchased or sold, and we may be required to maintain a position until exercise or expiration, which could result in significant losses. In addition, the degree of

19


Table of Contents

correlation between price movements of the instruments used in hedging strategies and price movements in the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged may vary materially. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. Numerous regulations currently apply to hedging and any new regulations or changes in existing regulations may significantly increase our administrative or compliance costs. Our hedging agreements generally provide for the daily mark to market of our hedge exposures. If a hedge counterparty determines that its exposure to us exceeds its exposure threshold, it may initiate a margin call and require us to post collateral. If we are unable to satisfy a margin call, we would be in default of our agreement, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our MSRs are highly volatile assets with continually changing values, and these changes in value, or inaccuracies in our estimates of their value, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        The value of our MSRs is based on the cash flows projected to result from the servicing of the related mortgage loans and continually fluctuates due to a number of factors. These factors include changes in interest rates and other market conditions, which affect the number of loans that are refinanced and thus no longer result in cash flows, and the number of loans that become delinquent.

        We use internal financial models that utilize market participant data to value our MSRs for purposes of financial reporting and for purposes of determining the price that we pay to acquire loans for which we will retain MSRs. These models are complex and use asset-specific collateral data and market inputs for interest and discount rates. In addition, the modeling requirements of MSRs are complex because of the high number of variables that drive cash flows associated with MSRs. Even if the general accuracy of our valuation models is validated, valuations are highly dependent upon the reasonableness of our assumptions and the results of the models.

        If loan delinquencies or prepayment speeds are higher than anticipated or other factors perform worse than modeled, the recorded value of certain of our MSRs may decrease, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in delinquencies and defaults may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Falling home prices across the United States have resulted in higher loan-to-value ratios, or LTVs, lower recoveries in foreclosure and an increase in loss severities above those that would have been realized had property values remained the same or continued to increase. Though housing values have stabilized in some markets, many borrowers do not have sufficient equity in their homes to permit them to refinance their existing loans, which may reduce the volume or growth of our loan production business. This may also provide borrowers with an incentive to default on their mortgage loans even if they have the ability to make principal and interest payments. Further, interest rates have remained at historical lows for an extended period of time. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans must make larger monthly payments when the interest rates on those mortgage loans adjust upward from their initial fixed rates or low introductory rates to the rates computed in accordance with the applicable index and margin. Increases in monthly payments may increase the delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures on a significant number of the loans that we service.

        Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may result in lower revenue for loans that we service for the GSEs, such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, because we only collect servicing fees from GSEs for performing loans. Additionally, while increased delinquencies generate higher ancillary fees, including late fees, these fees are not likely to be recoverable in the event that the related loan is liquidated. In addition, an increase in delinquencies lowers the interest income that we

20


Table of Contents

receive on cash held in collection and other accounts because there is less cash in those accounts. Also, increased mortgage defaults may ultimately reduce the number of mortgages that we service.

        Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures will also result in a higher cost to service those loans due to the increased time and effort required to collect payments from delinquent borrowers and to liquidate properties or otherwise resolve loan defaults if payment collection is unsuccessful, and only a portion of these increased costs are recoverable under our servicing agreements. Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may also result in an increase in our interest expense and affect our liquidity as a result of borrowing under our credit facilities to fund an increase in our advancing obligations.

A disruption in the MBS market could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        During the first half of 2013, approximately 54% of the loans that we produced were delivered to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to be pooled into Agency MBS securities and 46% of our loans were originated to FHA guidelines and pooled into Ginnie Mae MBS securities. Disruptions in the general MBS market have occurred in the past. Any significant disruption or period of illiquidity in the general MBS market would directly affect our own liquidity and the liquidity of PMT because no existing alternative secondary market would likely be able to accommodate on a timely basis the volume of loans that we typically sell in any given period. Accordingly, if the MBS market experiences a period of illiquidity, we might be prevented from selling the loans that we produce into the secondary market in a timely manner or at favorable prices, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The geographic concentration of our servicing portfolio may decrease the value of our MSRs and adversely affect our retail lending business, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

        As of June 30, 2013, approximately 37%, 5% and 4% of the aggregate outstanding loan balance in our servicing portfolio was secured by properties located in California, Florida and Colorado, respectively. These states have experienced severe declines in property values and are experiencing a disproportionately high rate of delinquencies and foreclosures relative to other states. To the extent that these states continue to experience weaker economic conditions or greater rates of decline in real estate values than the United States generally, the concentration of loans that we service in those regions may decrease the value of our MSRs and adversely affect our retail lending business. The impact of property value declines may increase in magnitude and it may continue for a long period of time. Additionally, if states in which we have greater concentrations of business were to change their licensing or other regulatory requirements to make our business cost-prohibitive, we may be required to stop doing business in those states or may be subject to higher cost of doing business in those states, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on PMT as a significant source of financing for, and revenue related to, our correspondent lending business, and the termination of, or material adverse change in, the terms of this relationship, or a material adverse change to PMT or its operations, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        PMT is the counterparty that currently acquires all of the newly originated mortgage loans in connection with our correspondent lending businesses. A significant portion of our income is derived from a fulfillment fee earned in connection with PMT's acquisition of conventional loans. We are able to conduct our correspondent lending business without having to incur the significant additional debt financing that would be required for us to purchase those loans from the originating lender. In the case

21


Table of Contents

of government-insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee and fulfill them for our own account, typically by pooling the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into an MBS which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the MSRs with respect to the loans. If this relationship with PMT was terminated by PMT or PMT reduced the volume of these loans that it acquires for any reason, we would have to acquire these loans from the correspondent sellers for our own account, something that we may be unable to do, or enter into another similar counterparty arrangement with a third party, which we may not be able to enter into on terms that are as favorable to us, or at all. Also, the management agreement, the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement and certain of the other agreements that we have entered into with PMT contain cross-termination provisions that allow PMT to terminate one or more of those agreements under certain circumstances where another one of such agreements is terminated. Accordingly, the termination of this relationship with PMT, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We expect that PMT will continue to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, it is possible that PMT may not meet the requirements for qualification as a REIT. If PMT were to lose its REIT status, corporate-level income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, would apply to PMT's taxable income at regular corporate rates, thereby potentially impairing PMT's financial position and its ability to raise capital. Consequently, PMT's failure to qualify as a REIT could impair PMT's ability to continue to acquire loans from correspondent sellers.

A significant portion of our loan servicing operations are conducted pursuant to subservicing contracts with PMT, and any termination by PMT of these contracts, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        PMT, as the owner of a substantial number of all of the MSRs or whole loans that we subservice, may, under certain circumstances, terminate our subservicing contract with or without cause, in some instances with little notice and little to no compensation. Upon any such termination, it would be difficult to replace such a large volume of subservicing in a short period of time, or perhaps at all. Accordingly, we may not generate as much revenue from subservicing for other third parties. If we were to have our subservicing terminated by PMT, or if there was a change in the terms under which we perform subservicing for PMT that was materially adverse to us, this would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

PMT has an exclusive right to acquire the loans that are produced through our correspondent lending program, which may limit the revenues that we could otherwise earn in respect of those loans.

        Our mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement with PMT requires PLS to provide fulfillment services for correspondent lending activities exclusively to PMT as long as PMT has the legal and financial capacity to purchase correspondent loans. As a result, unless PMT sells some of these loans back to us, the revenue that we earn with respect to these loans will be limited to the fulfillment fees that we earn in connection with the production of these loans, which may be less than the revenues that we might otherwise be able to realize by acquiring these loans ourselves and selling them in the secondary loan market.

We may be required to indemnify the purchasers of loans that we originate, acquire or assist in the fulfillment of, or repurchase those loans, if those loans fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances.

        Our contracts with purchasers of newly originated loans that we fund through our retail lending program or acquire from PMT contain provisions that require us to indemnify the purchaser of the

22


Table of Contents

related loans or repurchase those loans under certain circumstances. In addition, our contracts with PMT and the Investment Funds require us to indemnify those entities with respect to loans for which we provide fulfillment services or repurchase those loans in certain instances. While our contracts vary, they generally contain provisions that require us to indemnify these parties, or repurchase these loans, if:

        We believe that, as a result of the current market environment, many purchasers of residential mortgage loans, including the GSEs, are particularly aware of the conditions under which loan originators or sellers must indemnify them against losses related to purchased loans, or repurchase those loans, and would benefit from enforcing any repurchase remedies they may have. Our loan sale agreements with purchasers, including the GSEs, include provisions permitting purchasers to demand that we indemnify them for losses suffered in connection with loans sold that were originated in violation of applicable law or with other defects or demand repurchase of such loans. Repurchased loans typically can only be financed at a steep discount to their repurchase price, if at all. They are also typically sold at a significant discount to the unpaid principal balance. In certain cases, we would have contractual rights to recover from the mortgage lenders from whom loans were acquired through our correspondent lending program some or all of the amount paid by us in connection with this indemnification, or contractual rights to cause these mortgage lenders to repurchase these loans from us. Depending on the volume of repurchase and indemnification requests, some of these mortgage lenders may not be able to financially fulfill their obligation to indemnify us or repurchase loans from us. If a material amount of recovery cannot be obtained from these mortgage lenders, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Although this exposure cannot be quantified with certainty, to recognize these potential indemnification and repurchase losses, we have recorded a liability of $6.2 million as of June 30, 2013. Because of the increase in our loan originations since 2010, we expect that indemnification and repurchase requests are likely to increase. Should home values decrease, our realized loan losses from loan indemnifications and repurchases may increase as well. As such, our indemnification and repurchase costs may increase beyond our current expectations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale." If we are required to indemnify PMT, the Investment Funds or other purchasers against loans, or repurchase loans, that result in losses that exceed our reserve, this could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about borrowers and counterparties and any misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In deciding whether to approve loans or to enter into other transactions with borrowers and counterparties in our retail lending and correspondent lending businesses, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of borrowers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of borrowers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. If any of this information is intentionally or negligently misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the loan applicant, another third party or one of our employees, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. Our controls and processes may not have detected or may not detect all misrepresented information in our loan originations or from our business clients. Any such misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

23


Table of Contents

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive, and is likely to become more competitive, and our inability to compete successfully or decreased margins resulting from increased competition could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of economic, legislative, regulatory and technological changes. With respect to mortgage loan production, we face competition in such areas as mortgage loan offerings, rates, fees and customer service. With respect to servicing, we face competition in areas such as fees, performance in reducing delinquencies and entering into successful modifications.

        Competition in servicing mortgage loans and in originating or acquiring newly originated mortgage loans comes from large commercial banks and savings institutions and other independent mortgage servicers and originators. Many of these institutions generally have significantly greater resources and access to capital than we do, which gives them the benefit of a lower cost of funds. Additionally, our existing and potential competitors may decide to modify their business models to compete more directly with our loan production and servicing models. For example, other non-bank loan servicers may try to leverage their servicing relationships and expertise to develop or expand a loan origination business. Since the withdrawal of a number of large participants from these markets following the financial crisis in 2008, there have been relatively few large non-bank participants. As more non-bank entities enter these markets, our mortgage banking businesses may generate lower margins in order to effectively compete.

        In addition, technological advances and heightened e-commerce activities have increased consumers' accessibility to products and services. This has intensified competition among banks and non-banks in offering mortgage loans. We may be unable to compete successfully in our industries and this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to make servicing advances that can be subject to delays in recovery or may not be recoverable in certain circumstances, which could adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

        During any period in which a borrower is not making payments, we are required under most of our servicing agreements in respect of our MSRs to advance our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest remittance requirements for investors, pay property taxes and insurance premiums, legal expenses and other protective advances. We also advance funds under these agreements to maintain, repair and market real estate properties on behalf of investors. As home values change, we may have to reconsider certain of the assumptions underlying our decisions to make advances and, in certain situations, our contractual obligations may require us to make advances for which we may not be reimbursed. In addition, if a mortgage loan serviced by us is in default or becomes delinquent, the repayment to us of the advance may be delayed until the mortgage loan is repaid or refinanced or a liquidation occurs. If we receive requests for advances in excess of amounts that we are able to secure from our advance credit facility or, in the case of loans that we subservice, from the owner of the MSRs and loans, we may not be able to fund these advance requests, which could materially and adversely affect our loan servicing business. A delay in our ability to collect an advance may adversely affect our liquidity, and our inability to be reimbursed for an advance could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our counterparties may terminate our servicing rights, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The owners of the loans that we service may terminate our MSRs if we fail to comply with applicable servicing guidelines. As is standard in the industry, under the terms of our master servicing agreements with the Agencies in respect of MSRs that we retain in connection with our retail loan originations, the Agencies have the right to terminate us as servicer of the loans we service on their

24


Table of Contents

behalf at any time (and, in certain instances, without the payment of any termination fee) and also have the right to cause us to sell the MSRs to a third party. In addition, the failure to comply with servicing standards could result in termination of our agreements with the Agencies with little or no notice and without any compensation. If the servicing rights were terminated on a material portion of our servicing portfolio, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Negative public opinion involving Countrywide Financial Corporation and certain of its former officers could damage our reputation and adversely affect our earnings.

        Certain of our executive officers are former executive officers and senior managers of Countrywide, which has been the subject of various investigations and lawsuits and ongoing negative publicity. Such executive officers include:

        Stanford Kurland, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who served as a director and, from January 1979 to September 2006, was employed in a variety of positions, including president, chief financial officer and chief operating officer, at Countrywide Financial Corporation;

        David Spector, our President and Chief Operating Officer, who was the senior managing director, secondary marketing, at Countrywide Financial Corporation, where he was employed in a variety of positions from May 1990 to August 2006;

        Steve Bailey, our Chief Mortgage Operations Officer, who served as a mortgage servicing executive at Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from November 2004 until February 2010 and, prior to this role, served as chief executive officer of Loan Administration for Countrywide Home Loans from May 1985 until June 2008;

        Vandad Fartaj, our Chief Capital Markets Officer, who was employed in a variety of positions at Countrywide Securities Corporation, a broker-dealer, including vice president, whole loan trading, from November 1999 to April 2008;

        Douglas Jones, our Chief Correspondent Lending Officer, who was the senior managing director, correspondent lending at Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from July 1997 until May 2011;

        Anne McCallion, our Chief Financial Officer, who was employed by Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor), where she worked in a variety of positions, from July 1991 to December 2008, including deputy chief financial officer and senior managing director, finance; and

        David Walker, our Chief Credit and Enterprise Risk Officer, who, from 1992 to 2007, was employed in a variety of executive positions at Countrywide Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries, including chief credit officer for Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. and chief lending officer for Countrywide Bank, N.A.

        Any existing or future investigations, litigation or negative publicity involving Countrywide, or our officers as a result of their former association with that entity, may generate negative publicity or media attention for us or adversely impact our business.

        Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending and debt collection practices, corporate governance, and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can also result from media coverage, whether accurate or not. Negative public opinion or perception can tarnish or otherwise strain our working relationships with regulators and government agencies, expose us to litigation and regulatory action and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, trading counterparties and employees.

25


Table of Contents

Challenges to the MERS® System could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        MERSCORP, Inc. is a privately held company that maintains an electronic registry, referred to as the MERS System that tracks servicing rights and ownership of loans in the United States. Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., or MERS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of MERSCORP, Inc., can serve as a nominee for the owner of a mortgage loan and in that role initiate foreclosures or become the mortgagee of record for the loan in local land records. We may choose to use MERS as a nominee. The MERS System is widely used by participants in the mortgage finance industry.

        Several legal challenges in the courts and by governmental authorities have been made disputing MERS's legal standing to initiate foreclosures or act as nominee for lenders in mortgages and deeds of trust recorded in local land records. These challenges have focused public attention on MERS and on how loans are recorded in local land records. Although most legal decisions have accepted MERS as mortgagee, these challenges could result in delays and additional costs in commencing, prosecuting and completing foreclosure proceedings, conducting foreclosure sales of mortgaged properties, and submitting proofs of claim in borrower bankruptcy cases.

We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions of MSRs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions of servicing portfolios will depend, in part, on our ability to scale up to appropriately service any such assets. The process of acquiring these assets may disrupt our business and may not result in the full benefits expected. The risks associated with these acquisitions include, among others, unanticipated issues in integrating information regarding the new loans to be serviced into our information technology systems, and the diversion of management's attention from other ongoing business concerns. Moreover, if we inappropriately value the assets that we acquire or the value of the assets that we acquire declines after we acquire them, the resulting charges may negatively affect the carrying value of the assets on our balance sheet and our earnings. See "—Our MSRs are highly volatile assets with continually changing values, and these changes in value, or inaccuracies in our estimates of their value, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations." If our estimates or assumptions prove to be incorrect, we may be required to record impairment charges, which could adversely affect our earnings. Furthermore, if we incur additional indebtedness to finance an acquisition, the acquired servicing portfolio may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service that additional indebtedness. Unsuitable or unsuccessful acquisitions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our prime servicing portfolio, which consists primarily of recently originated loans, has a limited performance history, which makes our future results of operations more difficult to predict.

        The likelihood of mortgage delinquencies and defaults, and the associated risks to our business, including higher costs to service such loans and a greater risk that we may incur losses due to repurchase or indemnification demands, changes as loans season, or increase in age. Newly originated loans typically exhibit low delinquency and default rates as the changes in economic conditions, individual financial circumstances and other factors that drive borrower delinquency often do not appear for months or years. Highly seasoned loan portfolios, in which borrowers have demonstrated years of performance on their mortgage payments, also tend to exhibit low delinquency and default rates. Most of the loans in our prime servicing portfolio were originated in the years 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013. As a result, we expect the delinquency rate and defaults in the prime servicing portfolio to increase in future periods as the portfolio seasons, but we cannot predict the magnitude of this impact on our results of operations. In addition, because most of the loans in our portfolios are newly

26


Table of Contents

originated, it may be difficult to compare our business to our competitors and others that have weathered the economic difficulties in our industry over the last several years.

Market conditions could reduce the value of the assets that we manage, which would reduce our management and incentive fees.

        Volatile market conditions could adversely affect our investment management segment in many ways, including by reducing the value of our assets under management, which could materially reduce our management fee and incentive fee revenues and adversely affect our financial condition. A significant portion of the fees that we earn under our investment management agreements with clients are based on the value of the assets that we manage. The prices of the securities and other assets held in the portfolios that we manage and, therefore, our assets under management may decline due to any number of factors beyond our control, including, among others, a declining housing, stock or bond market, a general economic downturn, political uncertainty or acts of terrorism. The economic outlook remains uncertain and we continue to operate in a challenging business environment. If market conditions cause a decline in the value of the assets that we manage, that decline in value would result in lower management fees and potentially lower incentive fees resulting from reduced performance under our management contracts with our Advised Entities. If our revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income will be reduced and our business will be negatively affected.

The historical returns on the assets that we select and manage for our clients, and our resulting management and incentive fees, may not be indicative of future results.

        The historical returns of the assets that we manage should not be considered indicative of the future returns on those assets or future returns on other assets that we may select for investment by our Advised Entities. The investment performance that is achieved for the assets that we manage varies over time and the variance can be wide. Accordingly, the management and incentive fees that we have earned in the past based on those returns should not be considered indicative of the management or incentive fees that we may earn in the future from managing those same assets or from managing other assets for our Advised Entities. A decline in the investment performance of our managed assets will also adversely affect our ability to attract and retain clients.

We currently, and in the future may, manage assets for a small number of clients, the loss of any one of which could significantly reduce our management and incentive fees and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        We currently manage the assets of only the Advised Entities, and the majority of our management and incentive fees result from our management of PMT. Although the management contract that we have entered into with PMT cannot be terminated without cause, other than pursuant to cross-termination provisions contained in other agreements that we have entered into with PMT, prior to February 1, 2017 without the payment of a termination fee, the termination of such contract and the loss of PMT as a client would significantly affect our investment management segment and negatively impact our management fees, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Also, because the management agreements we have entered into with the Investment Funds were negotiated between related parties without the benefit of the type of negotiations normally conducted with unaffiliated third parties, the terms of these agreements, including the fees payable to us, may prove to be more favorable to us than they would be if these agreements had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. Accordingly, we may not generate as much revenue from management agreements that we enter into with other third parties. In addition, the Investment Funds are limited-life funds that were established in 2008 with commitment periods that

27


Table of Contents

ended in 2011 and terms that end in December 2016 with the possibility of three one-year extensions. Accordingly, base fees generated by the Investment Funds will continue to decline as the assets under management run-off.

Our failure to obtain consent of the Advised Entities in connection with certain dispositions by BlackRock and Highfields may cause us to breach agreements and lose management and incentive fees earned from such Advised Entities.

        Because PCM is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the "Advisers Act," the management agreements between us and the Advised Entities would be terminated upon an "assignment" of these agreements without consent, which assignment may be deemed to occur in the event that PCM was to experience a direct or indirect change of control. Because BlackRock and Highfields may be deemed to control us, a significant disposition by either of them of their interest in us could trigger an "assignment." We cannot be certain that consents required to assignments of our investment management agreements will be obtained if a change of control occurs. "Assignment" of these agreements without consent could cause us to lose the management and incentive fees we earn from such Advised Entities.

Our failure to comply with the extensive amount of regulation applicable to our investment management segment could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our investment management segment is subject to extensive regulation in the United States, primarily at the federal level, including regulation of PCM by the SEC under the Advisers Act and regulation of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund LLC, and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which we refer to as the "Investment Company Act." The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed primarily to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors in our Advised Entities and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities.

        These requirements relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an adviser and advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. Similar requirements apply to registered investment companies and to PCM's management of those companies under the Investment Company Act which, among other things, regulates the relationship between a registered investment company and its investment adviser and prohibits or severely restricts principal transactions and joint transactions. Registered investment advisers and registered investment companies are also subject to routine periodic examinations by the staff of the SEC.

        We also regularly rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the "Securities Act," the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to as the "Exchange Act," the Investment Company Act and ERISA. These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third parties and service providers whom we do not control. If for any reason these exemptions were to be revoked or challenged or otherwise become unavailable to us, we could be subject to regulatory action or third-party claims, and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

        Our business combines the production and servicing of loans and investment management, which presents particular compliance challenges. For example, regulations applicable to our investment management business that are easily applied to traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds, may be more difficult to apply to a portfolio of loans, and the regulations applicable to our investment management business can require procedures that are uncommon, impractical or difficult in our loan production and servicing business.

28


Table of Contents

        The failure by us to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of individual employees or other sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if an investigation or proceeding did not result in a fine or sanction or the fine or sanction imposed against us or our employees by a regulator were small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity relating to an investigation, proceeding or imposition of these fines or sanctions could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing clients.

Changes in regulations applicable to our investment management segment could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate has undergone significant changes in the recent past. We believe that significant regulatory changes in the investment management industry are likely to continue, which is likely to subject industry participants to additional, more costly and generally more detailed regulation. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients may adversely affect our business. Our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes.

        Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will, and other provisions may, increase regulatory burdens and reporting and related compliance costs on our investment management segment. The scope of many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is being determined by implementing regulations, some of which will require lengthy proposal and promulgation periods. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act mandates many regulatory studies, some of which pertain directly to the investment management industry, which could lead to additional legislation or regulation. The SEC requires investment advisers such as us that are registered with the SEC and advise one or more private funds to provide certain information on Form PF about their funds and assets under management, including the amount of borrowings, concentration of ownership and other performance information. The Dodd-Frank Act will affect a broad range of market participants with whom we interact or may interact, including banks, non-bank financial institutions, rating agencies, mortgage brokers, credit unions, insurance companies and broker-dealers, and may cause us to become subject to further regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Regulatory changes that will affect other market participants are likely to change the way in which we conduct business with our counterparties. The uncertainty regarding the continued implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and its impact on the investment management industry and us cannot be predicted at this time but will continue to be a risk for our business.

        In addition, as a result of the recent economic downturn, acts of serious fraud in the investment management industry and perceived lapses in regulatory oversight, U.S. and non-U.S. governmental and regulatory authorities may increase regulatory oversight of our investment management segment. We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations, as well as by U.S. and non-U.S. courts. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed on us or the markets in which we trade, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could add to our compliance burden and costs and adversely affect the manner in which we conduct business, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

29


Table of Contents

We may encounter conflicts of interest in trying to appropriately allocate our time and services between our own activities and the accounts that we manage, or in trying to appropriately allocate investment opportunities among ourselves and the accounts that we manage.

        Pursuant to our management agreements with PMT and the Investment Funds, we are obligated to provide PMT and the Investment Funds with the services of our senior management team, and the members of that team are required to devote such time to us as is necessary and appropriate, commensurate with the level of activity of PMT and the Investment Funds. The members of our senior management team may have conflicts in allocating their time and services between our operations and the activities of PMT, the Investment Funds and other entities or accounts managed by us now or in the future.

        Certain of the funds that we currently advise have, and certain of the funds that we may in the future advise may have, overlapping investment objectives, including funds which have different fee structures, and potential conflicts may arise with respect to our decisions regarding how to allocate investment opportunities among those funds. In addition, we and the other entities or accounts that we manage now or in the future may participate in some of PMT's investments, which may not be the result of arm's length negotiations and may involve or later result in potential conflicts between our interests in the investments and those of PMT or such other entities.

Our failure to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest could damage our reputation and adversely affect our business.

        As we have expanded the scope of our businesses, we increasingly confront potential conflicts of interest relating to the investment activities that we manage for our clients. In addition, investors in our clients may perceive conflicts of interest regarding investment decisions for funds in which our executive officers, who have made and may continue to make personal investments, are personally invested. Similarly, conflicts of interest may exist regarding decisions about the allocation of specific investment opportunities between funds in which we receive an allocation of profits as the general partner and funds in which we do not.

        The SEC and other regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest, and as we expand the scope of our business and our client base, we must continue to monitor and address any conflicts between our interests and those of our clients. We have implemented procedures and controls to be followed when real or potential conflicts of interest arise, but it is possible that potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to the dissatisfaction of, or litigation by, investors in our client entities or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential or actual conflicts of interest. Regulatory scrutiny, litigation or reputational risk incurred in connection with conflicts of interest would adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including a reluctance of counterparties to do business with us, and may adversely affect our results of operations.

The investment management industry is intensely competitive.

        The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, management fee rates, continuity of the management team and client relationships, reputation and the continuity of buying and selling arrangements with intermediaries. A number of factors, including the following, serve to increase our competitive risks:

30


Table of Contents

If we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to third-party litigation risk, which could result in significant liabilities and reputational harm to us.

        In general, we will be exposed to the risk of litigation by investors in our client funds if our management of or advice to any Advised Entity is alleged to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct. Investors could sue us to recover amounts lost by those entities due to our alleged misconduct, up to the entire amount of loss. Further, we may be subject to litigation arising from investor dissatisfaction with the performance of entities that we manage or from allegations that we improperly exercised control or influence over those entities. In addition, we are exposed to risks of litigation or investigation relating to transactions which presented conflicts of interest that were not properly addressed. In such actions we would be obligated to bear legal, settlement and other costs (which may be in excess of available insurance coverage). In addition, although we are generally indemnified by the entities that we manage, our rights to indemnification may be challenged. If we are required to incur all or a portion of the costs arising out of litigation or investigations as a result of inadequate insurance proceeds or failure to obtain indemnification from the entities that we manage, our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity would be materially adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth, which may be difficult to sustain and which may place significant demands on our administrative, operational and financial resources.

        Our servicing portfolio, measured in UPB, and annual loan production have grown from approximately $5.4 billion and $69.2 million, respectively, at and for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $44.4 billion and $17.8 billion, respectively, at and for the first half of 2013. Our rapid growth has caused, and if it continues will continue to cause, significant demands on our legal, accounting and operational infrastructure, and increased expenses. In addition, we are required to continuously develop our systems and infrastructure in response to the increasing sophistication of the investment management and mortgage lending markets and legal, accounting and regulatory developments relating to all of our business activities. Our future growth will depend, among other things, on our ability to maintain an operating platform and management system sufficient to address our growth and will require us to incur significant additional expenses and to commit additional senior management and operational resources. As a result, we face significant challenges in:

        We may not be able to manage our expanding operations effectively and we may not be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.

31


Table of Contents

Accounting rules for certain of our transactions are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our financial statements.

        Accounting rules for mortgage loan sales and securitizations, valuations of financial instruments and MSRs, investment consolidations and other aspects of our operations are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. These complexities could lead to a delay in preparation of financial information and the delivery of this information to our stockholders and also increase the risk of errors and restatements, as well as the cost of compliance. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our financial statements and our ability to timely prepare our financial statements. Although we are an emerging growth company, we are electing to comply with new public company accounting standards. Our inability to timely prepare our financial statements in the future would likely adversely affect our share price significantly.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately determine our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, our stockholders could lose confidence in our financial results, which could harm our business and the market value of our common shares.

        Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require us to continue to evaluate and to report on our internal controls over financial reporting. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in continuing to maintain adequate control over our financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as we rapidly grow our business, our internal controls will become more complex, and we will require significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls remain effective. If we or our independent auditors discover a material weakness, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market value of shares of our Class A common stock. Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner.

The loss of the services of our senior managers could adversely affect our business.

        The experience of our senior managers is a valuable asset to us. Our management team has significant experience in the residential mortgage loan production and servicing industry and the investment management industry. We do not maintain key life insurance policies relating to our senior managers. The loss of the services of our senior managers for any reason could adversely affect our business.

Our business could suffer if we fail to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce.

        Our future success will depend on our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified personnel for all areas of our organization, in particular skilled managers, loan officers, underwriters, loan servicers and debt default specialists. Trained and experienced personnel are in high demand and may be in short supply in some areas. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. We may not be able to attract, develop and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our businesses and labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain such personnel, we may not be able to take advantage of acquisitions and other growth opportunities that may be presented to us and this could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

32


Table of Contents

The success and growth of our business will depend upon our ability to adapt to and implement technological changes.

        Our mortgage loan production business is currently dependent upon our ability to effectively interface with our borrowers, mortgage lenders and other third parties and to efficiently process loan applications and closings. The retail and correspondent lending processes are becoming more dependent upon technological advancement, such as our continued ability to process applications over the Internet, accept electronic signatures, provide process status updates instantly and other borrower- or counterparty-expected conveniences. Maintaining and improving this new technology and becoming proficient with it may also require significant capital expenditures. As these requirements increase in the future, we will have to fully develop these technological capabilities to remain competitive and any failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Technology failures could damage our business operations and increase our costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The financial services industry as a whole is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, and system disruptions and failures caused by fire, power loss, telecommunications failures, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and disabling devices, natural disasters and other similar events may interrupt or delay our ability to provide services to our customers. Security breaches, acts of vandalism and developments in computer capabilities could result in a compromise or breach of the technology that we use to protect our customers' personal information and transaction data. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches, especially because the methods of attack change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties such as persons involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers or clients. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our reliance on the Internet and use of web-based product offerings.

        A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems or a defect in the integrity of our systems or cyber security could cause serious negative consequences for our business, including significant disruption of our operations, misappropriation of our confidential information or that of our customers, or damage to our computers or operating systems and to those of our customers and counterparties. Any of the foregoing events could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure and harm to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may affect the real estate industry generally and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 disrupted the U.S. financial markets, including the real estate capital markets, and negatively impacted the U.S. economy in general. Any future terrorist attacks, the anticipation of any such attacks, the consequences of any military or other response by the United States and its allies, and other armed conflicts could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. The economic impact of these events could also adversely affect the credit quality of some of our loans and investments and the properties underlying our interests.

        We may suffer losses as a result of the adverse impact of any future attacks and these losses may adversely impact our performance and may cause the market value of our common shares to decline or

33


Table of Contents

be more volatile. A prolonged economic slowdown, recession or declining real estate values could impair the performance of our investments and harm our financial condition and results of operations, increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. We cannot predict the severity of the effect that potential future armed conflicts and terrorist attacks would have on us. Losses resulting from these types of events may not be fully insurable.

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.'s only material asset is its interest in PNMAC and its subsidiaries, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from PNMAC and its subsidiaries to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement or pay dividends.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of Class A Units of PNMAC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has no independent means of generating revenue. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is required to pay tax on its allocable share of the taxable income of PNMAC without regard to whether PNMAC distributes any cash or other property to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. intends to cause PNMAC to make distributions to its unit holders in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and dividends, if any, declared by it. To the extent that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. needs funds, and PNMAC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

We will be required to pay the owners of PNMAC other than us for certain tax benefits that we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

        As described in "Organizational Structure," we have entered into a tax receivable agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us that provides for the payment by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to those owners of 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

        We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement or distributions to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by PNMAC are not sufficient to permit PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. Furthermore, our obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that are deemed realized under the tax receivable agreement. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon the continued ownership of us by owners of PNMAC.

34


Table of Contents

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to owners of PNMAC other than us may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

        The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, the corporate taxpayer's (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired Class A Units of PNMAC (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the percentage specified in the tax receivable agreement of the actual benefits that we realize in respect of the tax attributes that are subject to the tax receivable agreement. Also, if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits (if any). In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity, as well as our attractiveness as a target for an acquisition. In addition, we may not be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement.

        Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, to challenge a tax basis increase, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Owners of PNMAC other than us will initially be able to significantly influence the outcome of votes of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock, and their interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.

        Pursuant to separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields, each of BlackRock and Highfields has the right to nominate one or two individuals for election to our board of directors, depending on the percentage of the voting power of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock that it holds, and we are obligated to use our best efforts to cause the election of those nominees. In addition, these stockholder agreements require that we obtain the consent of BlackRock and Highfields with respect to amendments to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, and the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC requires the consent of BlackRock and Highfields for us to conduct certain activities. As a result, each of BlackRock and Highfields may be able to significantly influence our management and affairs. In addition, as a result of the size of their individual equity holding they will initially be able to significantly influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and may be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our company that could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

        In addition, because they hold their ownership interest in our business through PNMAC, rather than through the public company, these owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of

35


Table of Contents

our Class A common stock. For example, other owners of PNMAC may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we entered into in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, and whether and when PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate its obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these owners' tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is entitled to receive a pro rata portion of the tax distributions made by PNMAC. The cash received from such distributions will first be used to satisfy any tax liability of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and then to make any payments under the tax receivable agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us. The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends on shares of Class A common stock with respect to any remaining excess cash will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Accordingly, we may not pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities identified by or presented to BlackRock and Highfields.

        BlackRock, Highfields and their respective affiliates are in the business of providing capital to growing companies, and may acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. Our certificate of incorporation provides that neither BlackRock nor Highfields nor their respective affiliates has any duty to refrain from (i) engaging, directly or indirectly, in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we now engage or propose to engage, or (ii) doing business with any of our clients, customers or vendors. In the event that either of BlackRock or Highfields or their respective affiliates acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or its affiliates and for us or our affiliates other than in the capacity as one of our officers or directors, then neither BlackRock nor Highfields has any duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us and may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Neither BlackRock nor Highfields nor any officer, director or employee thereof, shall be liable to us or to any of our stockholders (or any affiliates thereof) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields provide that any amendment or repeal of the provisions related to corporate opportunities described above requires the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields as long as it, or any of its affiliates, holds any equity interest in us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by BlackRock or Highfields to themselves or their other affiliates instead of to us. The terms of our certificate of incorporation are more fully described in "Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity."

36


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

        These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

We are an "emerging growth company" and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large

37


Table of Contents

accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

        Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.

        The market price of our Class A common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past and may be highly volatile in the future and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our Class A common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above your purchase price, if at all. The market price of our Class A common stock may decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock include:

        These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including in recent months. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This

38


Table of Contents

litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management's attention and resources.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

        In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. In particular, we intend to seek opportunities to acquire loan servicing portfolios. Future acquisitions could require substantial additional capital in excess of cash from operations. We would expect to obtain the capital required for acquisitions through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness, asset-backed acquisition financing and/or cash from operations.

        Issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our Class A common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our Class A common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. In addition, the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC provides that new classes of units or other equity interests of PNMAC may be issued to third parties other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. only with the approval of BlackRock and Highfields as long as they, or any of their affiliates, hold any Class A Units of PNMAC. Any such issuance will dilute the ownership of holders of our Class A common stock in substantially all of our operating assets. Thus, holders of our Class A common stock bear the risk that our future offerings, including any future offerings by PNMAC, may reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us. See "Description of Capital Stock."

The market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected by sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public markets.

        Sales of substantial numbers of shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities or equity-related securities.

        As of September 26, 2013, we have a total of 18,887,777 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. All of the 12,777,777 shares of Class A common stock sold in our initial public offering, the 43,973,679 shares of Class A common stock to be sold as contemplated in this prospectus, and the 23,047,133 shares initially issuable under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares have been registered on a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act and include 19,140,700 shares issuable under that plan upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which may be held or acquired by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144

39


Table of Contents

described below and shares subject to lock-up agreements, the restrictions of which lapse on November 5, 2013.

        A decline in the price of our Class A common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional Class A common stock or other equity securities.

The future issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

        As of September 26, 2013, we have an aggregate of 120,204,679 shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC. We may issue all of these shares of Class A common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. We also intend to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities and may issue Class A common stock in connection with these acquisitions. Any Class A common stock issued in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by investors who purchase Class A common stock.

40


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as "outlook," "believes," "expects," "potential," "continues," "may," "will," "should," "seeks," "approximately," "predicts," "intends," "plans," "estimates," "anticipates" or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe these factors include but are not limited to those described under "Risk Factors" and include, among other things:

41


Table of Contents

        These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.


MARKET DATA

        This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have derived from independent consultant reports, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources and our internal data and estimates. Independent consultant reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable.

        Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management's understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had this information verified by any independent sources.

42


Table of Contents


ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

        The diagram below depicts our organizational structure as of September 26, 2013 and without giving effect to any exchanges by the selling stockholders and subsequent sales of shares of Class A common stock in this offering.

GRAPHIC

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is the sole managing member of PNMAC and, through PNMAC and its subsidiaries, operates our business. Accordingly, although PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. currently has a minority economic interest in PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has 100% of the voting power and controls the management of PNMAC, subject to certain exceptions. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—PNMAC Limited Liability Company Agreement."

43


Table of Contents

Reorganization and Recapitalization

        Prior to, and in connection with, the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC was amended and restated to, among other things, modify the capital structure of PNMAC by converting all existing classes of limited liability company units into Class A Units. The allocation of Class A Units among our then-existing owners was determined pursuant to the distribution provisions of the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC prior to that amendment and restatement based upon the liquidation value of PNMAC, assuming that it was liquidated at the time of our initial public offering with a value implied by the $18.00 per share price of the shares of Class A common stock sold in our initial public offering. Immediately following this reorganization but prior to the completion of our initial public offering, there were 63,111,111 Class A Units issued and outstanding.

        Upon the completion of our initial public offering, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. purchased 12,777,777 newly issued Class A Units from PNMAC at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock less the underwriting discount per share. This number of newly issued Class A Units equaled the number of shares of Class A common stock sold in our initial public offering and the price paid by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for the purchase of those Class A Units constituted the entire amount of net proceeds that it received from our initial public offering.

        We refer to the foregoing transactions, collectively, as the "Recapitalization."

        Following our initial public offering of our Class A common stock, the selling stockholders retained their equity ownership in PNMAC, an entity that is intended to be classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes (and not as an association, taxable mortgage pool or publicly traded partnership, each of which could be taxable as a corporation), in the form of Class A Units of PNMAC. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that the selling stockholders generally find it advantageous to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. The selling stockholders and PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. currently incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of PNMAC. We do not believe that our organizational structure gives rise to any significant benefit or detriment to our business or operations.

        We have entered into an exchange agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us. Under the exchange agreement, the other owners of PNMAC (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may elect or, under certain circumstances, are obligated (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) to exchange their Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. As a holder exchanges its Class A Units of PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.'s interest in PNMAC is correspondingly increased. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement."

        These exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of PNMAC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. We have entered into a tax receivable agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us that will provide for the payment by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to those owners of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that

44


Table of Contents

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and not of PNMAC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and its stockholders will retain the remaining 15% of the those tax benefits that PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is deemed to realize. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

        All owners of PNMAC other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. also hold shares of Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Although these shares have no economic rights, they allow those owners of PNMAC to exercise voting power at PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., the managing member of PNMAC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. Under our certificate of incorporation , each holder of Class B common stock is entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by that holder, to one vote for each Class A Unit of PNMAC held by such holder. Accordingly, as the selling stockholders and other owners of PNMAC exchange Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is a holding company, and its sole material asset is its equity interest in PNMAC. As the sole managing member of PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of PNMAC and, through PNMAC and its subsidiaries, conduct our business.

        We consolidate the financial results of PNMAC and its subsidiaries, and the ownership interest of the other members of PNMAC are reflected as a non-controlling interest in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.'s consolidated financial statements.

        Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to the members of PNMAC and the amount of any such distributions, other than with respect to tax distributions as described below. If PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the members of PNMAC, including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

        The holders of limited liability company interests in PNMAC, including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of PNMAC. The limited liability company agreement provides for quarterly cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of PNMAC if PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. determines that the taxable income of PNMAC will give rise to taxable income for its members. In accordance with the limited liability company agreement, we are required to cause PNMAC to make quarterly cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of PNMAC for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of PNMAC that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on the taxable income of PNMAC multiplied by an assumed tax rate determined by us.

        See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—PNMAC Limited Liability Company Agreement."

45


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from the sales of shares of Class A common stock offered by them pursuant to this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares of our Class A common stock, but we will bear the costs associated with this registration. The selling stockholders will bear any underwriting commissions and discounts attributable to their sale of shares of our Class A common stock.

46


Table of Contents


PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

        Our Class A common stock has traded on the NYSE under the symbol "PFSI" since May 8, 2013. Prior to that date, there was no public market for our Class A common stock. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of high and low closing sales prices per share of our Class A common stock, as reported by the NYSE, since May 8, 2013.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
  High   Low  

Third Quarter

  $ 21.31   $ 16.10  

Second Quarter (since May 8, 2013)

  $ 22.45   $ 19.10  

        The closing sale price of our Class A common stock, as reported by the NYSE, on October 25, 2013 was $16.13 per share. As of October 25, 2013, there were three holders of record of our Class A common stock.

Dividend Policy

        We have not paid any dividends to date on our common equity. The payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, and current and anticipated cash needs.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. receives a pro rata portion of the tax distributions made by PNMAC. The cash received from such distributions is first used to satisfy any tax liability of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and then to make any payments under the tax receivable agreement with other owners of PNMAC. The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends on shares of Class A common stock with respect to any remaining excess cash will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock.

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is a holding company and has no material assets other than its ownership of Class A Units of PNMAC. We intend to cause PNMAC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us in excess of any remaining excess cash described above. If PNMAC makes such distributions to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., the other holders of Class A Units of PNMAC will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions.

47


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 present our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization described under "Organizational Structure" and the use of the net proceeds from the initial public offering of our Class A common stock as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 2012. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

        Any potential future exchanges of PNMAC units for our Class A common shares have not been presented herein to reflect a pro forma basis impact on the historical financial information of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and PNMAC for the year ended December 31, 2012 because such exchanges are not currently probable of occurring.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with "Organizational Structure," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Recapitalization described under "Organizational Structure" and the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering or the potential future exchanges as described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable and Exchange Agreements" occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

        The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to:

48


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

 
  Private National
Mortgage Acceptance
Company, LLC
Actual
  Pro Forma
Adjustments(1)
  PennyMac
Financial
Services, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
  (in thousands, except unit data)
 

Revenue

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 118,170         $ 118,170  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust            

    62,906           62,906  

Net servicing income:

                   

Loan servicing fees

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    18,608           18,608  

From Investment Funds

    11,716           11,716  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds            

    (885 )         (885 )

From non-affiliates

    20,673           20,673  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    2,245           2,245  
               

    52,357           52,357  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (12,252 )         (12,252 )
               

Net servicing income

    40,105           40,105  
               

Management fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    15,141           15,141  

From Investment Funds

    9,363           9,363  
               

    24,504           24,504  
               

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    10,473           10,473  

Other

    16,807           16,807  
               

Total net revenue

    272,965           272,965  
               

Expenses

                   

Compensation

    124,014           124,014  

Other

    30,628           30,628  
               

Total expenses

    154,642           154,642  
               

Net income

  $ 118,323         $ 118,323  
               

Pro forma information (unaudited):

                   

Historical net income before taxes

  $ 118,323         $ 118,323  

Pro forma adjustment for taxes(2)

          (8,369 )   (8,369 )
               

Pro forma net income attributable to the controlling and non-controlling interest(3)

                109,954  

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest(1)

          98,397     98,397  
               

Pro forma Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. stockholders

              $ 11,557  
               

Earnings per share:

                   

Basic(3)

              $ 0.91  

Diluted(4)

              $ 0.91  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   

Common shares:

                   

Basic(3)

                12,777,777  

Diluted(4)

                75,769,924  

49


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Continued)

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012


(1)
As described in "Organizational Structure," PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is the sole managing member of PNMAC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. initially owned 16.8% of the economic interest in PNMAC, but has 100% of the voting power and control the management of PNMAC. Immediately following our initial public offering, the non-controlling interest was 83.2%. Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest represented 83.2% of income before income taxes ($118.3 million).

(2)
PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of PNMAC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of income reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of 42.0%, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and uses our estimate of the weighted average statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

(3)
The shares of Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. do not share in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. earnings and are therefore not allocated any net income attributable to the controlling and non-controlling interests. As a result, the shares of Class B common stock are not considered participating securities and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding for purposes of computing net income available per share.

(4)
For purposes of applying the as-if converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share, we assumed an exchange of Class A Units for Class A common stock. Such exchange is affected by the allocation of income or loss associated with the exchange of Class A Units for Class A common stock and accordingly the effect of such exchange has been included for calculating diluted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share. Giving effect to the exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock and dilutive unvested stock based compensation awards consisting of Class A Units, diluted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share would be computed as follows:

 
   
 

Pro forma income before income taxes

  $ 118,323,000  

Adjusted pro forma income taxes

    49,695,660 (a)
       

Adjusted pro forma net income

  $ 68,627,340 (b)
       

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (assuming the exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock)

    75,769,924 (c)
       

Pro forma diluted net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share

  $ 0.91  
       

(a)
Represents the implied provision for income taxes assuming the full exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. using the same method applied in calculating pro forma tax provision.

(b)
Assumes elimination of all non-controlling interest due to the assumed exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. as of the beginning of the period (January 1, 2012).

(c)
The unvested units are converted to Class A Units of PNMAC based on the treasury stock method and an as-if converted method is used to give effect to the exchange agreement for the diluted weighted average share calculation.

50


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2013

 
  PennyMac
Financial
Services, Inc.
Actual
  Pro Forma
Adjustments(1)
  PennyMac
Financial
Services, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 82,611         $ 82,611  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    50,298           50,298  

Loan origination fees

    11,980           11,980  

Net servicing income:

                   

Loan servicing fees

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    16,513           16,513  

From Investment Funds

    4,247           4,247  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (173 )         (173 )

From non-affiliates

    20,801           20,801  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    4,923           4,923  
               

    46,311           46,311  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (8,200 )         (8,200 )
               

Net servicing income

    38,111           38,111  
               

Management fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    14,947           14,947  

From Investment Funds

    3,888           3,888  
               

    18,835           18,835  
               

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    7,599           7,599  

Other

    7,041           7,041  
               

Total net revenue

    216,475           216,475  
               

Expenses

                   

Compensation

    78,020           78,020  

Other

    32,933           32,933  
               

Total expenses

    110,953           110,953  
               

Net income before tax

  $ 105,522         $ 105,522  

Provision for taxes(2)

   
2,038
   
5,424
   
7,462
 
               

Pro forma net income attributable to the controlling and non-controlling interest(3)

    103,484     (5,424 )   98,060  

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest(1)

    100,691     12,936     87,775  
               

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. stockholders

    2,793     7,512   $ 10,305  
               

Earnings per share:

                   

Basic(3)

  $ 0.22         $ 0.81  

Diluted(4)

  $ 0.22         $ 0.81  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   

Basic(3)

    12,778           12,778  

Diluted(4)

    77,163           75,843  

(1)
As described in "Organizational Structure," PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is the sole managing member of PNMAC. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. initially owned 16.8% of the economic interest in PNMAC, but has 100% of the voting power and control the management of PNMAC. Immediately following our initial public offering, the non-controlling interest was 83.2%. Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest represented 83.2% of income before income taxes ($105.5 million).

(2)
PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of PNMAC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro

51


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Continued)

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2013

(3)
The shares of Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. do not share in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. earnings and are therefore not allocated any net income attributable to the controlling and non-controlling interests. As a result, the shares of Class B common stock are not considered participating securities and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding for purposes of computing net income available per share.

(4)
For purposes of applying the as-if converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share, we assumed an exchange of Class A Units for Class A common stock. Such exchange is affected by the allocation of income or loss associated with the exchange of Class A Units for Class A common stock and accordingly the effect of such exchange has been included for calculating diluted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share. Giving effect to the exchange of all Class A Units for shares of Class A common stock and dilutive unvested stock based compensation awards consisting of Class A Units, diluted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share would be computed as follows:

 
   
 

Pro forma income before income taxes

  $ 105,522,000  

Adjusted pro forma income taxes

    44,319,000 (a)
       

Adjusted pro forma net income

  $ 61,203,000 (b)
       

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (assuming the exchange of all New Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock)

    75,843,464 (c)
       

Pro forma diluted net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share

  $ 0.81  
       

(a)
Represents the implied provision for income taxes assuming the full exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. using the same method applied in calculating pro forma tax provision.

(b)
Assumes elimination of all non-controlling interest due to the assumed exchange of all Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. as of the beginning of the period (January 1, 2013).

(c)
The unvested units are converted to Class A Units based on the treasury stock method and an as-if converted method is used to give effect to the exchange agreement for the diluted weighted average share calculation.

52


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected historical condensed consolidated financial data of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. should be read together with "Organizational Structure," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for periods prior to the Recapitalization are PNMAC's historical consolidated financial statements.

        We derived the selected historical consolidated statement of income data of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and interim periods ending June 30, 2013 and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and June 30, 2013 from the audited consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. not included in this prospectus.

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands, except share/unit data)
 

Statements of Income Data—Condensed Consolidated

                                           

Revenue

                                           

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727   $ 118,170   $ 13,029   $ 2,008  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    22,054     7,715     50,298     13,839     62,906     1,744     80  

Net servicing income:

                                           

Loan servicing fees

                                           

From non-affiliates

    11,744     3,696     20,801     6,622     20,673     11,493     11,431  

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,787     4,438     16,513     8,563     18,608     13,204     2,989  

From Investment Funds

    2,100     3,023     4,247     6,646     11,716     14,523     9,474  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (34 )   (249 )   (173 )   (495 )   (885 )   (2,772 )   1,162  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    2,662     1,118     4,923     2,508     2,245     1,657     1,345  
                               

    25,259     12,026     46,311     23,844     52,357     38,105     26,401  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (3,190 )   (4,368 )   (8,200 )   (4,610 )   (12,252 )   (9,438 )   (400 )
                               

Net servicing income

    22,069     7,658     38,111     19,234     40,105     28,667     26,001  
                               

Management fees:

                                           

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,455     2,488     14,947     4,292     15,141     8,456     5,484  

From Investment Funds

    1,974     2,368     3,888     4,757     9,363     9,943     9,943  
                               

    10,429     4,856     18,835     9,049     24,504     18,399     15,427  
                               

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    2,862     2,110     7,599     3,899     10,473     12,596     24,654  

Other

    10,709     5,440     19,021     6,771     16,807     2,224     1,059  
                               

Total net revenue

    110,777     42,569     216,475     81,519     272,965     76,659     69,229  
                               

Expenses

                                           

Compensation

    42,339     26,492     78,020     45,900     124,014     47,479     25,412  

Other

    18,209     5,599     32,933     10,579     30,628     14,481     10,775  
                               

Total expenses

    60,548     32,091     110,953     56,479     154,642     61,960     36,187  
                               

Income before provision for income taxes

    50,229     10,478     105,522     25,040     118,323     14,699     33,042  

Provision for income taxes

    2,038         2,038                  
                               

Net income

    48,191   $ 10,478     103,484   $ 25,040   $ 118,323   $ 14,699   $ 33,042  
                                   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    45,398           100,691                          
                                         

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

  $ 2,793         $ 2,793                          
                                         

Net income attributable to preferred unit holders

                          $ 99,920   $ 14,507   $ 29,014  

Net income attributable to Class C unit awards outstanding

                          $ 2,310              

Net income attributable to Class C unit holders

                          $ 6              

Net income attributable to common unit awards outstanding

                          $ 7,178   $ 152   $ 3,837  

Net income attributable to common unit holders

                          $ 8,909   $ 40   $ 191  

Earnings per share/ unit

                                           

Preferred units

                          $ 1,033.49   $ 237.82   $ 645.30  

Class C units

                          $ 684.70   $   $  

Common shares/units:

                                           

Basic

  $ 0.22         $ 0.22         $ 942.89   $ 11.63   $ 555.59  

Diluted

  $ 0.22         $ 0.22         $ 570.29   $ 3.88   $ 40.72  

Weighted average shares/units outstanding:

                                           

Preferred units

                            96,682     61,003     44,962  

Class C units

                            3,382          

Common units:

                                           

Basic

    12,778,000           12,778,000           9,448     3,470     345  

Diluted

    77,163,000           77,163,000           15,622     10,410     4,704  

53


Table of Contents


 
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data—Condensed Consolidated

                         

ASSETS

                         

Cash and short term investment, at fair value

  $ 194,616   $ 65,487   $ 32,506   $ 15,241  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    656,341     448,384     89,857     14,720  

Derivative assets

    37,177     27,290     5,460     342  

Servicing advances

    94,791     93,152     63,565     22,811  

Receivable from Advised Entities

    19,712     20,363     19,864     13,687  

Carried interest due from Investment Funds

    55,722     47,723     37,250     24,654  

Mortgage servicing rights

    199,738     108,975     32,124     31,957  

Other

    23,083     20,789     8,655     4,990  
                   

Total assets

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163   $ 289,281   $ 128,402  
                   

LIABILITIES

                         

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 500,427   $ 393,534   $ 77,700   $ 13,289  

Note payable

    47,209     53,013     18,602     3,499  

Derivative liabilities

    27,445     509          

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    52,729     46,779     25,595     2,842  

Payable to Investment Funds

    36,328     36,795     29,622     13,262  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    54,313     36,279     13,398     5,352  

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    6,185     3,504     449     189  
                   

Total liabilities

    724,636     570,413     165,366     38,433  

MEMBERS' EQUITY

    556,144     261,750     123,915     89,969  
                   

Total liabilities and members' equity

    1,280,780   $ 832,163   $ 289,281   $ 128,402  
                   

OPERATING METRICS

                         

Net assets under management of the Advised Entities

  $ 1,805,971   $ 1,792,490   $ 1,166,095   $ 883,338  

Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance)

  $ 44,405,676   $ 28,152,549   $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819  

Number of mortgage loans serviced

    192,046     123,453     36,395     26,022  

54


Table of Contents

        Following is a presentation of selected quarterly financial data:

 
  Quarter ended  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,  
 
  (in thousands)
 

For the quarter ended:

                                                 

Net servicing fees

  $ 14,759   $ 6,112   $ 7,658   $ 11,576   $ 5,756   $ 5,666   $ 9,586   $ 7,659  

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale

    49,683     39,760     14,790     13,937     9,133     2,343     753     800  

Fulfillment fees

    31,809     17,258     7,715     6,124     1,386     263     61     34  

Management fees and carried interest

    9,855     9,470     6,966     5,982     6,147     8,233     9,763     6,852  

Other income

    7,066     5,674     5,440     1,331     1,248     409     171     396  
                                   

    113,172     78,274     42,569     38,950     23,670     16,914     20,334     15,741  

Expenses

    57,751     40,412     32,091     24,388     20,451     16,825     13,479     11,205  
                                   

Net income

  $ 55,421   $ 37,862   $ 10,478   $ 14,562   $ 3,219   $ 89   $ 6,855   $ 4,536  
                                   

At period end:

                                                 

Mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 448,384   $ 410,071   $ 248,974   $ 176,282   $ 89,857   $ 61,284   $ 11,067   $ 11,411  

MSRs

    108,975     74,154     52,900     41,599     32,124     29,860     33,408     32,158  

Carried interest

    47,723     44,504     41,149     39,038     37,250     35,002     31,890     26,917  

Mortgage servicing advances

    94,631     76,554     72,833     73,132     63,565     36,515     29,718     28,025  

Other assets

    132,450     121,979     89,780     88,588     66,485     49,656     39,911     39,413  
                                   

Total assets

    832,163     727,262     505,636     418,639     289,281     212,317     145,994     137,924  

Borrowings

   
446,547
   
395,513
   
238,662
   
177,131
   
96,302
   
69,517
   
13,640
   
14,086
 

Other liabilities

    123,865     127,369     99,744     84,586     69,064     40,975     30,441     28,949  
                                   

Total liabilities

    570,412     522,882     338,406     261,717     165,366     110,492     44,081     43,035  

Members' equity

    261,751     204,380     167,230     156,922     123,915     101,825     101,913     94,889  
                                   

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 832,163   $ 727,262   $ 505,636   $ 418,639   $ 289,281   $ 212,317   $ 145,994   $ 137,924  
                                   

55


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        You should read this discussion together with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included in this prospectus. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below. Accordingly, you should read "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors."

Our Company

        We are a specialty financial services firm with a comprehensive mortgage platform and integrated business focused on the production and servicing of U.S. residential mortgage loans and the management of investments related to the U.S. residential mortgage market. We believe that our operating capabilities, specialized expertise, access to long-term investment capital, and our management's deep experience across all aspects of the mortgage business will allow us to profitably grow these activities and capitalize on other related opportunities as they arise in the future.

        PNMAC was founded in 2008 by members of its executive leadership team and two strategic partners, BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC, together with its affiliates, and HC Partners LLC, formerly known as Highfields Capital Investments LLC, together with its affiliates.

        We conduct our business in two segments: mortgage banking and investment management. Our principal mortgage banking subsidiary, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, or PLS, is a non-bank producer and servicer of mortgage loans in the United States. Our principal investment management subsidiary, PNMAC Capital Management, LLC, or PCM, is an SEC registered investment adviser. PCM manages PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, or PMT, a REIT listed on the NYSE. PCM also manages PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP, both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC. We refer to these funds collectively as our "Investment Funds" and, together with PMT, as our "Advised Entities."

        Our mortgage banking segment is comprised of three primary businesses: correspondent lending, retail lending, and loan servicing.

56


Table of Contents

        During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, we managed PMT's acquisition of approximately $8.9 billion and $17.8 billion, respectively, in unpaid principal balance of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans. We purchased, for our own account, approximately $4.5 billion and $7.9 billion in unpaid principal balance of government-insured or -guaranteed loans from PMT during the quarter and six month period ended June 30, 2013. We also originated $343.3 million and $609.8 million of residential mortgage loans through our retail channel during the quarter and six month period ended June 30, 2013. During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, we increased our portfolio of loans that we serviced or subserviced from approximately $36.2 billion at December 31, 2012 to approximately $44.4 billion at June 30, 2013.

        During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, we managed PMT's acquisition of approximately $3.5 billion and $5.4 billion, respectively, in unpaid principal balance of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans. We purchased for our account approximately $1.5 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively, in unpaid principal balance of government-insured or -guaranteed loans from PMT. We also originated $93.2 million and $155.0 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans through our retail channel during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, and increased our portfolio of loans that we serviced or subserviced from approximately $7.7 billion at December 31, 2011 to approximately $12.5 billion at June 30, 2012.

        In May, 2013, interest rates on 30-year fixed rate mortgages began to increase, rising from 3.54% in May to 4.49% in September, according to the Freddie Mac Primary Mortgage Market Survey. Associated with this increase in mortgage rates, mortgage loan originations in the United States are projected to decline from approximately one trillion dollars in the first half of 2013 to approximately $630-$700 billion in the second half of 2013. We expect this decline to impact the volume of mortgage loans that we acquire and originate in our mortgage banking segment.

        We are an investment manager through our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds, which had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2013. In August, 2013, PMT's net assets increased by approximately $250 million as a result of the issuance of new equity in a secondary offering. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance.

Observations on Current Market Opportunities

        Our business is affected by macroeconomic conditions in the United States, including economic growth, unemployment rates, the residential housing market and interest rate levels and expectations. The U.S. economy continues its pattern of modest growth as reflected in recent economic data. During the second quarter of 2013, real U.S. gross domestic product expanded at a revised annual rate of 2.5% compared to revised 1.1% and 1.2% annual rates for the first quarter of 2013 and second quarter of 2012, respectively. Modest economic growth continued to affect unemployment rates during the second quarter of 2013. The national unemployment rate was 7.6% at June 30, 2013 and compares to a revised

57


Table of Contents

seasonally adjusted rate of 8.2% at June 30, 2012 and 7.6% at March 31, 2013. Delinquency rates on residential real estate loans remain elevated compared to historical rates. As reported by the Federal Reserve, during the second quarter of 2013, the delinquency rate on residential real estate loans held by commercial banks was 9.2%, a reduction from 10.5% during the second quarter of 2012.

        Residential real estate activity appears to be improving. The seasonally adjusted annual rate of existing home sales for June 2013 was 15.2% higher than for June 2012 and the national median existing home price for all housing types was $214,200, a 13.5% increase from June 2012. On a national level, foreclosure filings during the second quarter of 2013 decreased by 23% as compared to the second quarter of 2012. Foreclosure activity across the country is expected to remain above historical average levels through the remainder of 2013 and beyond.

        Thirty-year fixed rate mortgage interest rates ranged from a high of 4.07% to a low of 3.45% during the second quarter of 2013 (Source: the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation's Weekly Primary Mortgage Market Survey). During the first six months of 2013, mortgage interest rates have ranged from a high of 4.46% to a low of 3.34%. During the second quarter of 2012, interest rates for the thirty-year fixed rate mortgage ranged from a high of 3.98% to a low of 3.66%.

        Fixed rate residential mortgage loan interest rates are generally indexed to long-term U.S. Treasury yields. Towards the end of the second quarter, an increase in these treasury yields led to an increase in mortgage loan interest rates. As a result of this increase in mortgage loan interest rates, refinance activity across the market has declined.

        Mortgage lenders originated an estimated $495.0 billion of home loans during the second quarter of 2013, down 1.0 percent from the first three months of the year. That pushed year-to-date production volume to slightly less than $1 trillion, and put the market 14.4 percent ahead of the pace set during the first six months of 2012 (Source: Inside Mortgage Finance). However, mortgage originations are forecast to decline, with current industry estimates for the second half of 2013 totaling approximately $630-700 billion.

        In our capacity as an investment manager, we continue to see substantial volumes of distressed residential mortgage loan sales (sales of loan pools that consist of either nonperforming loans, troubled but performing loans or a combination thereof) offered for sale by a limited number of sellers. During the second quarter of 2013, we reviewed 36 mortgage loan pools with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $11.1 billion and one pool of real estate acquired in settlement of loans totaling approximately $108 million. This compares to our review of 27 mortgage loan pools with unpaid principal balances totaling approximately $2.5 billion and one pool of real estate acquired in settlement of loans totaling approximately $30 million during the second quarter of 2012. We managed the acquisition, on behalf of PMT, of distressed mortgage loans, including forward purchases, with fair values totaling $443 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and none during the quarter ended June 30, 2012.

        In recent periods, we have seen increased competition from new and existing market participants in both our correspondent lending and retail origination businesses, as well as reductions in the overall level of refinancing activity. We believe that this change in supply and demand within the marketplace has been driving lower production margins in recent periods, which will be reflected in our results of operations in our gains on mortgage loans held for sale. Although margins on gains from mortgage loans held for sale benefitted from wider secondary spreads (the difference between interest rates charged to borrowers and yields on mortgage-backed securities in the secondary market) early in the fourth quarter of 2012, margins narrowed as the quarter progressed and into the first half of 2013. While production margins remained elevated from a historical perspective during the second quarter of 2013, we expect them to continue to normalize toward their long-term averages in 2013.

58


Table of Contents

        We expect our results of operations to be affected by various factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our primary sources of income are from:

        We service loans either through subservicing arrangements with PMT and the Investment Funds or for our own account as a result of our purchase of MSRs and our retention of MSRs associated with the loans that we originate or purchase for sale. Net servicing income includes the fees that we earn as well as the amortization, impairment and changes in fair value that we recognize from holding MSRs. A significant component of our net servicing income is driven by the changes in the fair value of the MSRs that we hold. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are significantly influenced by prepayment expectations and actual prepayments relating to the underlying loans.

        Under the terms of our prior loan servicing agreement with PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., the operating partnership subsidiary of PMT, servicing fee rates for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus were based on the risk characteristics of the mortgage loans serviced and total servicing compensation was established at levels that management believed was competitive with those charged by other servicers or special servicers, as applicable.

        Effective February 1, 2013, we amended our loan servicing agreement with PMT and established servicing fees at fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan. Amounts for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus do not reflect the amended agreement, as it was not in effect during the historical periods presented. However, we do not expect the amendment to have a significant effect on the level of fees that we record for loans serviced for PMT. See the description of the new terms of the loan servicing agreement under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Servicing Agreements."

59


Table of Contents

        Our servicing agreements with the Investment Funds generally provide for fee revenue of between 45 and 100 basis points of unpaid principal balance per year, which varies depending on the type and quality of the loans being serviced. We are also entitled to certain customary market-based fees and charges.

        Under the servicing agreements between us and one of the Investment Funds, on December 31, 2011 and at the end of every calendar year thereafter, we will also rebate to the fund an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the fund's assets, and, conversely, charge the fund if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall "at cost" pricing with respect to loan servicing activities for such assets.

        Under the agreements, we will also rebate to the Investment Funds 50% of any profit generated from loan originations resulting from the refinancing of, or modification activities with respect to, loans that we subservice on behalf of the Investment Funds. This arrangement was changed effective January 1, 2012 with respect to one of the Investment Funds, whereby we settled our accrued servicing fee rebate with the fund and amended the related servicing agreement to charge scheduled servicing fees in place of the previous "at cost" servicing arrangement. We record the net rebate amounts as earned or incurred.

        On our account, as well as on behalf of PMT and the Investment Funds, we participate in HAMP (and other similar mortgage loan modification programs). HAMP establishes standard loan modification guidelines for "at risk" homeowners and provides incentive payments to certain participants, including loan servicers, for achieving modifications and successfully remaining in the program. Our loan servicing agreements entitle us to retain any incentive payments that we receive and to which we are entitled under HAMP; provided, however, that with respect to any such incentive payments paid to us under HAMP in connection with a mortgage loan modification for which we previously were paid an incentive fee by PMT or the Investment Funds, we will reimburse PMT or the Investment Fund an amount equal to the lesser of such modification fee or such incentive payments.

        Our servicing agreements with non-affiliates were initially primarily special servicing arrangements with non-affiliated entities in support of mortgage securitizations and provided for servicing fees of approximately 50 basis points per year of the UPB of the loans. Beginning late in 2011, as our correspondent lending activities began to grow, the primary composition of our servicing for non-affiliates began to shift from special servicing to prime servicing—primarily of government-insured or guaranteed loans included in pools of loans securing Ginnie Mae-guaranteed securities that we originated through our correspondent lending activities and sold to third parties on a servicing-retained basis. Such loans have contractual servicing fee rates ranging from 19 to 44 basis points net of guarantee fees. As with other servicing arrangements, we are also entitled to ancillary fees such as late charges and other fees allowable for government-insured or guaranteed loans.

        MSRs represent the value of a contract that obligates us to service the mortgage loans on behalf of the owner of the loan in exchange for servicing fees and the right to collect certain ancillary income from the borrower. We recognize MSRs at our estimate of the fair value of the contract to service the loans.

        How much of the MSR we realize in cash depends upon how our initial estimates of the future cash flows accruing to the MSRs are realized. As economic fundamentals influencing the loans change, our estimate of the fair value of the related MSR we retain will also change. As a result, we will record changes in fair value as a component of net servicing income for the MSRs we carry at fair value, and

60


Table of Contents

we may recognize changes in fair value relating to our MSRs carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value depending on the relationship of the asset's fair value to its amortized cost at the measurement date. See "Note 8—Fair Value" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of the initial recognition and at period end for the periods covered by our financial statements.

        After the initial recognition of MSRs, we account for such assets based on the initial interest rates of the mortgage loans underlying the respective MSRs. We account for MSRs differently based on whether the interest rates of the mortgage loans underlying such assets are above 4.5% because we have concluded that mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less present different risks to us than MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and, therefore, require a different risk management approach. Our risk management efforts relating to originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less are aimed at moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. Our risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values.

        We account for MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% at fair value. Changes in the fair value of MSRs carried at fair value are included in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

        We account for MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% using the amortization method. Under the amortization method, we amortize the cost of MSRs in proportion to, and over the period of, net servicing income for the mortgage loans underlying the respective assets.

        We also evaluate MSRs accounted for using the amortization method for impairment with reference to the assets' fair value at the measurement date. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSR falls below the asset's carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current period income and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted through a valuation allowance. If the fair value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, we recognize the increase in value in current period income and, through a reduction in the valuation allowance, adjust the carrying value of the MSRs to a level not in excess of amortized cost.

        When evaluating MSRs for impairment, we stratify the assets by predominant risk characteristic including loan type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and note rate. We stratify fixed-rate loans into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3%. We evaluate adjustable-rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less in a single pool.

        We periodically review the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When we deem recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        Amortization and impairment of MSRs accounted for using the amortization method are included in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

        For more information on the key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, see "Note 8—Fair Value—Mortgage Servicing Rights" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

61


Table of Contents

        When we sell our mortgage loans, we record a gain or loss which is determined by the nature and terms of the transaction. The gain or loss that we realize on the sale of loans acquired through our mortgage lending activities is primarily determined by the price paid for purchased loans or the terms of originated loans, the effect of any hedging and other risk management activities that we undertake, the sales price of the loan and the value of any MSRs received in the transaction. Gain on mortgage loans held for sale is significantly influenced by mortgage loan prepayment activity which is, in turn, significantly influenced by the level and direction of mortgage interest rates. Certain of these factors are beyond our control.

        Our gain on mortgage loans held for sale includes both cash and non-cash elements. We receive proceeds on sale that include both cash and our estimate of the value of MSRs. We also provide an estimate of our losses relating to representations and warranties that we make to the investors.

        We recognize the fair value of loan commitments we make to borrowers and commitments to PMT to purchase government-insured loans. We refer to these commitments as interest rate lock commitments, or IRLCs. We recognize the value of these commitments upon their issuance, which is generally before we purchase the mortgage loans subject to the commitment. We presently issue IRLCs with commitment periods ranging to sixty days. The value that we assign to an IRLC is estimated based on our estimated gain on sale of a mortgage loan funded under the commitment, adjusted for the probability that the loan will fund or be purchased within the terms of the IRLC. The IRLC is subject to changes in fair value as the loan approaches funding, as market interest rates for similar loans change and as our assessment of the probability of the funding of mortgage loans at similar points in the origination process changes. The value of an IRLC can be either positive or negative, depending on the relationship of the mortgage loan's interest rates to current market rates for similar mortgage loans.

        The primary factor influencing the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC is the change, if any, in mortgage interest rates subsequent to the commitment date. In general, the probability of funding increases if current rates rise and decreases if current rates fall. This is due primarily to the relative attractiveness of current mortgage interest rates compared to the applicant's committed rate. The probability that a loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC is also influenced by the source of the application, age of the application, purpose of the loan (purchase or refinance) and the application approval rate. We have developed closing ratio estimates using empirical data that take into account all of these variables, as well as renegotiations of rate and point commitments that tend to occur when mortgage interest rates fall. These closing ratio estimates are used to calculate the aggregate balance of loans that we expect to fund within the terms of the IRLCs.

        We manage the risk created by IRLCs relating to mortgage loans and by our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale by entering into forward sale agreements to sell the mortgage loans and by the purchase and sale of MBS options and futures. Such agreements are accounted for as derivative financial instruments.

        We account for our derivative financial instruments as free-standing derivatives. We do not designate our forward sale agreements or options and futures for hedge accounting. We recognize all of our derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in the fair value being reported in current period income as a component of net gain on mortgage loans held for sale.

        We also provide for our estimate of the fair value of future losses that we may be required to incur as a result of our breach of representations and warranties provided to the purchasers of the loans we have sold. The representations and warranties require adherence to investor or insurer origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

62


Table of Contents

        In the event of a breach of our representations and warranties, we may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor, or may become ineligible to receive any of the benefits provided by the insurer with respect to such mortgage loans. In such cases, we bear any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. Our losses from representations and warranties may be reduced by any recourse that we have to correspondent lenders that, in turn, had sold such mortgage loans to us through PMT and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, we generally have the right to seek a repurchase or indemnity from that originator through PMT.

        We record a provision for losses relating to such representations and warranties as part of our loan sale transactions. The method we use to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates, the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. We establish a liability at the time loans are sold and continually update our liability estimate.

        The level of the liability for losses from representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor repurchase demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans. Our representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, we believe that the current unpaid principal balance of loans that we have sold to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties.

        We evaluate the adequacy of our liability for losses from representations and warranties based on our loss experience and our assessment of future losses to be incurred relating to loans that we have previously sold and which remain outstanding at the balance sheet date. As our portfolio of loans sold subject to representations and warranties grows and as economic fundamentals change, such adjustments can be material. However, we believe that our current estimates adequately approximate the future losses to be incurred on our servicing portfolio of mortgage loans sold subject to such representations and warranties.

        For more information on our estimates of our liability for representations and warranties for the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, see "Note 16—Liability for Representations and Warranties" in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

        In our investment management activities, we earn management fees from PMT and we earn management fees and carried interest from the Investment Funds.

        The management fees that we are entitled to receive from PMT have two components: a base component and a performance incentive component. Under our prior management agreement with PMT, which was effective during the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, the terms of the two components were as follows:

63


Table of Contents

        Effective February 1, 2013 we amended the terms of our management agreement with PMT. The amendment reduced the annual rate of the base component of the management fee applicable to shareholders' equity in excess of $2.0 billion and it changed the basis on which the performance incentive portion of our management fee is calculated from "core earnings," as defined under the prior agreement, to earnings as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a result of this change, we expect to earn and recognize the performance incentive portion of our management fee on a prospective basis. See the new terms of this agreement at "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreements."

        For periods through December 31, 2011, the management fees that we received from the Investment Funds were based on the respective funds' capital commitments. For subsequent periods, the management fees have been based on the lesser of the funds' net asset values or aggregate capital contributions. The base management fees accrue at annual rates ranging from 1.5% to 2.0% of the applicable amounts on which they are based.

        The carried interest that we recognize from the Investment Funds is determined by the Investment Funds' performance and our contractual rights to share in the Investments Funds' returns in excess of the preferred returns accruing to the funds' investors, if any. We recognize carried interest as a participation in the profits in the Investment Funds after the investors in the Investment Funds have achieved a preferred return as defined in the fund agreements. After the investors have achieved the preferred returns specified in the respective fund agreements, a "catch up" return accrues to us until we receive a specified percentage of the preferred return. Thereafter, we participate in future returns in excess of the preferred return at the rates specified in the fund agreements.

        The investment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The amount of the carried interest that we will receive depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by us at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced as a result of subsequent performance. However, we are not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of carried interest will only be reversed to the extent of amounts previously recognized.

        We expect to collect the carried interest when the Investment Funds liquidate. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

        In connection with our correspondent lending business, we provide certain mortgage banking services to PMT, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, for a fulfillment fee based on a percentage of the UPB of the mortgage loans sold to non-affiliates. In general, the fulfillment fee for such services is based on the type of mortgage loan acquired by PMT and equal to a percentage of the unpaid balance of such mortgage loan.

64


Table of Contents

        Effective February 1, 2013, we terminated our prior amended and restated mortgage banking services agreement with PMT and entered into a new mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement. The new agreement, as subsequently amended, provides for the reimbursement of a portion of the fulfillment fee applicable to PMT's acquisition of mortgage loans in excess of specified monthly thresholds. In the event that PMT acquires mortgage loans with an aggregate UPB in any month greater than $2.5 billion, we have agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT in an amount equal to the percentage of such aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to mortgage loans for which we collected fulfillment fees for such month multiplied by the sum of the following: (a) the product of (i) .025%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $2.5 billion and less than or equal to $5 billion, plus (b) the product of (i) .05%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $5.0 billion. See a further description of the terms of this agreement under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Other Agreements with PMT."

        We incur compensation and overhead expenses necessary to run our business. The level of these expenses depends, in part, on the nature and amount of assets that we manage for our investment management clients, the volume of mortgage loans and mix of such loans between performing and distressed mortgage loans that we service, and the level of loan origination and purchase activity that we manage and conduct for our own account. Many of these expenses (such as certain technology costs and the cost of experienced specialized managers and staff necessary to manage and execute the specialized activities in which we engage) are fixed and require us to operate at an adequate level of activity to operate profitably.

        The following is a summary of the composition of expenses included in the various expense line items:

        Our management agreement with PMT provides us with the right to allocate a portion of certain overhead charges to PMT based on PMT's assets as a percentage of the total assets we manage. For the actual expenses allocated to PMT in the historical periods presented in the consolidated financial

65


Table of Contents

statements included in this prospectus, refer to the discussion and tables under "—Results of Operations—Expenses Allocated to PMT."

Other Factors Influencing Our Results

        Prepayment Speeds.    Prepayment speeds, as reflected by the constant prepayment rate, vary according to interest rates, the type of investment, conditions in the housing and financial markets, competition and other factors, none of which can be predicted with any certainty. In general, when interest rates rise, it is relatively less attractive for borrowers to refinance their mortgage loans and, as a result, prepayment speeds tend to decrease. This can extend the period over which we earn servicing income but reduce the demand for new mortgage loans. When interest rates fall, prepayment speeds tend to increase, thereby decreasing the value of MSRs and shortening the period over which we earn servicing income but increasing the demand for new mortgage loans.

        Changing Interest Rate Environment.    Generally, when interest rates rise, the value of mortgage loans and interest rate lock commitments decrease while the value of hedging instruments related to such loans and commitments increases. When interest rates fall, the value of mortgage loans and interest rate lock commitments increases and the value of hedging instruments related to such loans and commitments decrease. Decreasing interest rates also precipitate increased loan refinancing activity by borrowers seeking to benefit from lower mortgage interest rates.

        Changing Home Prices Affect REO Property Disposition Proceeds.    The state of the real estate market and home prices at the time of sale will determine proceeds from the sale of REO properties. Generally, rising home prices are expected to positively affect our results from REO properties for loans serviced under agreements whereby we retain some risk on REO sales. Conversely, declining real estate prices are expected to negatively affect our results from REO properties. We cannot predict future home prices with any certainty.

        Risk Management Effectiveness—Credit Risk.    We are subject to the risk of potential credit losses on all of the residential mortgage loans that we hold for sale or investment as well as for losses incurred by investors in mortgage loans that we sell to them as a result of breaches of representations and warranties we make as part of the loan sales. The representations and warranties require adherence to investor or guarantor origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor repurchase demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans.

        Risk Management Effectiveness—Interest Rate Risk.    Because changes in interest rates may significantly affect our activities, our operating results will depend, in large part, upon our ability to effectively manage interest rate risks and prepayment risks, including risk arising from the change in value of our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and commitments to fund mortgage loans and related hedging derivative instruments, as well the effects of changes in interest rates on the value of our investment in MSRs. See "—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk" for a discussion on the effects of changes in interest rates on the recorded value of our MSRs.

        Liquidity.    Our ability to operate profitably is dependent on both our access to capital to finance our assets and our ability to profitably sell and service mortgage loans. An important source of capital for the residential mortgage industry is warehouse financing facilities. These facilities provide funding to mortgage loan producers until the loans are sold to investors or securitized in the secondary mortgage loan market. Our ability to hold loans pending sale and/or securitization depends, in part, on the availability to us of adequate financing lines of credit at suitable interest rates. During any period in which a borrower is not making payments, if we own the MSR then we may be required to advance

66


Table of Contents

our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest remittance requirements for investors and advance costs of protecting the property securing the investors' loan and the investors' interest in the property. We finance a portion of these advances under bank lines of credit. The ability to obtain capital to finance our servicing advances at appropriate interest rates influences our ability to profitably service delinquent loans. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations—Debt Obligations."

        Servicing Effectiveness.    In cases where we own the MSR, our servicing fee rates for loans serviced for non-affiliates are generally at specified servicing rates that do not change with a loan's performance status. As a mortgage loan becomes delinquent and moves through the delinquency process to settlement through acquisition of the property or partial payoff, the loan requires greater effort on our part to service. Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures will therefore result in a higher cost to service those loans due to the increased time and effort required to collect payments from delinquent borrowers. Therefore, how efficiently we are able to maintain the credit quality of our portfolio of serviced mortgage loans and address the mortgage loans where the borrower has defaulted influences the level of expenses that we incur in the mortgage loan servicing process.

Critical Accounting Policies

        We have identified the following to be our most critical accounting policies:

        We have elected to record our non-cash financial assets at fair value and group them in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets are traded and the observability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

        The valuation method used to estimate fair value may produce a fair value measurement that may not be indicative of ultimate realizable value. Furthermore, while we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial statement items could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such items existed, or had such items been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.

        We have elected to have mortgage loans held for sale accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. We have elected to record mortgage loans held for sale at fair value so changes in fair value will be reflected in results of operations as they occur and more timely reflect the results of our performance. Accordingly, changes in the estimated fair value of

67


Table of Contents

mortgage loans are recognized in current period income. All changes in fair value, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. We classify mortgage loans held for sale at fair value as "Level 2" or "Level 3" fair value financial statement items based on whether the loans are salable into active markets as summarized below:

        Our interest rate lock commitments are categorized as a "Level 3" fair value financial statement item. Inputs to the estimation of the fair value of interest rate lock commitments include the pull-through rate and MSR value, which we classify as "Level 3" inputs. Changes in the value of interest rate lock commitments are included in gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012, we began using a portion of our interest rate lock commitments as an economic hedge of our MSRs.

        The derivative financial instruments that we acquire to manage the price risk arising from making interest rate lock commitments and holding mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are categorized as "Level 2" financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using quoted market prices or market price equivalents. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments used to manage price risk are included in gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in our consolidated statement of income.

        We recognize MSRs initially at their estimated fair values, either as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans where we retain the right to service the loan in the sale transaction, or from the purchase of MSRs. MSRs arise from contractual agreements between us and the investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Under these contracts, we are responsible for loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration. The servicing functions typically performed include, among other responsibilities, collecting and remitting loan payments; responding to borrower inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; and supervising the acquisition of real estate collateralizing the mortgage loans in settlement thereof and property dispositions.

        The value of MSRs is derived from the net positive cash flows associated with the servicing contracts. We receive servicing fees ranging generally from 0.25% to 0.38% annually on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the loans subject to the servicing contracts. The servicing fees are collected from the monthly payments made by the mortgagors. We generally receive other remuneration including rights to various mortgagor-contracted fees such as late charges, collateral reconveyance charges and loan prepayment penalties, and we are generally entitled to retain the interest earned on funds held pending remittance for mortgagor payments.

        The fair value of MSRs is difficult to determine because MSRs are not actively traded in stand-alone markets. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of these assets and the

68


Table of Contents

exercise of such judgment can significantly affect our income. MSR values are estimated by our financial analysis and valuation group and are reviewed and approved by our senior management valuation committee. Therefore, we classify our MSRs as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items.

        We use a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that we assume market participants would use in their determinations of value. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in our discounted cash flow model are based on market factors which we believe are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar MSRs.

        The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds, cost to service the loans and discount rates. These variables can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change.

        Our subsequent accounting for MSRs is based on the class of MSRs. We have identified two classes of MSRs: originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% and MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%. Originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% are accounted for using the amortization method. MSRs backed by loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period income. We distinguish between these classes of MSRs due to the differing factors that can cause changes in prepayment speeds of the underlying loans, which in turn cause changes in the fair value of the MSRs.

        We amortize MSRs accounted for using the amortization method. MSR amortization is determined by applying the ratio of the net MSR cash flows projected for the current period to the estimated total remaining net MSR cash flows. The estimated total net MSR cash flows are determined at the beginning of each month using prepayment assumptions applicable at that time.

        We assess MSRs accounted for using the amortization method for impairment monthly. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSR falls below the asset's carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, we recognize the impairment in current-period income and adjust the carrying value of the MSRs through a valuation allowance. If the value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, we recognize the increase in value in current-period income and we adjust the carrying value of the MSRs through a reduction in the valuation allowance. Carrying value is not increased above amortized cost.

        We stratify our MSRs by predominant risk characteristic when evaluating for impairment. For purposes of performing our MSR impairment evaluation, we stratify our servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and note rate. We stratify fixed-rate loans into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3%. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool, we recognize impairment to the extent of the difference between the estimated fair value and the existing valuation allowance for that pool.

        We periodically review the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When we deem recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        Amortization and impairment of MSRs are included in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

69


Table of Contents

        Changes in fair value of MSRs accounted for at fair value are recognized in current period results of operations as a component of net servicing income.

        We may earn carried interest from each of the Investment Funds in which we have a general partnership interest or other carried interest arrangement. See "—Reporting Metrics and Prospective Trends—Management Fees and Carried Interest." We determine the amount of carried interest to be recorded each period based on the cash flows that would be produced assuming termination of the Investment Funds' agreements at each period end.

        The amount of the carried interest received by us depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by us at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced as a result of subsequent performance. However, we are not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of carried interest will only be reversed to the extent of amounts previously recognized.

        Prior to the initial public offering of our Class A common units, we had three formal equity compensation plans:

        In addition, we allowed certain of our employees to purchase preferred units of PNMAC, which were subject to repurchase rights upon a termination of employment, but were not issued under one of the plans listed above.

        All of the common units, Class C common units and preferred units referred to above were converted into Class A Units of PNMAC in the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock. No vesting of any units was accelerated in connection with the Recapitalization, and all of the Class A Units of PNMAC that those units were converted into as part of the Recapitalization continue to vest pursuant to the same applicable vesting schedule.

        No further awards will be made under these plans. We recognized compensation expense relating to our common equity compensation plans with reference to the fair value of the common units that we awarded. The fair value of the common units was estimated by discounting forecasted cash flows (dividends and value from a hypothetical sale of the Company) to the holders of the units. We used assumptions that we believe would be used by market participants when valuing our Company. The

70


Table of Contents

assumptions that we use to forecast the cash flows include: our short and long-term growth rates, discount rate, and the percentage of our income that we distribute.

        We estimated the fair value of awards under the Class C common equity plan and the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan using an option pricing approach. Under this approach, our various classes of units were valued as call options based on their respective claims on our assets. The characteristics of the unit classes, as determined by the unit agreements and our former limited liability company agreement, determined the respective units' claims on our assets relative to each other and the other components of our former capital structure. We performed periodic valuations to establish the fair value of awards under the Class C common equity plan and the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

        In connection with the Recapitalization and the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, we adopted our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for awards of stock options, time-based and performance-based restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and stock grants. The Company estimates the value of the stock options, time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units awarded with reference to the value of its underlying common stock on the date of the award.

        Compensation costs relating to stock-based awards are fixed, at the estimated fair value of the award date for the stock option and time-based restricted stock unit awards and variable as to number of units expected to vest for the performance-based restricted stock units. The Company amortizes compensation costs relating to stock-based awards to Compensation expense in the consolidated statements of income over the vesting period using the graded vesting method.

        The stock option award agreements provide for the award of stock options to purchase the optioned common stock. In general, and except as otherwise provided by the agreement, one-third of the optioned common stock will vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the recipient's continued service through each anniversary. Each stock option will have a term of ten years from the date of grant but will expire (1) immediately upon termination of the holder's employment or other association with the Company for cause, (2) one year after the holder's employment or other association is terminated due to death or disability and (3) three months after the holder's employment or other association is terminated for any other reason.

        The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using a variant of the Black Scholes model based on the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatilities of comparable companies' common shares. The Company uses historical data to estimate share option exercise and employee departure behavior used in the option-pricing model; groups of employees (executives and non-executives) that have similar historical behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term of common stock options granted is derived from the option pricing model and represents the period of time that common stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the common stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

        The restricted stock unit award agreements provide for the award recipient of performance-based restricted stock units to obtain, for each restricted stock unit, a variable number of the Company's Class A common stock and time-based restricted stock units to obtain, for each restricted stock units, one share of the Company's Class A common stock.

71


Table of Contents

        The number of shares received upon vesting of performance-based restricted stock units is determined based on the attainment of the performance goals, subject to conditions including continued employment throughout the performance period. The performance-based restricted stock units vest in full on the date the compensation committee of the Company's board of directors determines that the goals based on the performance components have been satisfied.

        One-third of all time-based restricted stock units vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the vesting commencement date, subject to the recipient's continued service through each anniversary.

        We have elected to opt out of the extended transition period for an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act to comply with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. This election is irrevocable.

72


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        Set forth below is a summary of our results of operations for the periods indicated.

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012   2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

                                           

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727   $ 118,170   $ 13,029   $ 2,008  

Loan origination fees

    6,312     2,452     11,980     2,687     9,634     669     734  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    22,054     7,715     50,298     13,839     62,906     1,744     80  

Net servicing income:

                                           

Loan servicing fees:

                                           

From non-affiliates

    11,744     3,696     20,801     6,622     20,673     11,493     11,431  

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust                 

    8,787     4,438     16,513     8,563     18,608     13,204     2,989  

From Investment Funds

    2,100     3,023     4,247     6,646     11,716     14,523     9,474  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (34 )   (249 )   (173 )   (495     (885 )   (2,772 )   1,162  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    2,662     1,118     4,923     2,508     2,245     1,657     1,345  
                               

Total

    25,259     12,026     46,311     23,844     52,357     38,105     26,401  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (3,190 )   (4,368 )   (8,200 )   (4,610 )   (12,252 )   (9,438 )   (400 )
                               

Net servicing income

    22,069     7,658     38,111     19,234     40,105     28,667     26,001  
                               

Management fees:

                                           

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,455     2,488     14,947     4,292     15,141     8,456     5,484  

From Investment Funds

    1,974     2,368     3,888     4,757     9,363     9,943     9,943  

Carried interest from Investment Funds

    2,862     2,110     7,599     3,899     10,473     12,596     24,654  

Interest

    4,474     2,146     6,217     2,577     6,354     1,532     195  

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    (320 )   121     (233 )   316     817     23     130  

Other

    243     721     1,057     1,191     2          
                               

Total net revenue

    110,777     42,569     216,475     81,519     272,965     76,659     69,229  
                               

Expenses

                                           

Compensation

    42,339     26,492     78,020     45,900     124,014     47,479     25,412  

Interest

    4,200     1,122     7,530     2,184     7,879     1,875     790  

Professional services

    2,783     1,007     5,070     2,251     5,568     3,867     2,244  

Technology

    2,030     1,122     3,616     2,104     4,455     1,979     1,959  

Servicing

    1,609     461     3,141     1,439     3,642     2,344     2,167  

Loan origination

    2,516     567     5,023     738     2,953     185     150  

Occupancy

    596     301     1,087     684     1,521     1,985     938  

Other

    4,475     1,019     7,466     1,179     4,610     2,246     2,527  
                               

Total expenses

    60,548     32,091     110,953     56,479     154,642     61,960     36,187  
                               

Income before provision for income taxes

    50,229     10,478     105,522     25,040     118,323     14,699     33,042  

Provision for income taxes

    2,038         2,038                  
                               

Net income

    48,191   $ 10,478     103,484   $ 25,040   $ 118,323   $ 14,699   $ 33,042  
                                   

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    45,398           100,691                          
                                         

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

  $ 2,793         $ 2,793                          
                                         

73


Table of Contents

        Net income increased by approximately $37.7 million or 360% and $78.4 or 313% for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, when compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in net income primarily reflects growth in the Company's mortgage banking operations. Loan purchase and origination volume increased by approximately $3.4 billion or 196% and $6.3 billion or 240%, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012 and the Company's loan servicing portfolio was approximately $44.4 billion at June 30, 2013, an increase of $32.2 billion or 263% from June 30, 2012. This growth was supplemented by growth in the Company's investment management segment due to an increase of $5.6 million and $9.8 million or 115% and 108% in management fees for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, compared to the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively, reflecting the recognition of approximately $3.9 million of performance incentive fees related to our management of PMT, along with an increase of approximately $383.5 million or 27% in net assets under management from June 30, 2012 to June 30, 2013. These revenue increases were partly offset by increases in expenses of approximately $28.5 million or 89% and $54.5 million or 96%, respectively, during the quarter and six-month periods ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the comparable periods in 2012. We incurred these increases in expenses to accommodate our growth.

        During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, we recognized net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value totaling $42.7 million and $82.6 million, respectively. This compares to recognized net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value totaling $14.8 million and $28.7 million, respectively, during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we purchased and originated and subsequently sold during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the same periods in 2012. The net gain for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 included $52.5 million and $94.2 million, respectively, in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales. The net gain for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2012 included $15.1 million and $25.4 million, respectively, in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales.

74


Table of Contents

        We recognized gains on mortgage loans held for sale as summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash (loss) gain on sale:

                         

Proceeds from sales

  $ (43,318 ) $ 17,319   $ (55,141 ) $ 23,019  

Hedging activities

    22,260     (14,670 )   39,881     (20,702 )
                   

    (21,058 )   2,649     (15,260 )   2,317  
                   

Non-cash (loss) gain on sale:

                         

Change in fair value of IRLCs

    (41,647 )   4,622     (40,150 )   4,805  

MSRs received as proceeds on sale

    52,478     15,085     94,214     25,386  

MSR recapture payable to affiliate

    (366 )       (500 )    

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (1,453 )   (627 )   (2,697 )   (938 )

(Loss) gain relating to mortgage loans and hedging instruments held for sale at period end:

                         

Mortgage loans

    (17,242 )   1,917     (19,633 )   1,943  

Hedging instruments

    71,942     (8,856 )   66,637     (4,786 )
                   

Total non-cash (loss) gain relating to loans and hedging instruments held at period end

    54,700     (6,939 )   47,004     (2,843 )
                   

Total non-cash (loss) gain

    63,712     12,141     97,871     26,410  
                   

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727  
                   

Unpaid principal balance of loans sold during the period

  $ 4,377,043   $ 1,566,714   $ 8,236,132   $ 2,344,318  
                   

Interest rate lock commitments issued during the period, net of cancellations

  $ 4,887,855   $ 1,887,662   $ 8,584,419   $ 2,994,556  
                   

At period end:

                         

Fair value of mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 656,341   $ 448,384   $ 656,341   $ 448,384  
                   

Commitments to fund and purchase mortgage loans

  $ 1,767,314   $ 849,845   $ 1,767,314   $ 849,845  
                   

Increase (decrease) in net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to:

                         

Net change in fair value of IRLCs

  $ (46,268 ) $ 4,956   $ (44,955 ) $ 5,104  

Volume of loans sold

    35,344     10,371     83,283     23,409  

Gain margin

    38,788     (1,290 )   15,556     (1,339 )
                   

Total change

  $ 27,864   $ 14,037   $ 53,884   $ 27,174  
                   

        We recognize a substantial portion of our gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value before we fund or purchase the loan. In the course of our correspondent and retail lending activities, we make contractual commitments to PMT and to mortgage loan applicants to purchase or fund mortgage loans at specified terms. We call these commitments interest rate lock commitments, or IRLCs. We recognize the value of IRLCs at the time we make a commitment to PMT or the borrower.

        We estimate the fair value of an IRLC based on quoted Agency MBS prices, our estimate of the fair value of the MSRs we expect to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund or be purchased as a percentage of the commitment we have made, which we refer to as the "pull-through rate." We update our estimates of the value of the IRLCs as the mortgage loans move through the purchase or loan process for changes in our estimate of probability the loan will fund and for changes in interest rates.

        An active, observable market for IRLCs does not exist. Therefore, we estimate the fair value of IRLCs using methods and assumptions we believe that market participants use in pricing IRLCs. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's IRLCs are the pull-through rate and the MSR component of the Company's estimate of the value of the mortgage loans we have committed to purchase. Significant changes in the pull-through rate and the MSR

75


Table of Contents

component of the IRLCs, in isolation, could result in a significant change in fair value measurement. The financial effects of changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated as increasing interest rates have a positive effect on the fair value of the MSR component of IRLC value, but increase the pull-through rate for loans that have decreased in fair value in comparison to the agreed-upon purchase price.

        Following is a quantitative summary of key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of IRLCs:

Key Inputs
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Pull-through rate

  57.8-98.0%   61.6%-98.1%

  (81.3%)   (79.1%)

MSR value expressed as:

       

Servicing fee multiple

  1.7-5.2   3.2-4.2

  (4.5)   (4.0)

Percentage of unpaid principal balance

  0.4%-2.6%   0.6%-2.2%

  (1.2%)   (0.9%)

        MSRs represent the value of a contract that obligates us to service mortgage loans on behalf of the purchaser of the loan in exchange for servicing fees and the right to collect certain ancillary income from the borrower. We recognize MSRs at our estimate of the fair value of the contract to service the loans. As discussed in Net loan servicing income, below, how much of the MSR we realize in cash relies on how our initial estimates of the future cash flows accruing to the MSRs are realized.

        As economic fundamentals change and influence the prepayment behaviors of mortgage loans subject to MSRs, our estimate of the fair value of MSRs will also change. As a result, we will record changes in fair value as a component of Net loan servicing income for the MSRs we carry at fair value and we may recognize changes in fair value relating to our MSRs carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value depending on the relationship of the asset's fair value to its carrying value at the measurement date.

        Following are the key inputs used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,
 
  2013   2012
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans (in thousands)

  $4,372,786   $423,031   $1,560,292   $5,544

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  29   25   24   27

Pricing spread(1)

 

5.4%-12.4%

 

6.4%-9.6%

 

7.5%-11.9%

 

7.5%-9.9%

  (8.0%)   (7.2%)   (9.8%)   (7.9%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  8.5%-18.5%   8.7%-15.3%   6.7%-14.7%   7.9%-15.6%

  (8.8%)   (9.0%)   (8.2%)   (10.3%)

Life (in years)

  2.9-6.9   3.0-6.9   2.9-7.0   5.3-7.0

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (6.5)   (6.6)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

  $68-$120   $68-$68   $68-$100   $68-$100

  ($103)   ($68)   ($99)   ($72)

76


Table of Contents


 
  Six months ended June 30,
 
  2013   2012
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans (in thousands)

  $8,229,142   $423,355   $2,325,346   $13,287

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  28   25   26   29

Pricing spread(1)

 

5.4%-12.5%

 

6.4%-9.6%

 

7.5%-11.9%

 

7.5%-9.9%

  (8.2%)   (7.2%)   (9.8%)   (8.5%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  8.5%-18.5%   8.7%-15.3%   6.7%-14.7%   7.8%-15.6%

  (8.8%)   (9.0%)   (8.1%)   (9.2%)

Life (in years)

  2.9-6.9   3.0-6.9   2.9-7.0   3.6-7.0

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (6.6)   (6.7)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

  $68-$120   $68-$68   $68-$100   $68-$100

  ($102)   ($68)   ($99)   ($80)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward rate curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs received as proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans.

(2)
Annual total prepayment speed is measured using life total CPR.

        We also provide for our estimate of the future losses that we may be required to incur as a result of our breach of representations and warranties provided to the purchasers of the loans we sold. Our agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans we sell to the Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

        In the event of a breach of our representations and warranties, we may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor or insurer. In such cases, we bear any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. Our credit loss may be reduced by any recourse we have to correspondent lenders that sold such mortgage loans and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, we have the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that correspondent lender.

        We evaluate the adequacy of the balance of our recorded liability for losses under representations and warranties based on our loss experience and our assessment of future losses to be incurred relating to loans we have previously sold and which remain outstanding at the balance sheet date. The method used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates and the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. We establish a liability at the time loans are sold and periodically update our liability estimate.

77


Table of Contents

        Following is a summary of our Liability for losses under representation and warranties in the consolidated balance sheets:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 4,748   $ 760   $ 3,504   $ 449  

Provisions for losses on loans sold

    1,453     627     2,697     938  

Incurred losses

    (16 )       (16 )    
                   

Balance at end of period

  $ 6,185   $ 1,387   $ 6,185   $ 1,387  
                   

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans subject to representations and warranties at end of period

  $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747   $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747  
                   

        Following is a summary of the repurchase activity and unpaid balance of mortgage loans subject to representations and warranties:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

During the period:

                         

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans repurchased

  $ 2,741   $   $ 4,867   $  

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans put to correspondent lenders

  $ 574   $   $ 1,053   $  

At period end:

                         

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans subject to pending claims for repurchase

  $ 296   $ 3,853   $ 296   $ 3,853  

        During the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, we repurchased mortgage loans with unpaid balances totaling $2.7 million and $4.9 million, respectively, and charged $16,000 in incurred losses relating to these repurchases against our liability for representations and warranties. As the outstanding balance of loans we purchase and sell subject to representations and warranties increases and the loans sold season, we expect the level of repurchase activity to increase. As economic fundamentals change and as investor and Agency evaluation of their loss mitigation strategies, including claims under representations and warranties, change, the level of repurchase activity and ensuing losses will change, which may be material to us.

        The level of the recourse liability is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans. Our representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, we believe that the current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by us to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. We believe the amount and range of reasonably possible losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to our financial condition or results of operations.

        Our hedging activities relating to correspondent and retail lending primarily involve forward sales of our inventory and commitments to purchase mortgage loans as well as purchases of options to sell and options to purchase MBS.

78


Table of Contents

        Loan origination fees increased $3.9 million and $9.3 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans produced.

        Loan fulfillment fees from PMT represent fees we collect for services we perform on behalf of PMT in connection with its acquisition, packaging and sale of mortgage loans. The fee is calculated as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans purchased. The increase of $14.3 million and $36.5 million, respectively, in the fees during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012 is due to the substantial growth in the volume of Agency-eligible and jumbo mortgage loans PMT purchased in its correspondent lending activities.

        Set forth below is information about our loan servicing portfolio as of the dates indicated:

 
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans serviced at period end (unpaid principal balance):

             

Prime servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities

  $ 21,652,249   $ 12,920,209  

Owned MSRs: Originated

    16,294,547     8,992,602  

Owned MSRs: Acquisitions

    792,666     990,461  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    653,789     417,742  
           

Total prime servicing

    39,393,251     23,321,014  

Special servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities

    3,857,124     3,559,893  

Owned MSRs: Acquisitions

    1,155,301     1,271,642  
           

Total special servicing

    5,012,425     4,831,535  
           

Total loans serviced

  $ 44,405,676   $ 28,152,549  
           

        Total loan servicing fees increased $13.2 million and $22.5 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 was due to an increase of $8.0 million and $14.2 million, respectively, in loan servicing fees from non-affiliates due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our ongoing sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained; an increase of $4.3 million and $8.0 million, respectively, in loan servicing fees from PMT due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT; and an increase of $1.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively, in ancillary fees due to growth in the portfolios of mortgage loans serviced, partially offset by a decrease in loan servicing fees from the Investment Funds of $708,000 and $2.1 million, respectively. This decrease was due to the decrease in the principal balance in the Investment Funds' mortgage loan portfolios as these portfolios liquidate following the end of the related commitment periods on December 31, 2011.

        Amortization, impairment and changes in fair value of MSRs have a significant effect on net servicing income, driven primarily by our monthly re-estimation of the fair value of MSRs. As our investment in MSRs grows, we expect that the effect of amortization, impairment and changes in fair value will have an increasing influence on our net income. The fair value of MSRs is difficult to determine because MSRs are not actively traded in standalone markets. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of these assets and the exercise of such judgment can significantly affect our income.

79


Table of Contents

        Our MSR valuation process combines the use of a discounted cash flow model and analysis of current market data to arrive at an estimate of fair value at each balance sheet date. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in our discounted cash flow model are based on market factors and include the historical performance of our MSRs, which we believe are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar MSRs.

        The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment and default rates of the underlying loans, the applicable discount rate, and cost to service loans. These variables can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change. Therefore our estimate of the fair value of MSRs changes from period to period. Our valuation committee reviews and approves the fair value estimates of our MSRs.

        We account for MSRs at either our estimate of the asset's fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period income or using the amortization method with the MSRs carried at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value based on whether we believe the underlying mortgages are sensitive to prepayments resulting from changing market interest rates. We have identified an initial mortgage interest rate of 4.5% for MSRs originated through our lending activities as the threshold for whether such mortgage loans are sensitive to changes in interest rates:

        Our MSRs are summarized by the basis on which we account for the assets below as of the dates presented:

Basis of Accounting
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 23,070   $ 19,798  
           

Lower of amortized cost or fair value:

             

Amortized cost

  $ 179,003   $ 92,155  

Valuation allowance

    (2,335 )   (2,978 )
           

Carrying value

  $ 176,668   $ 89,177  
           

Fair value

  $ 194,529   $ 91,028  
           

Total MSR:

             

Carrying value

  $ 199,738   $ 108,975  
           

Fair value

  $ 217,599   $ 110,826  
           

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans underlying MSRs

  $ 18,242,514   $ 11,254,705  
           

Average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

             

Amortized cost

    28     28  

Fair value

    25     26  

Fair value special servicing

    50     50  

80


Table of Contents

        Key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs and estimates of the sensitivity of MSR values to changes in these assumptions as of the dates presented are as follows:

        Purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
 
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
(Carrying value and unpaid principal balance of underlying
loans in thousands)

 

Carrying value

  $10,978   $   $12,370   $  

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

 

$1,155,301

   
 

$1,271,478

   
 

Weighted-average note rate

  5.96%       6.01%      

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  50       50      

Discount rate

 

15.3%-15.3%

   
 

15.3%-15.3%

   
 

  (15.3%)       (15.3%)      

Average life (in years)

 

4.9

   
 

5.0

   
 

Prepayment speed(1)

  11.0%-11.0%       10.7%-10.7%      

  (11.0%)       (10.7%)      

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

 

$279-$279

   
 

$270-$270

   
 

  ($279)       ($270)      

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

        All other MSRs

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012
 
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
  Fair value   Amortized
cost
 
  Range
(Weighted average)
(Carrying value and unpaid principal balance of underlying loans
amounts in thousands)

Carrying value

  $12,092   $176,668   $7,428   $89,177

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

 

$1,327,754

 

$16,294,547

 

$1,166,765

 

$8,730,686

Weighted-average note rate

  4.71%   3.52%   5.22%   3.65%

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  25   28   26   28

Pricing spread(1)

 

6.4%-17.5%

 

5.4%-14.1%

 

7.5%-19.5%

 

7.5%-16.5%

  (8.7%)   (7.5%)   (10.6%)   (9.8%)

Average life (in years)

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.7-6.9

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.5-6.9

  (6.5)   (6.7)   (5.0)   (6.6)

Prepayment speed(2)

  8.7%-76.2%   8.6%-17.2%   9.0%-84.2%   8.7%-28.3%

  (11.3%)   (9.0%)   (19.2%)   (9.2%)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

 

$68-$115

 

$68-$120

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

  ($72)   ($101)   ($76)   ($99)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash

81


Table of Contents

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

        Significant changes to any of the key assumptions shown above in isolation could result in a significant change in the MSR fair value measurement. Changes in these key assumptions are not necessarily directly related. The sensitivity analyses, under Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk in this document, are limited in that they were performed as of a particular point in time, only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables, do not incorporate changes in the variables in relation to other variables, are subject to the accuracy of various models and inputs used, and do not take into account other factors that would affect our overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments that we would make to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the sensitivity tables in the following pages should not be viewed as earnings forecasts.

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights are summarized below for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

MSRs carried at lower of amortized cost or fair value:

                         

Amortization

  $ 4,251   $ 570   $ 7,346   $ 835  

Recognition (Reversal) of impairment

    (88 )   841     (643 )   784  

Hedging losses

            1,291      
                   

    4,163     1,411     7,994     1,619  
                   

MSRs carried at fair value:

                         

Change in fair value

    (973 )   2,957     206     2,991  
                   

Total amortization, impairment and change in fair value

  $ 3,190   $ 4,368   $ 8,200   $ 4,610  
                   

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights decreased $1.2 million from $4.4 million to $3.2 million from the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $3.6 million from $4.6 million to $8.2 million from the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

        The decrease in amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2012 was due to a $4.5 million shift from impairment and reduction in fair value to reversal of impairment from 2012 to 2013, arising from a shift from a declining interest rate environment through the first quarter of 2013 to a rising interest rate environment beginning in the second quarter of 2013. Decreasing interest rates and expectations for reduced interest rates encourage refinance activity and increase expectations of refinance activity, which in turn reduce the expected period and amount of net servicing income on which our estimates of MSR values are based. Interest rates were decreasing in 2012 through early 2013 and have been increasing during the second quarter of 2013. As a result, previously recognized impairment has been reversing during the second quarter of 2013. The shift in valuation of our MSRs has been partially offset by increased amortization of our growing servicing asset.

        The increase in amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 is due to increased amortization expense resulting from the significant growth in our MSRs between the periods, along with hedging losses during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

82


Table of Contents

        Management fees and Carried Interest are summarized below for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Management Fees:

                         

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust:

                         

Base management fee

  $ 4,575   $ 2,488   $ 8,940   $ 4,292  

Performance incentive fee

    3,880         6,007      
                   

    8,455     2,488     14,947     4,292  

Investment Funds

    1,974     2,368     3,888     4,757  
                   

  $ 10,429   $ 4,856   $ 18,835   $ 9,049  
                   

Carried Interest

  $ 2,862   $ 2,110   $ 7,599   $ 3,899  
                   

Total management fees and carried interest

  $ 13,291   $ 6,966   $ 26,434   $ 12,948  
                   

Net assets of Advised Entities:

                         

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust              

  $ 1,244,181   $ 805,673   $ 1,244,181   $ 805,673  

Investment Funds

    561,790     616,793     561,790     616,793  
                   

  $ 1,805,971   $ 1,422,466   $ 1,805,971   $ 1,422,466  
                   

        Management fees from PMT increased $6.0 million and $10.7 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due primarily to:

        Partially offsetting the increases in management fees from PMT, management fees from the Investment Funds decreased $394,000 and $869,000, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The decrease was due to decreases in the Investment Funds' net asset values as a result of continued distributions to the funds' investors following the end of the Investment Funds' commitment periods at December 31, 2011, which reduced the investment base on which the management fees are computed.

        Carried Interest from Investment Funds increased $752,000 from $2.1 million to $2.9 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and increased $3.7 million from $3.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $7.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to valuation gains in the Investment Funds' loan portfolios as a result of increases in demand for distressed mortgage loans, improvements in the value of the loans as they proceed through the resolution process and continuing increases in collateral valuations for the properties underlying the Funds' loans.

83


Table of Contents

        Interest income increased $2.3 million from $2.1 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, to $4.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $3.6 million from $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $6.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to the increase in our average inventory of mortgage loans held for sale as a result of the growth in our loan production activities, and primarily relates to the interest that we earned on mortgage loans during the period for which we held the loans pending sale.

        The results of our holdings of common shares of PMT, which is included in Changes in fair value of investment in, and dividends received from PMT are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Dividends

  $ 43   $ 42   $ 85   $ 83  

Change in fair value

    (363 )   79     (318 )   234  
                   

  $ (320 ) $ 121   $ (233 ) $ 317  
                   

Fair value of PMT shares at period end

  $ 1,579   $ 1,480   $ 1,579   $ 1,480  
                   

        Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PMT decreased $441,000 and $550,000, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The decreases were primarily due to decreases in the fair value of our investment in common shares of PMT as of June 30, 2013 as compared to the appreciation in value of our investment in common shares of PMT during 2012. During the periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we held 75,000 common shares of PMT.

        Our compensation expense is summarized below for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Salaries and wages

  $ 25,231   $ 14,100   $ 48,248   $ 24,949  

Incentive compensation

    11,957     3,882     19,704     7,045  

Taxes and benefits

    4,185     2,150     8,112     3,666  

Stock and unit-based compensation

    966     6,360     1,956     10,240  
                   

  $ 42,339   $ 26,492   $ 78,020   $ 45,900  
                   

Average headcount

    1,246     646     1,219     573  

Period-end headcount

    1,356     694     1,356     694  

        Compensation expense increased $15.8 million from $26.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to $42.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $32.1 million from $45.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $78.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to the development of and growth in our mortgage banking segment as well as growth in the level of assets managed and serviced for PMT, partially offset by decreases in unit-based compensation relating to PennyMac unit awards which were fully expensed during 2012. We expect stock-based compensation to increase in future quarters as a result of equity-based grants made on June 13, 2013. However, based on current outstanding equity award grants we do not expect to incur stock-based compensation expense at the level recorded during 2012.

84


Table of Contents

        Interest expense increased $3.1 million to $4.2 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2013 from $1.1 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and increased $5.3 million from $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $7.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase in interest expense reflects increases in borrowings incurred to finance the growth of our loan production activities and, to a lesser extent, to finance our servicing advances and a portion of our MSRs.

        Professional services expense increased $1.8 million and $2.8 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Loan origination expense increased $2.0 million from $567,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to $2.5 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $4.3 million from $738,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to growth in our loan origination volume and to changes in our fee structure which resulted in many of our fees being charged to correspondent lenders on an other-than pass-through basis. As a result of this change in structure, we recognized both the fee income and expense during 2013 as compared to "passing through" these items on a net basis during 2012.

        Servicing expense increased $1.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Technology expense increased $908,000 and $1.5 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Occupancy expense increased $295,000 and $403,000, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was primarily due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Other expense increased $3.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively, in the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same periods in 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        PMT reimburses us for other expenses, including common overhead expenses incurred on its behalf by us, in accordance with the terms of our management agreement. The expense amounts presented in our income statement are net of these allocations. Expense amounts allocated to PMT during the periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Technology

  $ 1,151   $ 195   $ 1,923   $ 258  

Occupancy

    633     323     1,100     483  

Depreciation and amortization

    351     125     637     187  

Other

    840     229     1,606     303  
                   

Total expenses

  $ 2,975   $ 872   $ 5,266   $ 1,231  
                   

        The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT increased $2.1 million from $872,000 in the quarter ended June 30, 2012 to $3.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 and increased $4.0 million from $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to $5.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was due to growth in our overhead expenses, along with an increase of PMT's assets in relation to the total assets that we manage, resulting in a larger portion of our overhead expenses being allocated to PMT.

85


Table of Contents

        For the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013, our effective tax rates were 4.1% and 1.9%, respectively. The difference between our effective tax rate and the statutory rate is primarily due to the allocation of earnings to the noncontrolling interest unit holders. As the noncontrolling unit holders convert their ownership units into our shares, we expect an increase in allocated earnings that will be subject to corporate federal and state statutory tax rates.

        Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value increased $105,141 from $13,029 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $118,170 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we sold during 2012 as compared to 2011. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $8,253 in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $90,472 in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales.

        We recognized gains on mortgage loans held for sale as summarized below.

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

             

Loan proceeds

  $ 78,671   $ 182  

Hedging activities

    (70,916 )   (8,578 )
           

    7,755     (8,396 )
           

Non-cash gain (loss):

             

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    16,035     7,919  

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    90,472     8,253  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (3,055 )   (259 )

Gain relating to loans held for sale and hedging instruments at year-end:

             

Loans

    4,030     393  

Hedging instruments

    2,933     5,119  
           

Total gain relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    6,963     5,512  
           

Total non-cash gain

    110,415     21,425  
           

  $ 118,170   $ 13,029  
           

Fair value of loans sold during the period

  $ 9,117,550   $ 655,853  
           

At year end:

             

Fair value of mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 448,384   $ 89,857  
           

Commitments to fund and purchase mortgage loans

  $ 1,576,174   $ 324,752  
           

        Loan origination fees increased $8,965 from $669 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $9,634 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans produced and originated.

86


Table of Contents

        Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $61,162 from $1,744 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $62,906 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans for which we provided fulfillment services to PMT.

        Total loan servicing fees increased $14,252 from $38,105 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $52,357 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to an increase of $5,404 in loan servicing fees from PMT due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT, an increase of $9,180 in loan servicing fees from non-affiliates due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our increasing sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained and an increase of $588 in ancillary fees due to growth in the portfolio of mortgage loans serviced, partially offset by a decrease in loan servicing fees from Investment Funds of $2,807. This decrease was due to the decrease in the principal balance in the Investment Funds' mortgage loan portfolios as these portfolios liquidate following the end of the related commitment periods on December 31, 2011.

        Set forth below is information about our loan servicing portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans serviced at period end (unpaid balance):

             

Prime servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities

  $ 12,920,209   $ 496,404  

Owned MSRs: Originated

    9,410,344     968,406  

Owned MSRs: Acquisitions

    990,461     1,402,676  
           

Total Prime servicing

    23,321,014     2,867,486  

Special servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Acquisitions

    3,559,893     3,382,205  

Owned MSRs: Acquisitions

    1,271,642     1,486,917  
           

Total Special servicing

    4,831,535     4,869,122  
           

Total loans serviced

  $ 28,152,549   $ 7,736,608  
           

        The amount of the mortgage servicing rebate to the Investment Funds decreased $1,887 from $2,772 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $885 for the year ended December 31, 2012. In both 2012 and 2011, we waived a portion of servicing fees charged to the Investment Funds in addition to the amount resulting from the application of an "at cost" servicing fee. We decreased the waiver to Investment Funds relating to the "at cost" servicing fee from $2,462 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $536 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights decreased $2,814 from $(9,438) for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $(12,252) for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to growth in our investment in MSRs which increases the level of assets subject to amortization, compounded by decreases in prevailing mortgage interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease in mortgage interest rates caused decreases in the fair value of our investment in MSRs and we recognized impairment resulting from this decrease in fair value.

        Management fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $6,685 from $8,456 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $15,141 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity upon which the management fee is based. Management fees from Investment Funds decreased $580 from $9,943 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $9,363 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to decreases in the Investment

87


Table of Contents

Funds' net asset values as a result of the end of the Investment Funds' commitment periods at December 31, 2011 as well as subsequent distributions to the funds' investors, which together reduced the investment base on which the management fees are based.

        Carried interest from Investment Funds decreased $2,123 from $12,596 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $10,473 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to the close of the Investment Funds' commitment periods.

        Interest income increased $4,822 from $1,532 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $6,354 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to the increase in our average inventory of mortgage loans held for sale as a result of the growth in our loan production activities, and primarily relates to the interest that we earned on mortgage loans during the period for which we held the loans pending sale.

        Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $794 from $23 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $817 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $765 in appreciation in the value of our investment in common shares of PMT accompanied by a $29 increase in dividend income on that investment. As of both December 31, 2012 and 2011, we held 75,000 common shares of PMT.

        Compensation expense increased $76,535 from $47,479 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $124,014 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to the development of and growth in our mortgage banking segment as well as growth in the level of assets serviced for PMT and the Investment Funds. Below is a summary of our average and year-end headcount (including temporary and contract personnel) for the respective years and year-ends:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011  

Average headcount

    732     317  
           

Year-end headcount

    1,028     435  
           

        Interest expense increased $6,004 from $1,875 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $7,879 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in interest expense reflects increases in borrowings incurred to finance the growth of our loan production activities and, to a lesser extent, to finance our servicing advances and a portion of our own MSRs.

        Professional services expense increased $1,701 from $3,867 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $5,568 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Technology expense increased $2,476 from $1,979 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $4,455 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Servicing expense increased $1,298 from $2,344 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $3,642 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Loan origination expense increased $2,768 from $185 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $2,953 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our loan origination volume.

        Occupancy expense decreased $464 from $1,985 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1,521 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to the non-recurrence of a

88


Table of Contents

lease abandonment charge of $1,155 we recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011. We incurred this charge due to our relocation from our previous corporate facility, which we had outgrown.

        Other expense increased $2,364 from $2,246 for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $4,610 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Expense amounts allocated to PMT during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are summarized below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
Income statement caption
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 1,374   $ 1,091  

Technology

    1,158     1,094  

Depreciation and amortization

    590     324  

Other

    1,067     1,472  
           

Total expenses allocated to PMT

  $ 4,189   $ 3,981  
           

        The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT increased $208 from $3,981 in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $4,189 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our overhead expenses, partly offset by a reduction of PMT's assets in relation to the total assets that we manage, resulting in a smaller portion of our overhead expenses being allocated to PMT.

        Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value increased $11,021 from $2,008 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $13,029 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we sold during 2011 as compared to 2010. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2010 included approximately $1,174 in fair value of MSRs received as part of the proceeds on sales. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2011 included approximately

89


Table of Contents

$8,253 in fair value of MSRs received as part of the proceeds on sales. We recognized gains on mortgage loans held for sale as summarized below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

             

Loan proceeds

  $ 182   $ (221 )

Hedging activities

    (8,578 )   (315 )
           

    (8,396 )   (536 )
           

Non-cash changes in fair value:

             

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    7,919     (24 )

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    8,253     1,174  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (259 )   (51 )

Change in fair value relating to loans held for sale and hedging instruments at year-end:

             

Loans

    393     1,099  

Hedging instruments

    5,119     346  
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    5,512     1,445  
           

Total non-cash changes in fair value

    21,425     2,544  
           

  $ 13,029   $ 2,008  
           

Fair value of loans sold during the period

  $ 655,853   $ 56,494  
           

At year end:

             

Fair value of mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 89,857   $ 14,720  
           

Commitments to fund and purchase mortgage loans

  $ 324,752   $ 16,922  
           

        Loan origination fees decreased $65 from $734 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $669 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to decreases in the level of activity in one of our initial loan origination programs that had significant origination fees, partially offset by increased levels of originations in other loan programs.

        Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $1,664 from $80 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,744 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans for which we provided fulfillment services to PMT.

        Total loan servicing fees increased $11,704 from $26,401 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $38,105 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to an increase of $10,215 in loan servicing fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT, an increase of $5,049 in loan servicing fees from Investment Funds due to growth, both in the volume of mortgage loans we serviced on behalf of the Investment Funds and to growth in activity-based fees we receive from the funds for successful completion of workouts and liquidations of distressed mortgage loans, an increase of $62 in loan servicing fees from non-affiliates due to growth in our portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for non-affiliates, and an increase of $312 in ancillary fees due to growth in the size of our mortgage servicing portfolio.

90


Table of Contents

        Set forth below is information about our loan servicing portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loans serviced at year end (unpaid balance):

             

Prime servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Originated

  $ 496,404   $ 3,865  

Owned MSRs—Originated

    968,406     158,353  

Owned MSRS—Acquisitions

    1,402,676     1,428,970  
           

Total Prime servicing

    2,867,486     1,591,188  

Special servicing:

             

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Acquisitions

    3,382,205     2,097,141  

Owned MSRS—Acquisitions

    1,486,917     1,670,490  
           

Total Special servicing

    4,869,122     3,767,631  
           

Total loans serviced

  $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819  
           

        Mortgage servicing rebate from Investment Funds decreased $3,934 from $1,162 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $(2,772) for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to decreases in our per-loan servicing costs as a result of scaling efficiencies we are realizing through the growth in our mortgage servicing operations.

        Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights increased $9,038 from $(400) for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $(9,438) for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in our investment in MSRs which increases the level of assets subject to amortization, compounded by decreases in prevailing mortgage interest rates during 2011 as compared to 2010. This decrease in mortgage interest rates caused decreases in the fair value of our investment in MSRs, and we recognized the resulting decrease in fair value.

        Management fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $2,972 from $5,484 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $8,456 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity upon which the management fee is based. Management fees from Investment Funds remained even at $9,943 for both the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2011.

        Carried interest from Investment Funds decreased $12,058 from $24,654 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $12,596 for the year ended December 31, 2011. We began recording carried interest during the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Investment Funds realized strong performance and we recognized the "catch up" component of our carried interest. Our carried interest in the year ended December 31, 2010 includes both the "catch up" component, totaling approximately $7.8 million and our ratable sharing of the return to the funds in excess of the preferred returns to the funds. Our carried interest income decreased during the year ended December 31, 2011 due in part to the absence of the "catch up" component.

        Interest income increased $1,337 from $195 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,532 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to the increase in our average inventory of mortgage loans held for sale as a result of the growth in our loan production activities, and primarily relates to the interest that we earned on mortgage loans during the period for which we held the loans pending sale.

        Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust decreased $107 from $130 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $23 for the year ended

91


Table of Contents

December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to a $188 decrease in the value of our investment in common shares of PMT, offset by a $80 increase in dividend income on that investment. As of both December 31, 2011 and 2010, we held 75,000 common shares of PMT.

        Compensation expense increased $22,067 from $25,412 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $47,479 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to the development of and growth in our mortgage banking segment as well as growth in the level of assets serviced for PMT and the Investment Funds. Below is a summary of our average and year-end headcount (including temporary and contract personnel) for the respective years and year-ends:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  

Average headcount

    317     191  
           

Year-end headcount

    435     244  
           

        Interest expense increased $1,085 from $790 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,875 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in interest expense was due to an increase in borrowing incurred to finance the growth in our loan production activities and, to a lesser extent, to finance our servicing advances and a portion of our MSRs.

        Professional services expense increased $1,623 from $2,244 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $3,867 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations and the portfolio we service and manage.

        Technology expense increased $20 from $1,959 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,979 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Servicing expense increased $177 from $2,167 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $2,344 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Loan origination expense increased $35 from $150 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $185 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we originated or purchased during 2011 as compared to 2010.

        Occupancy expense increased $1,047 from $938 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $1,985 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the size of our operations.

        Other expense decreased $281 from $2,527 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $2,246 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was due to increases in the amount of other expense we allocate to PMT in excess of growth in other expense during the year ended December 31, 2011.

92


Table of Contents

        Expense amounts allocated to PMT during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are summarized below:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
Income statement caption
  2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 1,091   $ 401  

Technology

    1,094     474  

Depreciation and amortization

    324     115  

Other

    1,472     428  
           

Total expenses allocated to PMT

  $ 3,981   $ 1,418  
           

        The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT increased $2,563 from $1,418 in the year ended December 31, 2010 to $3,981 in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in our overhead expenses, growth of PMT's assets in relation to the total assets that we manage, resulting in a larger portion of our overhead expenses being allocated to PMT, and the non-recurrence of a waiver by us of our right to recover allocated expenses from PMT for a portion of 2010. During PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010, we did not charge PMT for its allocated expenses. Such waived expenses totaled approximately $500 for the year ended December 31, 2010. We did not waive any other charges during PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010 or thereafter. We do not intend to waive the recovery of allocated expenses in the future.

Other Operating Metrics (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Set forth below is a summary of other operating metrics as of and for the dates indicated.

 
  As of and year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating Metrics

                   

Net assets under management:

                   

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

  $ 1,201,336   $ 546,017   $ 319,913  

Investment Funds

    591,154     620,078     597,248  
               

Total net assets under management

  $ 1,792,490   $ 1,166,095   $ 917,161  
               

Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance):

                   

Servicing rights owned by PLS

  $ 11,181,868   $ 3,649,502   $ 3,242,579  

Subservicing

    16,552,939     4,002,722     2,101,450  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    417,742     84,384     14,790  
               

Total mortgage loans serviced

  $ 28,152,549   $ 7,736,608   $ 5,358,819  
               

Mortgage loan production (unpaid balance):

                   

Government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PMT

  $ 8,351,599   $ 548,589   $ 3,268  

Retail production

    534,467     148,812     65,919  
               

Total mortgage loan production

  $ 8,886,066   $ 697,401   $ 69,187  
               

Mortgage loan fulfillment volume (unpaid balance)

  $ 12,422,435   $ 505,317   $ 24,067  
               

93


Table of Contents

        Net assets under management for PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $655,319 from $546,017 as of December 31, 2011 to $1,201,336 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity as a result of share offerings by PMT, supplemented by PMT's retained earnings.

        Net assets under management for Investment Funds decreased $28,924 from $620,078 as of December 31, 2011 to $591,154 as of December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to runoff of the Investment Funds' net assets and to distributions made by the funds to their investors during the period, following the end of the Investment Funds' commitment periods at December 31, 2011.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under servicing rights owned by PLS increased $7,532,366 from $3,649,502 as of December 31, 2011 to $11,181,868 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained during 2012.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under subservicing arrangements increased $12,550,217 from $4,002,722 as of December 31, 2011 to $16,552,939 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT as the result of growth of PMT's servicing portfolio arising from the correspondent lending operations we manage on its behalf.

        Mortgage loans held for sale (unpaid balance) increased $333,358 from $84,384 as of December 31, 2011 to $417,742 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we originated or purchased, resulting in an increased inventory of mortgage loans at period end.

        Mortgage loan production (government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PMT) increased $7,803,010 from $548,589 as of December 31, 2011 to $8,351,599 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we purchased from PMT through our correspondent activities.

        Mortgage loan retail production increased $385,655 from $148,812 as of December 31, 2011 to $534,467 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced and the resulting growth in our recapture refinance activity.

        Net assets under management for PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust increased $226,104 from $319,913 as of December 31, 2010 to $546,017 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to increases in PMT's shareholders' equity as a result of share offerings by PMT supplemented by PMT's retained earnings.

        Net assets under management for Investment Funds increased $22,830 from $597,248 as of December 31, 2010 to $620,078 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the investment net asset values primarily as a result of their profitable operations.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under servicing rights owned by PLS increased $406,923 from $3,242,579 as of December 31, 2010 to $3,649,502 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced as a result of our sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained.

        Mortgage loans serviced (unpaid balance) under subservicing arrangements increased $1,901,272 from $2,101,450 as of December 31, 2010 to $4,002,722 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to growth in the volume of loans we subservice for PMT as the result of growth of PMT's servicing portfolio arising from the correspondent lending operations we manage on its behalf.

94


Table of Contents

        Mortgage loans held for sale increased $69,594 from $14,790 as of December 31, 2010 to $84,384 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we originated or purchased, resulting in an increased inventory of mortgage loans at period end.

        Mortgage loan production (government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PMT) increased $545,321 from $3,268 as of December 31, 2010 to $548,589 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans we purchased from PMT through our correspondent activities.

        Mortgage loan retail production increased $82,893 from $65,919 as of December 31, 2010 to $148,812 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to growth in our portfolio of loans serviced and the resulting growth in our recapture refinance activity.

Balance Sheet Analysis (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Following is a summary of key balance sheet items as of the dates presented:

 
   
  December 31,  
 
  June 30,
2013
 
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

ASSETS

                   

Cash and short-term investments

  $ 194,616   $ 65,487   $ 32,506  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    656,341     448,384     89,857  

Servicing advances

    94,791     93,152     63,565  

Receivable from Advised Entities

    19,712     20,363     19,864  

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

    55,322     47,723     37,250  

Mortgage servicing rights

    199,738     108,975     32,124  

Other assets

    60,260     48,079     14,115  
               

Total assets

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163   $ 289,281  
               

LIABILITIES

                   

Borrowings

  $ 547,636   $ 446,547   $ 96,302  

Payable to affiliates

    89,057     83,574     55,217  

Other liabilities

    87,943     40,292     13,847  
               

Total liabilities

    724,636     570,413     165,366  
               

EQUITY

    556,144     261,750     123,915  
               

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163   $ 289,281  
               

        Total assets increased $448.6 million from $832.2 million at December 31, 2012 to $1.3 billion at June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $208.0 million in mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to growth in our correspondent lending operations, along with an increase of $90.8 million in our MSR balances. Our cash and short term investment balances increased by $129.1 million reflecting the proceeds from our IPO and margin cash posted from our derivative counterparties, partially offset by our use of the IPO proceeds to pay down our repurchase agreement borrowings which reduced the percentage of our assets being financed.

        Total liabilities increased by $154.2 million from $570.4 million as of December 31, 2012 to $724.6 million as of June 30, 2013. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in borrowings of $101.1 million, made to partially fund the growth in mortgage loans held for sale.

95


Table of Contents

        Total assets increased $542,882 from $289,281 at December 31, 2011 to $828,646 at December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $358,527 in mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we originated or purchased, resulting in an increased inventory of mortgage loans at period end, an increase of $76,851 in mortgage servicing rights due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we sold with servicing rights retained, resulting in an increase in our investment in MSRs, and an increase of $33,964 in other assets due to growth in the size of our operations, and an increase of $99 in receivables from Advised Entities due to settlements of amounts outstanding at period end.

        Total liabilities increased by $405,047 from $165,366 as of December 31, 2011 to $570,413 as of December 31, 2012. The increase was due to additional borrowings of $350,245 to finance our asset growth.

        Total assets increased $160,879 from $128,402 as of December 31, 2010 to $289,281 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $17,265 in cash and short-term investments due to growth in the size of our operations, an increase of $75,137 in mortgage loans held for sale at fair value due to growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we originated or purchased during 2011 as compared to 2010, and an increase of $40,754 in servicing advances due to growth in the size of our mortgage servicing portfolio.

        Total liabilities increased by $126,933 from $38,433 as of December 31, 2010 to $165,366 as of December 31, 2011. The increase was due, in part, to additional borrowings of $79,514 and capital contributions from the issuance of additional preferred units of $15,100 to finance our asset growth.

Cash Flows (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $26.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. The positive cash flows arose primarily due to our initial public offering during the period. Cash used in operating activities totaled $156.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013. The cash flows in operating activities were primarily due to growth of our mortgage loans held for sale portfolio as origination and purchases of loans exceeded loan sales by $199.4 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $108.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013. This use of cash reflects an increase in short-term investments due to the liquidity provided by the IPO.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $291.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to the IPO which raised $216.8 million net of underwriting and offering costs, and increased borrowings under our mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase of $106.9 million resulting from the increase in our level of inventory of mortgage loans held for sale at June 30, 2013 as compared to December 31, 2012.

        Our cash flows resulted in a net decrease in cash of $4,142 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The negative cash flows arose primarily due to growth in our operations. Cash used in operating activities totaled $308,057 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in cash flows was primarily due to the growth in our mortgage loan inventory as originations and purchases of loans exceeded cash proceeds from loan sales by $346,438.

96


Table of Contents

        Net cash used by investing activities was $45,535 for the year ended December 31, 2012. This use of cash reflects the growth of our short-term investment portfolio totaling $37.1 million.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $349,450 for the year ended December 31, 2012. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to the sale of loans under agreements to repurchase exceeding repurchases of loans sold under agreements to repurchase by $315,834 in order to finance our growth of our mortgage loan inventory.

        Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $10,538 during 2011. The positive cash flows arose primarily due to growth in our operations. Cash used in operating activities totaled $74,718 during 2011. This use was primarily due to originations and purchases of mortgage loans held for sale exceeding cash proceeds from loan sales by $75,417. Cash used by operating activities during 2010 totaled $12,647, and also reflects the effects of growth in our mortgage loan inventory.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $12,389 for 2011. This use of cash reflects the growth of our investment portfolio. We used cash to purchase short-term investments, resulting in a $6,727 increase in balance during 2011. This contrasts with cash used by investing activities totaling $7,176 during 2010, primarily resulting from the purchase of $11,974 in mortgage servicing rights.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $97,645 for 2011. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to proceeds from sale of loans under agreements to repurchases exceeding repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase by $77,700 in order to finance our growth of our mortgage loan inventory, increases in the note payable of $15,103 and $18,908 in capital contributions from the payment of preferred unit subscriptions during the year ended December 31, 2011.

        Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $2,987 for 2010. The positive cash flows arose primarily due to cash provided by financing activities exceeding cash used by investing and operating activities. Cash used by operating activities totaled $12,647 during 2010. This use of cash was primarily due to the cash requirements related to the growth in our balance sheet accounts relating to our operations.

        Net cash used by investing activities was $7,176 for the year ended December 31, 2010. This use of cash primarily reflects the purchase of mortgage servicing rights, offset by reductions in the level of our short-term investments of $5,630 as we converted this asset to operating assets.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $22,810 for 2010. These funds were primarily the result of $16,074 in borrowing under agreements to repurchase and $8,967 in capital contributions resulting from the issuance of preferred units.

Liquidity and Capital Resources (dollar amounts under this caption are in thousands)

        Our liquidity reflects our ability to meet our current obligations (including our operating expenses and, when applicable, the retirement of, and margin calls relating to, our debt, and margin calls relating to hedges on our commitments to purchase or originate mortgage loans), fund new originations and purchases, and make investments as we identify them. We expect our primary sources of liquidity to be through cash flows from business activities, earnings on our investments and proceeds from borrowings and/or additional equity offerings. Assuming that we are able to renew or increase our warehouse facilities and credit financing in the ordinary course of business, we believe that our current liquidity is sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months. However, no assurance can be given that we will be able to do so.

97


Table of Contents

        Our current leverage strategy is to finance our assets where we believe such borrowing is prudent and appropriate. Our borrowing activities are in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase, and a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and servicing advances.

        Our repurchase agreements represent the sales of mortgage loans together with agreements for us to buy back the mortgage loans at a later date. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the average balance outstanding under agreements to repurchase mortgage loans totaled $172,729, and the maximum daily amount outstanding under such agreements totaled $441,245. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the average balance outstanding under agreements to repurchase mortgage loans totaled $24,905, and the maximum daily amount outstanding under such agreements totaled $127,593.

        The difference between the maximum and average daily amounts outstanding was due to increases in the sizes and utilization of our existing facilities and our entry into a new credit facility during the quarter ended June 30, 2012, all in support of the growth in our mortgage loan production, investments and correspondent lending activities.

        All of our borrowings discussed above have short-term maturities. The transactions relating to mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase mature between June 25, 2013 and the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination and provide for the repurchase from major financial institution counterparties based on the estimated fair value of the mortgage loans sold. Our note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and loan servicing advances at fair value has a maturity date that is the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination.

        PLS' debt financing agreements require it to comply with various financial covenants. The most significant covenants currently include the following:

        Although these financial covenants limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur and impact our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, we believe that these covenants currently provide us with sufficient flexibility to successfully operate our business and obtain the financing necessary to achieve that purpose.

        With respect to our role as subservicer for the Advised Entities, we are also subject to certain covenants under their respective debt agreements. These covenants are similar to those above, with the additional covenant that we must maintain a minimum servicing portfolio of $5 billion in UPB.

        Our debt financing agreements also contain margin call provisions that, upon notice from the applicable lender at its option, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. A margin deficit will generally result from any decline in the market value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the assets subject to the related financing agreement. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we will generally be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice or within one business day thereafter, depending on the timing of the notice.

98


Table of Contents

        We continue to explore a variety of additional means of financing our continued growth, including debt financing through bank warehouse lines of credit and additional repurchase agreements. However, there can be no assurance as to how much additional financing capacity such efforts will produce, what form the financing will take or whether such efforts will be successful.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

        As of June 30, 2013, we have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements or guarantees.

        As of June 30, 2013, we had on-balance sheet contractual obligations of $500.4 million to finance assets under agreements to repurchase with maturities between July 25, 2013 and the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination. We also had a contractual obligation of $47.2 million relating to a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and loan servicing advances at fair value and with a maturity date that is the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination. We also lease our primary office facilities under an agreement that expires on February 28, 2017 and we license certain software to support our loan servicing operations.

        Payment obligations under these agreements are summarized below:

 
  Payments due by period  
Contractual Obligations
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3
years
  3 - 5
years
  More than
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commitments to purchase mortgage loans from PMT

  $ 1,505,403   $ 1,505,403   $   $   $  

Commitments to fund mortgage loans

    261,911     261,911              

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

    4,226,940     4,226,940              

Software licenses(1)

    7,778     3,457     4,321          

Office leases

    13,890     3,353     7,979     2,558      

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    500,427     500,427              

Note payable

    47,209     47,209              
                       

Total

  $ 6,563,558   $ 6,548,700   $ 12,300   $ 2,558   $  
                       

(1)
Software licenses include both volume and activity-based fees that are dependent on the number of loans serviced during each period and include a base fee of approximately $452,000 per year. Estimated payments for software licenses above are based on the number of loans currently serviced by us, which totaled approximately 157,000 at June 30, 2013. Future amounts due may significantly fluctuate based on changes in the number of loans serviced by us. For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, software license fees totaled $2.8 million. All figures contained in this footnote are in actual amounts and not in thousands (in contrast to the table above).

99


Table of Contents

        The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to our assets sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of June 30, 2013:

Counterparty
  Amount at risk   Weighted-average
maturity of advances
under repurchase
agreement
  Facility maturity
 
  (in thousands)
   
   

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 31,137   September 15, 2013   January 2, 2014

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 50,006   July 25, 2013   July 25, 2013(1)

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 69,006   September 13, 2013   (2)

(1)
On July 25, 2013, this facility was amended to extend the indicated maturity date to July 24, 2014.

(2)
The earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination.

        As described further above in "Liquidity and Capital Resources," we currently finance certain of our assets through borrowings with major financial institution counterparties in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase, and a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and loan servicing advances at fair value. The borrower under each of these facilities is PLS, and all obligations thereunder are guaranteed by PNMAC.

        Under the terms of these agreements, PLS is required to comply with certain financial covenants, as described further above in "Liquidity and Capital Resources," and various non-financial covenants customary for transactions of this nature. As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance in all material respects with these covenants.

        The agreements also contain margin call provisions that, upon notice from the applicable lender, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we will generally be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice or within one business day thereafter, depending on the timing of the notice.

        In addition, the agreements contain events of default (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods), including payment defaults, breaches of covenants and/or certain representations and warranties, cross-defaults, guarantor defaults, servicer termination events and defaults, material adverse changes, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and other events of default customary for these types of transactions. The remedies for such events of default are also customary for these types of transactions and include the acceleration of the principal amount outstanding under the agreements and the liquidation by our lenders of the mortgage loans or other collateral then subject to the agreements.

100


Table of Contents

        All of PLS's borrowings discussed above have short-term maturities that expire as follows:

Counterparty(1)
  Outstanding
indebtedness(2)
  Committed
amount
  Maturity date
 
  (in thousands)
   

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 236,384   $ 300,000   January 2, 2014

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 93,657   $ 150,000   July 25, 2013(3)

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 170,386   $ 300,000   (4)

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 47,209   $ 117,000   (4)

(1)
The borrowings with Bank of America, N.A., Citibank, N.A. and Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (with a committed amount of $300 million) are in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase. The borrowing with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (with a committed amount of $117 million) is in the form of a note payable secured by mortgage servicing rights and servicing advances.

(2)
Represents outstanding indebtedness reduced by cash collateral as of June 30, 2013.

(3)
On July 25, 2013, this facility was amended to extend the indicated maturity date to July 24, 2014.

(4)
The earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Market risk is the exposure to loss resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, real estate values and other market-based risks. The primary market risks to which we are exposed are credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, inflation risk and market value risk.

        We are subject to credit risk in connection with our loan sales activities. Our loan sales are generally made with contractual representations and warranties, which, if breached, can require us to repurchase the mortgage loan or reimburse the investor for any losses incurred because of that breach. These breaches are generally evidenced when the borrower defaults on a loan. The amount of our liability for losses due to representations and warranties to the loans' investors is not limited. However, we believe that the current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by us to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. We include a provision for potential losses due to recourse as part of our recognition of loan sales, based initially on our estimate of the fair value of such obligation. We review our loss experience relating to representations and warranties and adjust our liability estimate when necessary. We believe that residual loan credit quality is primarily determined by the borrowers' credit profiles and loan characteristics.

        In the event of developments affecting the credit performance of loans we have sold subject to representations and warranties, such as a significant increase in unemployment or a significant deterioration in real estate values in markets where properties securing mortgage loans we purchase are located, defaults could increase and result in credit losses arising from claims under our representations and warranties, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Interest rate risk is highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations, and other factors beyond our control. Changes in interest rates affect both the fair value of, and interest income we earn from, our mortgage-related investments. This effect is most pronounced with fixed-rate mortgage assets. In

101


Table of Contents

general, rising interest rates negatively affect the fair value of our interest rate lock agreements and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale.

        Our operating results will depend, in part, on differences between the income from our investments and our financing costs. Presently our debt financing is based on a floating rate of interest calculated on a fixed spread over the relevant index, as determined by the particular financing arrangement.

        We engage in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of income caused by changes in interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, we use derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value of our interest rate lock commitments and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale. We do not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of our risk management activities.

        To the extent that the actual prepayment rate on the mortgage loans underlying our MSRs differs from what we projected when we initially recognized the MSRs and when we measured fair value as of the end of each reporting period, the carrying value of our investment in MSRs will be affected. In general, a decline in the principal balances of the loans underlying our MSRs or an increase in prepayment expectations will accelerate the amortization and may result in impairments of our MSRs accounted for using the amortization method and decrease our estimates of the fair value of both the MSRs accounted for using the amortization method and those accounted for using the fair value method, thereby reducing net servicing income.

        Virtually all of our assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive in nature. As a result, interest rates and other factors will influence our performance more than inflation. Changes in interest rates do not necessarily correlate with inflation rates or changes in inflation rates. Furthermore, our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and any distributions that PNMAC may make to its members will be determined by us as the managing member of PNMAC based primarily on our taxable income and, in each case, our activities and balance sheet are measured with reference to historical cost and/or fair value without considering inflation.

        Our mortgage loans held for sale are reported at their estimated fair values. The fair value of these assets fluctuates primarily due to changes in interest rates.

        The following sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were (i) performed at a particular point in time, (ii) only contemplate certain movements in interest rates, (iii) do not incorporate changes in interest rate volatility or changes in the relationship of one interest rate index to another, (iv) are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used, including prepayment forecasts and discount rates, and (v) do not incorporate other factors that would affect our overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the following estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

102


Table of Contents

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the amortization method as of June 30, 2013, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 211,822   $ 202,838   $ 198,604   $ 190,606   $ 186,827   $ 179,670  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 17,293   $ 8,309   $ 4,075   $ (3,923 ) $ (7,703 ) $ (14,859 )

%

    8.89 %   4.27 %   2.09 %   -2.02 %   -3.96 %   -7.64 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 211,208   $ 202,577   $ 198,484   $ 190,707   $ 187,009   $ 179,968  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 16,678   $ 8,048   $ 3,955   $ (3,823 ) $ (7,520 ) $ (14,562 )

%

    8.57 %   4.14 %   2.03 %   -1.97 %   -3.87 %   -7.49 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 202,305   $ 198,417   $ 196,473   $ 192,585   $ 190,641   $ 186,753  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 7,776   $ 3,888   $ 1,944   $ (1,944 ) $ (3,888 ) $ (7,776 )

%

    4.00 %   2.00 %   1.00 %   -1.00 %   -2.00 %   -4.00 %

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the fair value method as of June 30, 2013, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 13,048   $ 12,552   $ 12,318   $ 11,837   $ 11,662   $ 11,262  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 957   $ 461   $ 226   $ (218 ) $ (429 ) $ (830 )

%

    7.91 %   3.81 %   1.87 %   -1.81 %   -3.55 %   -6.86 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 13,386   $ 12,712   $ 12,395   $ 11,800   $ 11,520   $ 10,991  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,295   $ 620   $ 304   $ (292 ) $ (572 ) $ (1,100 )

%

    10.71 %   5.13 %   2.51 %   -2.41 %   -4.73 %   -9.10 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 12,534   $ 12,313   $ 12,202   $ 11,981   $ 11,870   $ 11,649  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 443   $ 221   $ 111   $ (111 ) $ (221 ) $ (443 )

%

    3.66 %   1.83 %   0.92 %   -0.92 %   -1.83 %   -3.66 %

103


Table of Contents

        The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans accounted for using the fair value method as of June 30, 2013, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

Pricing spread shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 12,229   $ 11,573   $ 11,269   $ 10,701   $ 10,437   $ 9,941  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,251   $ 595   $ 290   $ (277 ) $ (542 ) $ (1,037 )

%

    11.39 %   5.42 %   2.64 %   -2.52 %   -4.93 %   -9.44 %

 

Prepayment speed shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 12,028   $ 11,499   $ 11,239   $ 10,725   $ 10,478   $ 10,001  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,049   $ 521   $ 261   $ (254 ) $ (500 ) $ (977 )

%

    9.56 %   4.74 %   2.38 %   -2.31 %   -4.55 %   -8.90 %

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %
  -20%   -10%   -5%   +5%   +10%   +20%  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Fair value

  $ 12,048   $ 11,513   $ 11,246   $ 10,711   $ 10,444   $ 9,909  

Change in fair value:

                                     

$

  $ 1,070   $ 535   $ 267   $ (267 ) $ (535 ) $ (1,070 )

%

    9.74 %   4.87 %   2.44 %   -2.44 %   -4.87 %   -9.74 %

104


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are a specialty financial services firm with a comprehensive mortgage platform and integrated business focused on the production and servicing of U.S. residential mortgage loans and the management of investments related to the U.S. residential mortgage market. We believe that our operating capabilities, specialized expertise, access to long-term investment capital, and our management's deep experience across all aspects of the mortgage business will allow us to profitably grow these activities and capitalize on other related opportunities as they arise in the future.

        We were founded in 2008 by members of our executive leadership team and two strategic partners, BlackRock and Highfields. Since our founding we have pursued opportunities to acquire and manage residential mortgage loans and established what we believe to be a best-in-class mortgage platform. We have relied on the know-how of our management team and built a de novo operating platform to our specifications using industry-leading technology, processes and procedures to address the stringent requirements of residential mortgage lending and servicing in the post-financial crisis market. We believe that this approach has resulted in a specialized mortgage platform that is "legacy-free" and highly scalable (that is, it can be expanded on a cost efficient basis within a time frame that meets the demands of our business) to support the continued growth of our business.

        We conduct our business in two segments: mortgage banking and investment management. Our principal mortgage banking subsidiary, PLS, is a leading non-bank producer and servicer of mortgage loans in the United States. PLS is a seller/servicer for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, each of which is a GSE. It is also an approved issuer of securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, a lender of the FHA, a lender/servicer of the VA, and a servicer for HAMP. PLS is licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to originate residential mortgage loans in 46 states and the District of Columbia and to service loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

        Our principal investment management subsidiary, PCM, is an SEC registered investment adviser. It manages PMT, a mortgage REIT listed on the NYSE. PCM also manages our Investment Funds. Our Advised Entities have been some of the leading non-bank investors in distressed mortgage loans since 2008, investing in loans with approximately $7.4 billion of unpaid principal balances, or UPB. As of June 30, 2013, our Advised Entities had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion.

        We conduct some of our activities for our own account and some for our Advised Entities. We earn significant fee income and carried interest from the activities we conduct for our Advised Entities; such fees include investment management fees, incentive fees, subservicing fees for servicing loan portfolios and fulfillment fees for mortgage banking services provided to PMT in connection with our correspondent lending program. Our relationships with our Advised Entities also allow us to pursue some market opportunities with reduced capital intensity, with PLS and PCM providing operational expertise and our Advised Entities providing investment capital for mortgage-related assets.

        Our systems and processes have been designed to be highly scalable to accommodate the continued rapid growth of our businesses. To date our growth has been organic, drawing upon experienced personnel known to us in the mortgage industry, which has allowed us to be methodical and consistent in our operations and to establish and maintain a disciplined corporate culture that is focused on excellence.

105


Table of Contents

Our Company Structure

GRAPHIC

Mortgage Banking Segment

        As summarized below, our mortgage banking segment is comprised of three primary businesses: correspondent lending, retail lending, and loan servicing.

        Our correspondent lending business manages, on behalf of PMT and for our own account, the acquisition of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans that have been underwritten to investor guidelines. PMT acquires, from approved correspondent sellers, newly originated loans, primarily "conventional" residential mortgage loans guaranteed by the GSEs and "government-insured" residential mortgage loans insured or guaranteed primarily by the VA or the FHA.

        For conventional loans, we perform fulfillment activities for PMT and earn a fee for each loan acquired by PMT. Fulfillment activities include reviews of loan data, documentation and appraisals to assess loan quality and risk, correspondent seller performance and credit monitoring procedures, and the subsequent sale and securitization of loans through secondary mortgage markets on behalf of PMT. PMT earns interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these conventional loans and retains the associated mortgage servicing rights, or MSRs. PLS provides loan subservicing for PMT's retained MSRs and earns a subservicing fee.

106


Table of Contents

Correspondent Conventional Lending

GRAPHIC

        In the case of government-insured or -guaranteed loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT's cost plus a sourcing fee. We fulfill the government loans for our own account. We typically pool the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into a mortgage-backed security, or MBS, which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the associated MSRs.

Correspondent Government Lending

GRAPHIC

        We have grown our correspondent lending business through purchases from approved mortgage originators that meet specific criteria related to management experience, financial strength, risk management controls and loan quality. Our management team has prior experience with the majority of these mortgage originators. As of June 30, 2013, we had approved 220 sellers on PMT's behalf, primarily independent mortgage originators and small banks located across the United States. PMT purchased approximately $17.1 billion of loans in the first half of 2013, including $9.0 billion of conventional loans, $8.0 billion of government-insured loans and $115 million of jumbo loans. In the second quarter of 2013, with billion in production, PMT was the fourth largest correspondent lender in the United States as ranked by Inside Mortgage Finance.

        Our retail lending business originates new prime credit quality, first-lien residential conventional and government-insured mortgage loans on a national basis to allow customers to purchase or refinance their homes. We conduct this business through a consumer direct model, which relies on the Internet and call center-based staff, rather than a traditional branch network, to acquire and interact with customers across the country. Effective marketing, call center staff, procedures, training and technology are all important to growing our retail lending business. We use sophisticated telephony and lead-management software to improve conversion rates, deliver outstanding customer service, and lower costs. During the first half of 2013, we originated $611 million of residential mortgage loans in our retail lending business, a 295% growth rate compared to the first half of 2012.

107


Table of Contents

        Our existing servicing portfolio is our main source of leads for new originations. These portfolio-based originations include: refinancing loans to proactively protect our servicing portfolio from run-off, which we refer to as "recapture;" refinancing loans from the restructure of distressed loans acquired by our Advised Entities; and purchasing loans to facilitate the sale of REO properties held by our Advised Entities. In addition, we are growing our non-portfolio originations by sourcing prospective customers through consumer marketing and community and professional relationships.

Retail Lending

GRAPHIC

        For loans originated via our retail lending business, we conduct our own fulfillment, earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these loans, and retain the associated MSRs (subject to sharing 30% of such MSRs with PMT in the case of retail originated loans that refinance a loan for which the related MSR was held by PMT).

        Our loan servicing business performs loan administration, collection, and default activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments, responding to customer inquiries, accounting for principal and interest, holding custodial (impound) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums, counseling delinquent mortgagors, modifying loans and supervising foreclosures and our property dispositions.

        We service loans for which we own the MSRs and we service loans on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners which we refer to as "subservicing." The owner of MSRs acts on behalf of mortgage loan owners and has the contractual right to receive a stream of cash flows (expressed as a percentage of UPB) in exchange for performing specified mortgage servicing functions and temporarily advancing funds to cover payments on delinquent and defaulted mortgages. As a subservicer, we earn a contractual fee on a per-loan basis and the right to any ancillary fees, and we are reimbursed for any servicing advances we make on delinquent or defaulted mortgages. We presently subservice only for our Advised Entities.

        We characterize our servicing business as either "Prime Servicing" or "Special Servicing."

108


Table of Contents

109


Table of Contents

        The following table shows the UPB and other information for certain categories of loans within our servicing portfolio:

 
   
  December 31,  
 
  June 30,
2013
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Prime Servicing Portfolio

                         

Subserviced for our Advised Entities—Originated

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 21,653   $ 12,920   $ 496   $ 4  

Loan count

    84,735     50,327     1,905     22  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 256   $ 257   $ 261   $ 176  

Avg. coupon

    3.63 %   3.70 %   4.23 %   4.76 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    760     763     770     714  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    0.25 %   0.37 %   0.26 %   0.00 %

Owned MSRs—Originated

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 16,947   $ 9,410   $ 968   $ 158  

Loan count

    78,861     44,393     4,480     599  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 215   $ 212   $ 216   $ 264  

Avg. coupon

    3.55 %   3.68 %   4.38 %   4.86 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    711     711     728     755  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    1.70 %   1.55 %   1.00 %   1.00 %

Owned MSRs—MSR Acquisitions

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 793   $ 990   $ 1,403   $ 1,429  

Loan count

    4,862     5,984     7,966     7,474  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 163   $ 166   $ 176   $ 191  

Avg. coupon

    5.30 %   5.32 %   5.34 %   5.41 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    728     729     732     744  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    5.20 %   5.53 %   4.77 %   3.73 %

Total Prime Servicing Portfolio

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 39,393   $ 23,320   $ 2,867   $ 1,591  

Loan count

    168,458     100,704     14,351     8,095  

Special Servicing Portfolio

                         

Subserviced for our Advised Entities

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 3,857   $ 3,560   $ 3,382   $ 2,097  

Loan count

    17,017     15,590     13,894     8,956  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 227   $ 228   $ 243   $ 234  

Avg. coupon

    6.02 %   6.24 %   6.58 %   7.10 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    635     637     640     638  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    75.81 %   73.33 %   77.17 %   76.30 %

Owned MSRs—MSR Acquisitions

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 1,155   $ 1,272   $ 1,487   $ 1,671  

Loan count

    6,571     7,159     8,150     8,971  

Avg. loan balance (in thousands)

  $ 176   $ 178   $ 182   $ 186  

Avg. coupon

    6.18 %   6.21 %   6.29 %   6.38 %

Avg. FICO credit score

    692     696     697     698  

30+ days delinquent (% of loans)

    20.68 %   19.60 %   19.50 %   17.25 %

Total Special Servicing Portfolio

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 5,012   $ 4,832   $ 4,869   $ 3,768  

Loan count

    23,588     22,749     22,044     17,927  

Total Servicing Portfolio

                         

Unpaid Principal Balance (in millions)

  $ 44,405   $ 28,152   $ 7,737   $ 5,359  
                   

Loan count

    192,046     123,453     36,395     26,022  
                   

110


Table of Contents

        We have grown our mortgage servicing portfolio primarily through organic mortgage loan production in our correspondent lending and retail lending businesses, supplemented by the opportunistic acquisition by our Advised Entities of distressed pools of residential whole loans, which we subservice, and our own MSR acquisitions. As of June 30, 2013, we serviced or subserviced approximately 192,000 loans with an aggregate UPB of approximately $44.4 billion. The majority of these loans are serviced for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae securitizations.

        The following charts detail the percentages of the aggregate UPB in our prime and special servicing and prime subservicing portfolios, and our total servicing portfolio by investor as of June 30, 2013:

Total Servicing Portfolio
Total = $44.4 billion in UPB
  Total Servicing by Investor
Total = $44.4 billion in UPB



GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

        The following charts detail the percentages of the aggregate UPB in our prime and special servicing portfolios by product type as of June 30, 2013:

Prime Servicing Portfolio by Product Type
Total = $39.4 billion in UPB
  Special Servicing Portfolio by Product Type
Total = $5.0 billion in UPB


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

111


Table of Contents

        The following charts detail the percentages of the aggregate UPB in our prime and special servicing portfolios by geography as of June 30, 2013:

Prime Servicing Portfolio by State
Total = $39.4 billion in UPB
  Specialty Servicing Portfolio by State
Total = $5.0 billion in UPB


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

Investment Management Segment

        We are an investment manager through our wholly-owned subsidiary PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds, which had combined net assets of approximately $1.8 billion as of June 30, 2013. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance. The Investment Funds are limited-life private funds established in August 2008, whose commitment periods ended in 2011. As of June 30, 2013, these funds had aggregate equity value of $562 million and had generated total returns of 53%, net of all fees, expenses and carried interest, since their inception. The term of each of these funds ends in December 2016 with the possibility of three one-year extensions. Subject to contractual restrictions with PMT, we may establish additional private investment vehicles to invest in distressed loans or pursue related mortgage strategies, for which we would provide investment management services as well.

        PMT was formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust in May 2009 and consummated an initial public offering in August 2009. PMT's shareholders' equity has grown through a combination of retained earnings and new equity raised through follow-on public offerings and other sales of its common stock. Since its initial public offering, PMT has raised new equity of approximately $200 million in 2011, approximately $600 million in 2012 and approximately $250 million for the year-to-date period ended September 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2013, PMT had shareholders' equity of $1,244 million. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, PMT reported returns on average shareholders' equity of 16%, 13% and 8%, respectively. Our relationship with PMT provides a partner with long-term investment capital and enhances our ability to both support our existing business and to pursue potential growth initiatives.

Our Platform

        We believe that we have a unique operating platform comprised of industry-leading functional capabilities that support the multiple businesses we presently operate in and position us favorably to take advantage of future opportunities in the U.S. residential mortgage markets. These functions include: correspondent and retail loan production; capital markets and secondary marketing; centralized credit activities, including product development and credit policy, underwriting and appraisals, and quality control activities; portfolio strategy; loan servicing; information technology; compliance and regulatory; and other supporting functions.

112


Table of Contents

Loan Production

        Although our loan production activities are specialized for the particular needs of our correspondent and retail lending businesses, these businesses share a common, company-wide approach to loan manufacturing, and rely on centralized functions including credit and secondary marketing to provide critical capabilities. For example, product development is coordinated by our central credit function and pricing is coordinated by our secondary marketing function, working in close collaboration with our correspondent and retail units. Underwriting and appraisal review activities are conducted by our central credit function. As a result, the key capabilities in the correspondent and retail production units are the processes and systems to successfully acquire and manage customers, acquire new loans, and fulfill the loans to our standards for eventual sale or securitization.

        Our loan production capabilities for correspondent lending are focused in three major areas: client approval, monitoring, and management; products and pricing; and loan fulfillment.

        Client selection is a key component of our correspondent lending business model. Clients consist of independent mortgage companies, financial institutions, and home builders. Clients share our core values of manufacturing quality, mutual profitability, responsible lending and regulatory compliance. The approval process includes a review of information such as the correspondent originator's legal structure, organizational structure, resumes of key managers, policies and procedures for key areas, quality control results, and investor scorecards. Applicants must meet minimum eligibility requirements including financial requirements, state licensing, agency approvals, and acceptable background checks. We negotiate and execute a loan purchase agreement for each approved client. Ongoing client monitoring activities include regular reviews of government insuring, accounts receivables, outbound repurchase activity, client scorecards, and client-specific metrics such as run-off. Clients who exceed or fall below certain thresholds are subject to further review and a remediation plan. In addition, we require officer compliance certifications on a quarterly basis, and re-certifications on an annual basis, for each client, including financial statements, quality control reports, and production volume reports.

        Counterparty management activities are governed by a policy established by our central credit function. Under the policy, a client approval committee approves the criteria related to client approvals, monitoring and re-certifications. The committee meets on a quarterly basis to review new approvals, terminations and decisions made as a result of the monitoring activities.

        Pricing activities are coordinated by a products and pricing group that is responsible for all pricing-related activities including margin management, product development, transaction management, sales support, vendor management, web site enhancement and maintenance, and reporting and system development. The correspondent lending unit distributes pricing each day to its clients, utilizing a break-even loan price determined by our central secondary marketing function and building in appropriate margins. Pricing and margin management is a shared responsibility of the products and pricing group and correspondent sales team. Pricing policies and procedures are developed, maintained, and monitored by products and pricing, while many of the customer-level pricing decisions are set by the sales team. We use a variety of tools that allow our sales team to determine pricing for each seller independently. We monitor interest-rate lock volumes (with associated revenue at the loan level) in real time throughout each business day in order to optimize volume and revenue opportunities. We offer a full suite of conventional and government-insured products to our approved clients, with periodic rollouts of new products and enhancements to the base offerings from the GSEs, FHA and VA. Correspondent sellers deliver loans to PMT through "best efforts" transactions, in which PMT bears the risk that the seller is unable to close, fund and deliver the loan, through "mandatory" transactions, in which the seller commits to deliver a funded loan to PMT, and through an assignment of trade

113


Table of Contents

process, or AOT, in which a seller fills a forward MBS trade it has previously entered into with a third-party broker-dealer by delivering loans to PMT.

        We provide sales support through a pricing help desk and a customer care email function, which are staffed and trained to respond to all pricing, commitment, or product related questions. The GoPennyMac.com website operates as a communication tool with our clients, as well as a means to lock single loans and upload files. Our transaction management team is responsible for all commitment-related activities, from initial lock through acquisition and potential post-closing reconciliation.

        The loan acquisition process is conducted by a loan fulfillment group that is responsible for ensuring all required loan data is available in our electronic systems, validating that the data is supported by underlying documents in the loan file, evaluating key areas of credit, risk and adherence to consumer and regulatory compliance, and escalating loans for additional review according to our credit policy. In addition, the loan fulfillment group validates that the loan collateral is received through a third-party document custodian as well as confirms wire details for final funding of loans.

        The loan fulfillment group works closely with our central credit function to ensure that the loans acquired meet investor guidelines and state and federal regulations, and that we meet our clients' expectations for service. We have successfully scaled the fulfillment operations to support the growth of our correspondent lending business and are positioned for further growth through our bi-coastal operating centers located in Tampa, Florida and Moorpark, California.

        Our loan production capabilities for retail lending focus on our call center operations and industry-leading technology designed to maximize the effectiveness of our operations. Our retail unit consists of multiple call centers staffed with loan officers and processors who interact with consumers across the United States. We utilize a technology-focused approach in sophisticated telephony systems, lead-management connectivity, automated pricing, paperless workflow, lending compliance and state-based routing, which is a system that automatically routes calls identified as originating from a specific state to one of our mortgage originators licensed in that state. We believe that these systems allow us to improve conversion rates, deliver quality customer service, manufacture high-quality loans, and lower costs.

        In order to maximize our ability to capture servicing portfolio-based originations, our retail unit has instituted disciplined operational processes to capitalize on the referrals generated by our servicing unit. For refinance opportunities, these processes focus on achieving high contact rates and optimizing the customer experience to maximize the recapture rate. For purchase loans to facilitate the sale of REO properties and short sales, our retail unit includes a dedicated sales team to prequalify and provide financing to high-quality buyers.

        The retail unit also works in partnership with our portfolio strategy function in several important ways. The retail business originates refinance loans from the restructure of distressed loans acquired by our Advised Entities, which is an effective strategy pursued by our portfolio strategy group in distressed loan management. In sourcing leads for non-portfolio originations, the retail unit relies on a data-driven analytical approach to consumer marketing overseen by our portfolio strategy group.

Capital Markets and Secondary Marketing

        Capital markets and secondary marketing is a critical capability that spans our mortgage banking and investment management businesses. The capital markets unit is responsible for the overall investment activities conducted by us and for our Advised Entities. Potential investment assets include Agency mortgage loans and MBS, non-Agency loans and asset-backed securities, or ABS, mortgage

114


Table of Contents

servicing rights, and distressed whole loans. In our loan production activities, our secondary marketing group is responsible for maximizing proceeds through sale or securitization of the loans that we produce.

        All of these activities are managed using industry-leading financial analytics and valuation models. In addition, we have a dedicated analysis and valuation group focused on valuing and forecasting the performance of financial instruments that we own, manage, or evaluate for purchase. We use specialized valuation and forecast models, both proprietary and third-party, for different mortgage-related assets such as performing residential mortgage loans, distressed and non-performing residential mortgage loans, mortgage servicing rights, and residential mortgage-backed securities. We continuously update, calibrate and validate our models using a combination of data from internal sources as well as market information and external data providers. In addition to valuation and forecasting, we utilize these analytical tools to identify trends and monitor the performance of our investments owned by us and our Advised Entities.

        Our capital markets unit is organized into four major disciplines:

        Our investment activities are governed by our investment committee, which meets on an as-needed basis to review contemplated purchases and sales of whole loan portfolios, securities, and MSR portfolios. The investment committee includes members of our executive management and senior capital markets and investment professionals with substantial expertise in pricing and trading mortgages and mortgage-related assets. Our investment process is focused on meeting the investment objectives of the Company and our Advised Entities while maintaining adequate balance between risk and return.

        The key capabilities that comprise secondary marketing include pricing, pooling and delivery, counterparty risk management, interest rate risk management, best execution analysis, forward instrument eligibility, data validation and system interface.

        We use a formulaic approach to determine loan pricing: revenues minus our expenses minus our required profit margin equals the loan price. Our revenue consists of the proceeds that we can obtain upon the sale of the loan, origination fees, and the value that we attribute to the mortgage servicing rights. Our primary expenses include hedging costs, origination expenses, overhead expenses, interest expense, and reserves established for potential repurchase claims. Our secondary marketing group calculates loan pricing each day and disseminates it to the correspondent and retail loan origination systems. The production units take the price provided by our secondary marketing group and adjust it to account for adjustments set by the GSEs, such as Fannie Mae's 0.25% adverse market delivery

115


Table of Contents

charge and loan-level price adjustments that are assessed based on loan-specific attributes such as loan-to-value ratio and the credit score of the borrower.

        We utilize our models to group, or pool, loans according to the best price execution for a given loan, with similar loans pooled together to form an Agency security. We use the GSEs' systems to securely transmit loan-level data, and mortgage notes are shipped directly to a third-party document custodian for safekeeping. Our document custodian reviews all of the loan documents for accuracy and completeness and certifies the loans or pool of loans. We seek to pool, securitize and settle our loans in an operationally efficient manner in order to minimize the aging of loans.

        When we enter into an interest rate lock, we assume interest rate risk for the duration of the lock period. In order to manage the interest rate risk, we have a policy that governs allowable lock periods, lock expirations, lock extensions, renegotiations and cancellations. We utilize hedging to reduce the interest rate risk embedded in our loan origination pipeline; we do not enter into speculative interest rate trades. We continuously monitor our interest rate positions and make hedging decisions subject to senior management review.

Credit

        Our credit function is focused on managing credit exposures across the company, with an emphasis on loan production. It is managed centrally and is comprised of product development and credit policy; underwriting and appraisal; and quality control functions.

        We carefully construct our product menu to manage our credit exposure. In our correspondent and retail lending businesses, we primarily produce standard conventional conforming loans, Desktop Underwriter Refi Plus loans, FHA Section 203b loans and FHA Streamline Refinances, in accordance with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHA guidelines, as applicable. During the first half of 2013, approximately 54% of the loans that we produced were delivered to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac to be pooled into Agency MBS securities and 46% of our loans were originated to FHA guidelines and pooled into Ginnie Mae MBS securities. We also intend to increase our production of jumbo mortgage loans, which are loans with an initial principal balance greater than the conventional conforming loan limits. These loans would likely be securitized.

        We utilize our credit policies to manage our credit exposure, primarily by setting minimum guidelines for credit scores and debt-to-income ratios for both conventional and FHA loans.

        The underwriting and appraisal activities for correspondent and retail lending are managed by our Chief Underwriter, who reports to the Chief Credit Officer. For those loan programs where an automated underwriting decision is applicable, such as through Desktop Underwriter, or DU, Fannie Mae's automated underwriting system, we require an "Accept/Eligible" response, the most favorable approval decision. For those loan programs where a decision from DU is not applicable, loans are underwritten according to the applicable GSE Seller Guide or the applicable FHA Mortgagee Letters.

        In retail lending, all loans are underwritten by underwriters who are directly employed by us. All appraisals are obtained from appraisal management companies and all appraisals are reviewed by licensed appraisers who are directly employed by us.

        In correspondent lending, all loans are audited by auditors who are directly employed by us and samples of loans are selected for more detailed pre-purchase underwriting reviews and pre-purchase appraisal reviews. Not all pre-purchase underwriting reviews or pre-purchase appraisal reviews are completed by individuals who are employees of ours. When a pre-purchase underwriting review is

116


Table of Contents

outsourced, the review is completed by a nationally recognized contract underwriting firm whose work is re-reviewed by one of our underwriters before a final decision on the loan is made. We also rely on additional controls in correspondent lending including the loan purchase agreement between us and the correspondent seller, the seller approval process and the seller monitoring process.

        We maintain a staff of quality control underwriters and processors to manage our underwriting quality control activities. These activities comply with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHA standards and are generally reviewed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac on an annual basis. Loans produced through our correspondent and retail lending businesses are reviewed as part of random, discretionary and targeted quality control samples. The scope of the quality control review validates all of the activities performed by the underwriter and also requires a new credit report, re-verifications of income and assets and a re-validation of the appraised value on 10% of the quality control sample. The result of the quality control review is a rating which assesses the overall compliance with the applicable underwriting guidelines. The most negative ranking is "Unsatisfactory." Unsatisfactory loans generally have significant underwriting defects and have a high probability of resulting in an investor repurchase request. During 2012, the percentage of loans rated Unsatisfactory has remained less than 1%.

Portfolio Strategy

        Portfolio strategy is a dedicated function that we have developed which is responsible for maximizing the value of mortgage assets once they have been acquired by us or our Advised Entities. In this role, our portfolio strategy group has a particular focus on the distressed mortgage loans that we manage for our Advised Entities and designs and implements strategies including loan restructures, modifications, and alternatives to foreclosures that are executed in our special servicing business. Our portfolio strategy group is also responsible for the data-driven analytical approach to consumer marketing which is utilized by our retail lending business.

        A core element of our distressed loan management strategy is to work with borrowers to avoid foreclosure where possible, cure loan defaults and prevent future defaults. Where prudent, we strive to restructure existing mortgage loans on terms that allow the borrower to retain ownership and remain in his or her home by performing on the modified mortgage loan terms. We use proprietary loan-level models and tools, with appropriate consideration of the borrowers' specific economic situation and the requirements of the loan owner, to modify loans and enable the borrowers to continue to make payments on the modified mortgage loan. Moreover, we solicit delinquent and non-delinquent borrowers for refinance programs, which include options for debt forgiveness.

        Upon acquiring a distressed loan, our portfolio strategy team coordinates an attempt by the servicing unit to open a line of communication with the borrower and to conduct an initial interview. We use PLS's call center along with strategic marketing campaigns and partnerships with real estate agents to establish contact with borrowers. In 2012, we were successful 62% of the time in making contact and conducting an initial interview. The results of the initial interview generally provide us with additional information on the borrower's financial condition, an understanding of the borrower's reason or reasons for delinquency or hardship and additional information regarding the borrower's property condition. Based on the information acquired during the initial interview, information from property assessments and portfolio and loan modification guidelines established by us or the mortgage loan investor, we select from among a range of appropriate resolution options as directed by our proprietary loan-level tools. The standardization of our portfolio strategy through the use of proprietary technology is designed to ensure that modifications or other approaches improve economic value relative to foreclosure, mitigate the risk of disparate impacts and create an improved customer experience. The range of options includes structured repayment plans, special forbearance of defaults, payoffs, deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures, principal payment deferments or interest payment deferments, changes

117


Table of Contents

in the interest rate, forgiveness of principal and other loan modifications through a variety of structures, including refinancing. Specifically, we offer the FHA "negative equity" refinance program to both performing and non-performing borrowers, which provides principal reduction and fixed 30-year mortgages at prevailing market interest rates. In such a refinance, the borrower owed more on the old loan than the current property value and the excess unpaid principal amount is typically forgiven.

        Portfolio strategy and marketing are also critical capabilities in the pursuit of new loan originations and refinancings through our retail lending business. We use proprietary models to identify refinance-eligible borrowers from our servicing portfolio, and we solicit these borrowers using a combination of approaches including direct-mail, email, and our website. We regularly analyze and review lead and application trends in order to optimize recapture rates from our servicing portfolio. Customer retention and acquisition activities are supported by industry-leading technology which provides lead management and lead distribution capabilities to our retail call center, as well as analytical tools to increase the efficiency of marketing expenditures.

Loan Servicing

        We have developed sophisticated capabilities to service both performing and delinquent loans through our servicing subsidiary, PLS. These capabilities are critical for both the Prime Servicing and Special Servicing categories of our servicing business and allow us to deliver strong performance to support our loan production businesses and enhance investment performance for our Advised Entities.

        Non-default servicing is comprised of all activities related to the servicing of performing loans. These activities include the entry of a loan into our servicing system, which we refer to as "loan boarding," escrow administration, special loans, document control, customer communications, payoffs, lien release, tax services and the customer call center. Loans are boarded through an electronic loan interface, or ELI, application. The process and controls built into ELI allow us to board servicing transfers of various sizes, from fewer than 100 loans to over 10,000. Our loan boarding team has quality control checks in place to ensure boarding accuracy and to identify data anomalies and illogical conditions. All loan file documentation, outbound communications, and inbound correspondence are stored in our imaging system and are available for viewing on demand. All correspondence is tracked from receipt to completion through a workflow tracking system. Escalated issues are also tracked and reported each month allowing us to identify drivers, trends and training opportunities. Tax servicing is primarily conducted by our staff, with limited geographies addressed by a third-party vendor. We believe that in-house tax servicing affords us greater control over the tax bill payment process while reducing costs through increased efficiency.

        Our call center serves as a primary contact point for our non-defaulted customers. Our inbound call center technology allows for the automated routing of calls based on loan status or customer selection. We have established specialty queues which improve efficiency and the customer experience by allowing the customer to interact with a representative most skilled at a particular type of inquiry. The call center uses a portal screen to log each inquiry and the disposition of each call. This proprietary system which we call the Loan Administration Mortgage Portal, or LAMP, also provides nearly complete loan servicing information without the need to navigate a number of different systems screens. If an inquiry requires assistance from another area, another proprietary system, the Loan Administration Follow-Up Application, or LAFA, is used to track that item through to completion. We continue to expand our offerings on our interactive voice response, or IVR, system and website, to provide more options to those customers who prefer automated service. We strongly emphasize call quality in the call center, and all customer calls are recorded. Recorded calls are used to identify procedural and training opportunities. Calls are reviewed as part of a quality monitoring program which requires a minimum number of monitoring for every representative each month based on performance. Feedback from these reviews, both positive and constructive, is provided to the representatives.

118


Table of Contents

        Default servicing focuses on servicing delinquent loans. It is more personnel intensive than non-default servicing as it requires more frequent and lengthier borrower communications as well as additional work related to potential solutions for resolving the delinquent loan. Our default group works in close partnership with our portfolio strategy function and retail production unit in refinancing distressed loans. Our default group is comprised of several operational areas including collections, loan modifications, short sales and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, bankruptcy, foreclosure and REO.

        Collections efforts are structured to notify borrowers of their delinquency and collect payments to bring loans current when possible. We utilize proprietary systems designed to determine the appropriate resolution strategy based on borrower-provided information for those who are unable to make their delinquent payments. We also employ calling campaigns designed by a dedicated group of our analysts to target borrowers in early-stage delinquency. These campaigns are monitored daily to ensure compliance with collections regulations and to assess their effectiveness.

        When a borrower is unable to make payments on a loan, we seek to restructure the loan through modification, which includes the use of federally sponsored loan modification programs such as HAMP. Through modification, the borrower keeps the same loan, but under restructured terms that improve either the ability or willingness to pay. In 2012, we were successful at converting HAMP trial modifications to permanent modifications 97.5% of the time, one of the highest conversion rates among all HAMP servicers as published in the most recent MHA Performance Report. We also had a recidivism rate of 6% at year-end, well below the industry average, for loans that re-defaulted within six months of their permanent conversion. In certain instances, we are able to offer borrowers an FHA "negative equity" refinance, where the borrower is offered a new loan at market rates. As of June 30, 2013, PLS was the third largest originator of these loans in the country.

        When loan resolution through home retention is not an option and the current property value is less than the amount owed, we seek to offer loss mitigation resolutions such as short sales or deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure, which help the borrower avoid foreclosure. In a short sale, the borrower agrees to sell the home to a third-party buyer at current market value while the investor agrees to forgive the remaining UPB. In a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, the borrower agrees to transfer the deed and clean title of the home to the investor outside of the foreclosure process. The ultimate resolution of the asset is then handled by our REO group. Both short sales and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure are typically preferable to the foreclosure process, which can be costly and time-consuming.

        We have developed short sale and modification processing systems, including proprietary systems, that provide workflow and management tools which allow us to make decisions regarding individual cases quickly and within the appropriate guidelines. In the case of short sales, a borrower portal allows both borrowers and real estate agents the ability to directly upload documents to our system for review. This allows our reviewer to instantly access documents as they are submitted, provides the customer with assurance that the documentation was received, and facilitates a self-service view of the short sale decision process.

        In late-stage delinquencies (that is, for borrowers more than 90 days past due), we will initiate foreclosure proceedings in accordance with state foreclosure guidelines. We work with licensed state attorneys and trustees on a vendor-managed platform to manage the foreclosure process for individual loans. In the event that a borrower chooses to file bankruptcy, the borrower is assigned to a bankruptcy specialist who will administer the bankruptcy plan proceedings in accordance with applicable law and in conjunction with an outsourcing firm.

        Our REO group manages properties in the servicing portfolio that have completed the foreclosure or the deed-in-lieu of foreclosure process. We use both internal and external resources to manage the disposition of the REO properties. The primary goal of the REO team is to liquidate the properties at

119


Table of Contents

fair value within an acceptable timeframe, securing the lowest possible loss. Our REO group currently realizes net proceeds upon liquidation that average approximately 96% of the property's fair market value.

        Our servicing unit includes a group dedicated to compliance-related functions including federal, state, and investor compliance, policies and procedures, and audit management. This servicing administration group focuses on identifying all upcoming changes to regulations or policies, documenting these changes and then working with each function impacted across the servicing unit to make sure that all processes, communications, and controls are updated to account for the changes. We conduct post-implementation testing to ensure that all the changes are effective. In addition, we monitor all internal and external audits to ensure that timely and consistent documentation is provided to all parties. Any findings or observations are monitored by this group for prompt remediation. We believe that the dedicated focus and attention on compliance and audits results in a better controlled environment.

Information Technology

        Our information technology, or IT, function is centralized, with dedicated resources assigned to each of our major organizational units. This structure ensures the consistent use of similar technologies and solutions across the Company. As a legacy-free platform that is not based on old existing IT systems, we have designed our IT systems to take advantage of some of the latest technologies at low cost. We utilize technology, from call center routing systems to comprehensive valuation tools, to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of our business operations.

        We maintain two high-availability (Tier 3) SAS-70 Type II certified data centers located in Los Angeles, California and Chandler, Arizona. We have a 100% virtualized server environment coupled with extensive use of virtual desktop and thin-client technologies that we believe provides us with efficiency, agility, and fault tolerance at a low cost. Our data networks provide fast and reliable service by using enterprise-grade components and top-tier communications carriers with redundancy. To reduce costs and shorten application development time, we generally begin by purchasing off-the-shelf software solutions and also utilizing open-source solutions whenever possible. When off-the-shelf solutions do not meet our needs, we utilize an agile development approach for proprietary applications which results in frequent value-added updates or system enhancements and reduces the risk associated with longer-term or large-scale projects. Across our infrastructure, we believe that we have implemented a comprehensive set of security controls and defensive capabilities to prevent, detect and manage security incidents. Our IT staff has extensive experience in the mortgage industry, which we believe enables rapid and cost-effective design, development and implementation of IT solutions that meet our business needs.

Compliance and Regulatory

        Our business is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation. Our loan production and loan servicing operations are primarily regulated at the state level by state licensing authorities and administrative agencies, with additional oversight from the CFPB. We, along with certain of our employees who engage in regulated activities, must apply for licensing as a mortgage banker or lender, loan servicer and debt collector pursuant to applicable state law. These state licensing requirements typically require an application process, fulfillment fees, background checks and administrative review. Our servicing operations are licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to service mortgage loans in 49 states, the District of Columbia and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Our retail lending business is licensed to originate loans in 45 states and the District of Columbia. From time to time, we receive requests from states and other agencies for records, documents and information regarding our

120


Table of Contents

policies, procedures and practices regarding our loan production and loan servicing business activities, and undergo periodic examinations by state regulatory agencies. We incur significant ongoing costs to comply with these licensing and examination requirements.

        While the U.S. federal government does not primarily regulate loan production, the federal Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 requires all states to enact laws that require all individuals acting in the United States as mortgage loan originators be individually licensed or registered if they intend to offer mortgage loan products. These licensing requirements include enrollment in the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System, application to state regulators for individual licenses, a minimum of 20 hours of pre-licensing education, an annual minimum of eight hours of continuing education and the successful completion of both national and state exams.

        In addition to licensing requirements, we must comply with a number of federal consumer protection laws, including, among others:

        Many of these laws are further impacted by the SAFE Act and implementation of new rules by the CFPB under the Dodd-Frank Act. On January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued its final "Ability to Repay"

121


Table of Contents

rule under TILA's implementing Regulation Z, which will require lenders to verify a consumer's ability to repay a mortgage loan. The rule will become effective on January 10, 2014, and creates a "Qualified Mortgage," or QM, using as its criteria (i) a debt-to-income, or DTI, ratio not to exceed 43%, (ii) points and fees paid by the borrower generally may not exceed 3% of the amount borrowed, and (iii) no loan features such as negative amortization, interest-only payments, terms exceeding 30 years, or balloon payments. In addition, "no-doc" loans, where the lender does not verify income or assets, cannot be QMs. Under a temporary exception, loans eligible to be purchased, guaranteed or insured by the Agencies will be QMs even if they do not meet the QM criteria. This exception will phase out as the Agencies issue their own QM rules, if the GSEs exit conservatorship, and in any event after seven years. The rule provides a "safe harbor" for QM loans, meaning that lenders who originate or hold loans meeting the QM standards will have special protection from liability. On September 13, 2013, the CFPB released a finalized amendment to its January 10, 2013 release, including clarifications and revisions of the definition and treatment of points and fees by parties other than the consumer for purposes of the qualified mortgage points and fees cap and the high-cost mortgage points and fees threshold. The amendments make clear that seller's points are excluded from the finance charge component of points and fees and that creditor-paid charges other than for loan originator compensation are excluded from points and fees entirely, and that creditors may rely on written statements from the borrower or third party (including the seller) as to the purpose of the payment.

        Also on January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued its final mortgage escrow account rule relating to the establishment of mandatory escrow accounts on higher-priced mortgage loans. The final rule is effective June 1, 2013. This rule implements changes to earlier regulations and lengthens the time that mandatory escrow accounts must be maintained on higher-priced mortgage loans from one year to five years and exempts certain types of transactions from the escrow requirement. A creditor or servicer may not cancel escrow accounts required under the rule except upon either the termination of the loan or receipt of a consumer's request to cancel the escrow account no earlier than five years after consummation, whichever happens first. The creditor or servicer may not cancel the escrow account unless the unpaid principal balance is less than 80% of the security property's original value and the consumer is not delinquent or in default on the loan at the time of the request.

        Also on January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued its final rule increasing protections for consumers who take out high-cost mortgages. The rule expands the official definition of high-cost mortgages, and becomes effective on January 10, 2014. Under this rule, a mortgage will be considered high-cost if it is (i) a first mortgage with an annual percentage rate, or APR, that is more than 6.5 percentage points higher than the average prime offer rate, (ii) a second mortgage with an APR more than 8.5 percentage points higher than the average prime offer rate for a similar second mortgage, (iii) a loan of less than $20,000 with borrower-paid points and fees that exceed the lesser of 8% of the loan amount or $1,000, or (iv) a loan of $20,000 or more with points and fees that exceed 5% of the loan amount. This rule also bans certain features from high-cost mortgages, such as prepayment penalties, loan modification fees, and most fees charged to a borrower who requests a payoff statement. Balloon payments would also be banned, except in special circumstances.

        On January 17, 2013, the CFPB issued its final rules relating to mortgage servicing, which will become effective on January 10, 2014. These rules address the following nine major servicing topics: (i) periodic billing statements with timing, form and content requirements; (ii) interest rate adjustment notices for ARM loans that must be provided to consumers prior to payment changes from rate changes; (iii) prompt crediting of payments and timing requirements for payoff statements; (iv) force placed insurance notice, coverage and cancellation requirements; (v) procedural requirements for error resolution and information requests from consumers; (vi) policy and procedure requirements for servicing functions and document management; (vii) early intervention notice requirements with delinquent borrowers about loss mitigation options; (viii) continuity of contact between servicer personnel and delinquent borrowers throughout the loss mitigation process; and (ix) loss mitigation

122


Table of Contents

procedures and restrictions on "dual tracking" of foreclosure alternatives with the foreclosure process. On September 13, 2013, the CFPB released a finalized amendment to its January 17, 2013 release, including those related to first notice of filing clarification, error resolution procedures and information requests, and loss mitigation. With respect to loss mitigation, two of the revisions concern the requirement that a servicer review a borrower's loss mitigation application within five days and provide a notice to the borrower acknowledging receipt and informing the borrower whether the application is complete or incomplete.

        On January 18, 2013, the CFPB issued final rules related to appraisals for higher-priced mortgage loans and consumer access to appraisals. These rules are effective January 18, 2014. The rule on appraisals for higher-price mortgages prohibits creditors from making such mortgage loans unless certain conditions are met, including obtaining a written appraisal based on a full interior appraisal. The rule on appraisal access requires creditors to notify consumers within a certain time period of their right to receive a copy of the appraisal and requires creditors to provide copies of the appraisal and other written valuation.

        On January 20, 2013, the CFPB issued is final loan originator compensation rules which, among other things, create compensation restrictions and qualifications for loan originators. Under the rule, loan originators are prohibited from basing their compensation on "any transaction's terms or conditions" and dual compensation is generally prohibited. The rule mandates certain qualifications for loan originators, such as licensing, and requires loan originator organizations to ensure compliance with the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, where applicable. The rule also prohibits the use of mandatory arbitration clauses in both mortgage and home equity loan agreements. The financing of single premiums or fees for credit insurance in connection with a consumer credit transaction secured by a dwelling is prohibited by the rule. The provisions of the rule prohibiting mandatory arbitration clauses and financing of single-premium credit insurance are effective June 1, 2013. On September 13, 2013, the CFPB relased a finalized amendment to its January 20, 2013 release, including changing the definition of "loan originator" to exclude employees in certain administrative and clerical roles and further clarification on the meaning of "credit terms." The other provisions of the rule are effective January 10, 2014, except for the loan originator compensation provisions which will now become effective on January 1, 2014.

        The CFPB also plans to finalize or introduce other mortgage-related rules in 2013, including its proposal to combine certain disclosures that consumers receive in connection with applying for, and closing on, a mortgage loan under TILA and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. On February 11, 2013, the CFPB issued a bulletin to provide guidance to servicers about the potential risks to consumers arising from servicing transfers. The bulletin sets forth the areas of focus for the CFPB in connection with servicing transfers and the requirement that servicers create written plans for managing consumer risk from such transfers.

        We are committed to complying with all applicable laws, regulations and contractual agreements. We believe that compliance is best managed by integrating responsibility within each department's activities to promote management and employee ownership. Accordingly, we have implemented a matrixed approach to the integration of our Compliance Program that utilizes expertise within the organization and defines clear responsibilities for the Program; specifically, business units are responsible for defining and managing compliance performance through process-based controls/risk remediation and reporting. Centralized monitoring and independent review, control testing/validation and regulation interpretation is performed by our Corporate Quality Control, Enterprise Risk Management & Regulatory Compliance, Internal Audit and Legal groups.

        We have established a Compliance Committee to oversee the Compliance Program, engender a culture conducive to ethical conduct and compliance throughout the Company, proactively identify and respond to changes in our risk profile and regulatory environment, and establish compliance program

123


Table of Contents

standards, articulated in compliance policies. The Committee has identified Compliance Officers throughout the organization to oversee specific areas of compliance. Committee membership includes senior management from all divisions and meets monthly to remain updated on recurring and rotational topics.

        We administer a role-centric Compliance Training Program to promote a shared and contemporary understanding of compliance issues and regulations affecting the mortgage industry among our workforce. Compliance awareness is introduced with on-boarding training and reinforced through mandatory coursework.

        During 2012, our loan origination and servicing operations were reviewed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the FDIC and by many of the states where we are licensed. There were no significant findings of violations of law from any of these reviews.

Intellectual Property

        We hold registered trademarks with respect to the name PennyMac®, the swirl design appearing in certain PennyMac drawings and logos and various additional designs and word marks relating to the PennyMac name. We do not otherwise rely on any copyright, patent or other form of registration to protect our rights in our intellectual property. Our other intellectual property includes proprietary know-how and technological innovations, such as our proprietary loan-level analytics "LENESM" (Loan Enhancement Normalization Engine) for distressed loan management, and other trade secrets that we have developed to maintain our competitive position.

Competition

        Given the diverse and specialized nature of our businesses, we do not believe we have a direct competitor for the totality of our business. We compete with a number of nationally-focused companies in each of our businesses.

        In our mortgage banking segment, we compete with large financial institutions and with other independent residential mortgage loan producers and servicers, such as Wells Fargo, JP Morgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, U.S. Bank, Quicken Loans, Nationstar Mortgage, Ocwen Financial Corporation and Walter Investment Management Corp. In our correspondent and retail lending businesses, we compete on the basis of product offerings, technical knowledge, manufacturing quality, speed of execution, rate and fees. In our servicing business, we compete on the basis of experience in the residential loan servicing business, quality of high-touch special servicing and historical servicing performance.

        In our investment management segment, we compete for capital with both traditional and alternative investment managers. We compete on the basis of historical track record of risk-adjusted returns, experience of investment management team, the return profile of prospective investment opportunities and on the level of fees and expenses.

Facilities

        Our corporate offices are located at 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021, in a 142,000 square foot leased facility. This location, along with an additional 28,000 square feet leased in an adjacent property, house our primary mortgage banking and investment management operations as well as our administrative offices.

        We lease seven additional locations throughout the country generally housing loan production activities. Our retail lending business occupies 32,000 square feet in Pasadena, CA and 26,000square feet in Sacramento, CA for telemarketing and loan processing. We have three branches located in Egan, MN, Henderson, NV and Honolulu, HI devoted to loan production. We also lease 20,000 square

124


Table of Contents

feet in Tampa, FL devoted to our correspondent lending business. In the second quarter of 2013 we entered into a licensing agreement for 42,000 square feet of office space in Fort Worth, Texas with the intent of using this space for loan servicing and back office operations.

        None of our leases extend beyond five years and the financial commitments are immaterial to the scope of our operations.

Employees

        As of June 30, 2013, we had 1,297 full-time and three part-time employees, all of whom are based in the United States. We also employ 78 contractors. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we may be exposed to litigation relating to our products and operations. We are not currently engaged in any legal proceedings that are expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions or results of operations.

125


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the directors and executive officers of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.:

Name
  Age   Position(s)

Stanford Kurland

    61   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

David Spector

    50   President and Chief Operating Officer and Director

Steve Bailey

    52   Chief Mortgage Operations Officer

Andrew Chang

    36   Chief Business Development Officer

Vandad Fartaj

    39   Chief Capital Markets Officer

Jeffrey Grogin

    53   Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary

Douglas Jones

    56   Chief Correspondent Lending Officer

Anne McCallion

    59   Chief Financial Officer

David Walker

    58   Chief Credit and Enterprise Risk Officer

Matthew Botein

    40   Director

James Hunt

    62   Director

Joseph Mazzella

    60   Director

Farhad Nanji

    35   Director

John Taylor

    62   Director

Mark Wiedman

    42   Director

        Stanford Kurland.    Mr. Kurland has been the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Executive Officer of PNMAC since its formation in January 2008. In addition, Mr. Kurland has been the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust since July 2009, the Chairman of PNMAC Capital Management, LLC since March 2008, and the Chairman of PennyMac Loan Services, LLC since its formation in February 2008. Before founding the Company, from January 1979 to September 2006, Mr. Kurland served as a director and held several executive positions, including president, chief financial officer and chief operating officer, at Countrywide Financial Corporation, a diversified financial services company. Mr. Kurland holds a B.S. from California State University, Northridge. We believe Mr. Kurland is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is our Chief Executive Officer and an accomplished financial services executive with more than 30 years of experience in the mortgage banking arena.

        David Spector.    Mr. Spector has been the President and Chief Operating Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been President and Chief Investment Officer of PNMAC since January 2008. In addition, Mr. Spector has been a member of the board of trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust since May 2009, a member of the board of directors of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP since May 2008, and a member of the board of directors of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC since May 2008. Before joining the Company, Mr. Spector was co-head of global residential mortgages for Morgan Stanley, a global financial services firm, based in London. Before joining Morgan Stanley in September 2006, Mr. Spector was the senior managing director, secondary marketing, at Countrywide Financial Corporation, where he was employed from May 1990 to August 2006. Mr. Spector has also been a member of the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. since its formation. Mr. Spector holds a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles. We believe Mr. Spector is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is our President and Chief Operating Officer and an experienced executive with broad mortgage banking

126


Table of Contents

expertise in portfolio investments, interest rate and credit risk management, and capital markets activity that includes pricing, trading and hedging.

        Steve Bailey.    Mr. Bailey has been our Chief Mortgage Operations Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Servicing Officer of PNMAC since April 2010. Mr. Bailey is responsible for directing our loan servicing and retail origination operation, including the implementation of the methods and programs directed at improving the value of acquired loans, as well as setting and managing performance goals for all aspects of the servicing and loan administration functions. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bailey served as a mortgage servicing executive at Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from November 2004 until February 2010. Prior to this role, Mr. Bailey served as Chief Executive Officer of Loan Administration for Countrywide Home Loans following a progressive career in a variety of management and leadership positions in servicing operations from May 1985 until June 2008. Mr. Bailey holds a B.M. from the University of Southern California.

        Andrew Chang.    Mr. Chang has been ourChief Business Development Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Business Development Officer of PNMAC since May 2009. Mr. Chang was formerly the Chief Fund Administration Officer of PNMAC from January 2008 to May 2009. Mr. Chang is responsible for sourcing investment opportunities and overseeing our corporate development activities. From June 2005 to May 2008, Mr. Chang was a director at BlackRock, Inc., a global investment manager, and a senior member in its advisory services practice, specializing in financial strategy and risk management for banks and mortgage companies. Before joining BlackRock, Mr. Chang was a management consultant and engagement manager at McKinsey & Company, a global consulting firm, from September 1999 to May 2005, advising large global financial institutions in the areas of strategy, operational performance and organization. Mr. Chang holds an A.B. from Harvard University.

        Vandad Fartaj.    Mr. Fartaj has been our Chief Capital Markets Officer of since our formation in December 2012. In addition, Mr. Fartaj has been the Chief Capital Markets Officer of PNMAC since March 2010. He previously served as Managing Director, Capital Markets at PNMAC from April 2008 to March 2010. Mr. Fartaj is responsible for all capital markets and investment activities, including asset valuation, trading, hedging, secondary marketing, and risk management. Prior to joining the Company, he was employed in a variety of positions, including vice president, whole loan trading, at Countrywide Securities Corporation, a broker-dealer, where he was employed from November 1999 to April 2008. Mr. Fartaj holds a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles.

        Jeffrey Grogin.    Mr. Grogin has been our Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Administrative and Legal Officer and Secretary of PNMAC since its formation in January 2008. Mr. Grogin is responsible for overseeing our legal management and affairs, administration and human resources. Mr. Grogin began his legal career in 1987 as an associate with Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher where he worked on mergers and acquisitions, securities and mortgage banking related matters. Thereafter, from 1991 to 2002 he was a founding and managing partner of Samaha Grogin, LLP, a niche law firm representing local, national, and international clients in specialized litigation and complex transactional matters. In 2000, Mr. Grogin became chief executive officer and general counsel for Snood, LLC, a software game publisher. Mr. Grogin holds a B.S. from the University of Florida and a J.D. from Loyola Law School.

        Douglas Jones.    Mr. Jones has been our Chief Correspondent Lending Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Correspondent Lending Officer of PNMAC since June 2011. Mr. Jones is responsible for all business activities and production within our correspondent lending business. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Jones was the senior managing director, correspondent lending at Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor) from July 1997 until May 2011, where he was responsible for managing and overseeing the

127


Table of Contents

company's correspondent and warehouse lending operations. Mr. Jones holds a B.A. from California State University, Sacramento.

        Anne McCallion.    Ms. McCallion has been our Chief Financial Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Financial Officer of PNMAC since May 2009. Ms. McCallion is responsible for overseeing our financial management, reporting and controls, compliance, and tax management. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. McCallion was employed by Countrywide Financial Corporation (and Bank of America Corporation, as its successor), where she worked in a variety of executive positions, including deputy chief financial officer and senior managing director, finance, from July 1991 to December 2008. From January 2009 to March 2009, Ms. McCallion was an independent financial consultant. Ms. McCallion holds a B.S. from Gannon University and an M.B.A. from Ashland University.

        David Walker.    Mr. Walker has been our Chief Credit and Enterprise Risk Officer since our formation in December 2012 and has been the Chief Credit Officer of PNMAC since its formation in January 2008 and its Chief Operating Officer since June 2011. Mr. Walker is responsible for credit, new loan underwriting and modification standards, portfolio management and technology. Prior to this role, Mr. Walker served as chief credit officer at New World Financial, a mortgage lender, from April 2007 to January 2008. From 1992 to 2007, Mr. Walker was employed in a variety of executive positions at Countrywide Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries, including chief credit officer for Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. and chief lending officer for Countrywide Bank, N.A., where he was responsible for the bank's lending, credit and portfolio management activities. Mr. Walker holds a B.A. from California State University, Fullerton and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

        Biographical information for Mr. Kurland and Mr. Spector is provided above under "Executive Officers." Certain biographical information for our other directors is set forth below.

        Matthew Botein.    Mr. Botein has been a member of our board of directors since our formation in December 2012. Since November 2009, Mr. Botein has been employed at BlackRock, Inc., a global investment manager, where he currently holds the position of managing director and co-head of BlackRock Alternative Investors, as well as the title of Chief Investment Officer for alternative investments. He previously served as chairman of Botein & Co., LLC, a private investment and advisory firm, from July 2009 through November 2009 and as a managing director and member of the Management Committee of Highfields Capital Management LP, an investment management firm, where he worked from April 2003 through July 2009. He also currently serves on the board of Northeast Bancorp, a bank holding company. He previously served on the board of trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and on the boards of directors of Aspen Insurance Holdings Limited, First American Corporation and CoreLogic, Inc. Mr. Botein holds an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Botein is qualified to serve on our board of directors as a result of his considerable experience in the financial services industry, where he has managed portfolio investments in the banking, insurance, asset management, capital markets, and financial processing sectors.

        James Hunt.    Mr. Hunt has been a member of our board of directors of since April 26, 2013. Mr. Hunt currently serves as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of THL Credit, Inc., an externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company, and of THL Credit Advisors, a registered investment advisor that provides administrative services to THL Credit, Inc., since April 2010 and has held similar executive positions with predecessor entities. Previously, Mr. Hunt co-founded and was CEO and Managing Partner of Bison Capital Asset Management, LLC, a private equity firm, since 2001. Prior to co-founding Bison Capital, Mr. Hunt was the President of SunAmerica Corporate Finance and Executive Vice President of SunAmerica

128


Table of Contents

Investments (subsequently, AIG SunAmerica). Mr. Hunt also serves as a director of THL Credit, Inc. and Lender Processing Services, Inc., and formerly served on the boards of Primus Guaranty, Ltd. and Fidelity National Information Services, Inc. Mr. Hunt received a BBA from the University of Texas at El Paso and an MBA from the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School. In determining that Mr. Hunt should serve as a director, our board considered his experience in managing financial services companies and in capital markets.

        Joseph Mazzella.    Mr. Mazzella has been a member of our board of directors since our formation in December 2012. Mr. Mazzella is a Managing Director and the General Counsel of Highfields Capital Management LP, an investment management firm, which he joined in 2002. Prior to joining Highfields, Mr. Mazzella was a partner at the law firm of Nutter, McClennen & Fish, L.L.P., in Boston, Massachusetts. Prior to private practice, he was an attorney at the Securities & Exchange Commission from 1978 to 1980, and before that served as a clerk in the Superior Court of the District of Columbia. Mr. Mazzella has served on multiple public company boards of directors, including Alliant Techsystems, Inc. and Data Transmission Networks Corporation, and he served as Chairman of the Board of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. Mr. Mazzella received a B.A. from City College of New York and a J.D. from Rutgers University School of Law. We believe Mr. Mazzella is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he is an experienced executive and director with strong business and legal backgrounds in the financial services industry.

        Farhad Nanji.    Mr. Nanji has been a member of our board of directors of since our formation in December 2012. Mr. Nanji is a Managing Director of Highfields Capital Management LP, an investment management firm, which he joined in 2006 where he focuses on portfolio investments in distressed securities, restructurings, structured credit and global financial services. Prior to joining Highfields, Mr. Nanji was an associate with HighVista Strategies, an investment management firm. Before that, he served as an engagement manager in the financial institutions group at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Nanji received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.Com. degree from McGill University. We believe Mr. Nanji is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his valuable expertise in the mortgage and financial services businesses.

        John Taylor.    Mr. Taylor has been a member of our board of directors of since March 4, 2013. Prior to his retirement in September 2011, Mr. Taylor was a senior audit partner in KPMG LLP's financial services practice, where he served as the lead audit engagement partner for publicly held banking and finance clients for 25 years. He also currently serves on the board of directors of Wilshire Bancorp, Inc. (WIBC), a bank holding company, and Wilshire State Bank, a California state-chartered commercial bank. Mr. Taylor received a B.S. from the University of Southern California, and is a licensed certificate public accountant in the state of California. We believe Mr. Taylor is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in providing professional accounting and auditing services to the financial services industry.

        Mark Wiedman.    Mr. Wiedman has been a member of our board of directors of since its formation in December 2012. Mr. Wiedman has been the global head of BlackRock, Inc.'s iShares business since September 2011 and is a member of BlackRock's Global Operating Committee. Previously, Mr. Wiedman was the head of Corporate Strategy for BlackRock and led the clients and advisory team within the Financial Markets Advisory Group in BlackRock Solutions, a group which advises financial institutions and governments on managing their capital markets exposures and businesses. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2004, Mr. Wiedman, as executive director, led the global product development and strategy group at Morgan Stanley Investment Management. He previously was a management consultant at McKinsey & Company, a global consulting firm, advising financial institutions in the United States, Europe and Japan. He also served as senior advisor and chief of staff for the Under Secretary for Domestic Finance at the US Treasury Department. Mr. Wiedman previously served on the board of trustees of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust. He has taught as

129


Table of Contents

an adjunct associate professor of law at Fordham University in New York and Renmin University in Beijing. Mr. Wiedman earned an A.B. degree from Harvard College and a J.D. degree from Yale Law School. We believe Mr. Wiedman is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his numerous years of experience in the financial industry and deep understanding of our business.

Composition of the Board of Directors

        Our bylaws provide that our board of directors will consist of the number of directors that our board of directors may determine from time to time, up to a maximum of 10 directors. Our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields provide that our board of directors will consist of no more than nine directors as long as those entities and their affiliates hold at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Those agreements also provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields will have the right to nominate two individuals for election to our board of directors as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 15% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, and the right to nominate one individual for election to our board of directors as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. We, in turn, are obligated to use our best efforts to ensure that these nominees are elected. Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors. Our board of directors consists of (i) Messrs. Botein and Wiedman, the two directors designated by BlackRock, (ii) Messrs. Nanji and Mazzella, the two directors designated by Highfields, (iii) Messrs. Taylor and Hunt, independent directors, (iv) our president and chief operating officer and (v) our chief executive officer. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Botein, Mazzella, Nanji, Taylor, Wiedman and Hunt are independent for the purpose of serving on our board of directors under the independence standards promulgated by the NYSE.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, a governance and nominating committee, a related-party matters committee and a finance committee. The initial composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Our separate stockholder agreements with Blackrock and Highfields provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields, as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, will have the right to nominate one member of each committee of our board of directors. Pursuant to those agreements, as long as those nominees meet the independence standards applicable to those committees, we will appoint them as members of those committees. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or, subject to the terms of the stockholder agreements, until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

        Our audit committee provides oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process, the audit of our financial statements and our internal control function. Among other matters, the audit committee is responsible for the following: assisting the board of directors in oversight of the independent auditors' qualifications, independence and performance; the engagement, retention and compensation of the independent auditors; reviewing the scope of the annual audit; reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements including the disclosures in our annual and quarterly reports filed with the SEC; reviewing our risk assessment and risk management processes; establishing procedures for receiving, retaining and investigating complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters; and approving audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditor. In addition, our audit committee will oversee our internal audit function.

130


Table of Contents

        The current members of our audit committee are John Taylor, who is the chair of the committee, Farhad Nanji and Matthew Botein. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Taylor is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE. Messrs. Taylor and Nanji are independent directors of our audit committee as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. While our board of directors determined that Mr. Botein is not independent for purposes of serving on the audit committee, we intend to rely on the NYSE's transition rules applicable to companies completing an initial public offering.

        Our compensation committee adopts and administers the compensation policies, plans and benefit programs for our executive officers and all other members of our executive team. Our compensation committee is also responsible for making recommendations regarding non-employee director compensation to the full board of directors. In addition, among other things, our compensation committee will evaluate annually, in consultation with the board of directors, the performance of our chief executive officer, review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executives and evaluate the performance of these executives in light of those goals and objectives. Our compensation committee will also adopt and administer our equity compensation plans. The current members of our compensation committee are Matthew Botein, who is the chair of the committee, Farhad Nanji and James Hunt. All of the members of our compensation committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE.

        Our governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things, making recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our board of directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates and the structure and composition of committees of our board of directors. In addition, our governance and nominating committee oversees our corporate governance guidelines, approve our committee charters, oversees compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, contributes to succession planning, reviews actual and potential conflicts of interest of our directors and officers other than related party transactions reviewed by the related-party matters committee and oversees the board self-evaluation process. The current members of our governance and nominating committee are James Hunt, who is the chair of the committee, Joseph Mazzella and Mark Wiedman. All of the members of our governance and nominating committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE.

        Our related-party matters committee reviews and approves certain transactions, and resolves other potential conflicts of interest, between us or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and PMT, the Investment Funds and any other non-wholly-owned entity that we manage or over which we have control (whether through ownership, voting power, contract or otherwise), on the other hand. Among other matters, the related-party matters committee will review and approve any amendments of or extensions to our agreements with PMT. The current members of our related-party matters committee are Joseph Mazzella, who is the chair of the committee, Mark Wiedman and John Taylor.

131


Table of Contents

        Our finance committee assists our board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to our financial objectives, policies, procedures and activities, including the review of our capital structure, source of funds, liquidity and financial position. The current members of our finance committee are Farhad Nanji, who is the chair of the committee, Matthew Botein and James Hunt.

        None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, including our executive officers and directors, and those employees responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics is available on our website. We expect that, to the extent required by law, any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

132


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table presents compensation awarded in 2012 by PNMAC to our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated persons serving as executive officers, or paid to or accrued for those executive officers for services rendered during 2012. Prior to our formation in December 2012, Mr. Kurland served as the principal executive officer of PNMAC and Messrs. Spector and Jones served as executive officers of PNMAC. We refer to these executive officers as our "named executive officers."

Name & Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)(1)
  Equity
Awards
($)(2)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
  Total
($)
 

Stanford Kurland

    2012     950,000     3,029,604     354,257     43,797     4,163,754  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                     

David Spector

    2012     500,000     1,986,128         37,272     2,523,400  

President and Chief Operating Officer

                                     

Douglas Jones

    2012     300,000     690,706         244,171     1,234,877  

Chief Correspondent Lending Officer

                                     

(1)
Each amount shown represents the total amount of the bonus earned by the named executive officer during 2012, whether or not paid in 2012.

(2)
The amount shown represents the full grant date fair value, as determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation ("FASB ASC TOPIC 718"), of $140,353 with respect to 324.14 common units granted to Mr. Kurland by PNMAC on January 1, 2012, which common units were converted into 150,791 Class A Units of PNMAC following the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with our initial public offering of Class A common stock, and $213,904 with respect to 35.55 preferred units purchased by Mr. Kurland for $35,550 on November 1, 2012, which preferred units were converted into 14,143 Class A Units of PNMAC as part of the Recapitalization. PNMAC granted Mr. Kurland such common units, and permitted him to purchase such preferred units, in consideration for his forfeiture of a portion of the common units that were allocated to him under PNMAC's 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. Mr. Kurland forfeited such portion of the common units allocated to him in order to facilitate the participation of certain newly-hired executives in that 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

(3)
All Other Compensation for all three named executive officers consists of health insurance premiums and gross-up payments for the payment of self-employment taxes by each named executive officer. The Company paid gross-up payments to the named executive officers in the following amounts: $20,397 for Mr. Kurland, $13,872 for Mr. Spector, and $25,894 for Mr. Jones. PNMAC paid health insurance premiums to the named executive officers in the following amounts: $23,400 for Mr. Kurland, $23,400 for Mr. Spector, and $13,427 for Mr. Jones.



With respect to Mr. Jones, All Other Compensation also includes a $10,000 contribution paid by PNMAC to his 401(k) plan and 15,000 restricted share units awarded to Mr. Jones by PMT, consistent with its compensation program and philosophy, and recorded by PNMAC as a portion of its compensation expense and PCM's management fees. The restricted share units were granted on May 16, 2012 and have a full grant date fair value of $194,850 as determined in accordance with FASB ASC TOPIC 718. The restricted share units vest ratably over a four-year period beginning on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and entitle Mr. Jones to receive dividend equivalents during the vesting period.



In addition to the amounts shown in All Other Compensation, restricted share units were awarded to Mr. Kurland and Mr. Spector by PMT, consistent with its compensation program and philosophy. The restricted share units were granted on May 16, 2012 and have full grant date fair values, as determined in accordance with FASB ASC TOPIC 718, of $1,867,000 and $1,250,890 for Mr. Kurland and Mr. Spector, respectively. The restricted share units vest ratably over a four-year period beginning on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and entitle each named executive officer to receive dividend equivalents during the vesting period.

133


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

        The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012.

Name
  Number of
securities that
have not vested(1)
  Market value of
securities that
have not vested(2)
  Other
Awards
 

Stanford Kurland

    4,750.78   $ 28,404,914      

David Spector

    1,027.04     6,140,672      

Douglas Jones

    1,539.06     8,489,476      

(1)
With respect to Mr. Kurland, the amount shown represents 4,750.78 common units granted to Mr. Kurland that vest as follows: 511.35 units granted on September 22, 2009, all of which vest on September 22, 2013; 1,022.72 units granted on June 1, 2010, 340.91 of which vested on June 1, 2013 and 681.81 of which vest on June 1, 2014; 957.48 units granted on August 18, 2010, 319.16 of which vested on August 18, 2013 and 638.32 of which vest on August 18, 2014; 14.65 units granted on September 30, 2011, 6.89 of which vested on September 30, 2013 and 7.76 of which vest on September 30, 2014; 1,920.44 units granted on October 17, 2011, 902.91 of which vest on October 17, 2013 and 1,017.53 of which vest on October 17, 2014; and 324.14 units granted on January 1, 2012, 81.04 of which vest on January 1, 2014, 81.04 of which vest on January 1, 2015, and 162.07 of which vest on January 1, 2016. These common units were converted in the aggregate into 2,273,247 Class A Units of PNMAC with identical vesting schedules in the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

With respect to Mr. Spector, the amount shown represents 1,027.04 common units granted to Mr. Spector that vest as follows: 102.25 units granted on September 22, 2009, all of which vested on September 22, 2013; 204.53 units granted on June 1, 2010, 68.18 of which vested on June 1, 2013 and 136.35 of which vest on June 1, 2014; 331.22 units granted on August 18, 2010, 110.41 of which vested on August 18, 2013 and 220.81 of which vest on August 18, 2014; 3.91 units granted on September 30, 2011, 1.72 of which vest on September 30, 2013 and 2.19 of which vest on September 30, 2014; and 385.14 units granted on October 17, 2011, 169.53 of which vest on October 17, 2013 and 215.61 of which vest on October 17, 2014. These common units were converted in the aggregate into 490,876 Class A Units of PNMAC with identical vesting schedules in the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

With respect to Mr. Jones, the amount shown represents 1,319.19 Class C common units granted to Mr. Jones on June 1, 2011, 219.86 of which vested on June 1, 2013, 439.73 of which vest on June 1, 2014, and 879.46 of which vest on June 1, 2015. These common units were converted in the aggregate into 669,606 Class A Units of PNMAC with identical vesting schedules in the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

(2)
With respect to Messrs. Kurland and Spector, the amounts shown represent the market value of PNMAC common units on December 31, 2012, or $5,979 per unit, multiplied by the applicable number of unvested common units held by each such named executive officer on such date. With respect to Mr. Jones, the amount shown represents the market value of PNMAC Class C common units on December 31, 2012, or $5,516 per unit, multiplied by the number of unvested Class C common units held by Mr. Jones on such date.

Salaries and Bonuses

        We do not currently have formal written policies with respect to salaries and bonuses. Instead, our board of directors assesses salary and bonus recommendations made by our senior management after reviewing such recommendations alongside our performance and financial condition for the year and carefully evaluating each executive officer's performance during the year. In addition, our board of directors considers an executive officer's leadership qualities, business responsibilities and length of career with us in determining the appropriate amounts of salary and bonus compensation. In 2012, the board of directors of PNMAC also undertook a formal review of relevant market compensation data before determining salary adjustments and bonus amounts. To date, salary adjustments and bonuses for our executive officers have been approved by our board of directors (or, prior to the formation of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., the board of directors of PNMAC) on a discretionary basis in those

134


Table of Contents

instances where it desires to reward outstanding performance during the fiscal year by our executive officers, or where market compensation conditions otherwise dictate a need for retention purposes.

Pension Benefits

        We do not offer any defined benefit pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        We do not offer any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Employment Agreements

        On April 20, 2013, we entered into an employment agreement with Stanford Kurland, pursuant to which he will continue to serve as the chairman of our board of directors and the Chief Executive Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and PNMAC. On that same date, we entered into an employment agreement with David Spector, pursuant to which he will continue to serve as a member of our board of directors and as the President and Chief Operating Officer of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and the President and Chief Investment Officer of PNMAC. The terms of these agreements are described below.

        The employment agreements, each of which have a three year term, provide Mr. Kurland with an annual base salary of $900,000 and Mr. Spector with an annual base salary of $500,000, in each case, increased annually at a rate determined by our board of directors and compensation committee. Each of these executives will also be entitled to receive both cash and equity incentive compensation each year during the term of his employment agreement, awarded at levels determined by our board of directors and compensation committee based on annual performance targets. Equity granted will be subject to vesting, but any unvested awards shall immediately vest upon the death or disability of the executive, a termination by us other than for cause (as defined in the employment agreement), a termination by the executive for good reason (as defined in the employment agreement), or the expiration of the term of the employment agreement before any new agreement is reached. All options granted will be exercisable, subject only to vesting provisions, for a period of ten years from the date of grant, and will be eligible for cashless exercise in all circumstances. All of the compensation and benefits must, at a minimum, be targeted based on performance at a level commensurate with the total compensation paid to the top 25% of executives holding comparable positions in companies of comparable size and sophistication. The agreements also provide for the accrual of twenty days of paid time off at the executive's regular base pay rate during each year of the term, medical benefits, reimbursement for expenses related to tax advice and financial counseling not to exceed $25,000, an automobile allowance of up to $1,500 per month, reimbursement of reasonable business expenses, and participation in such other benefits programs as are provided to our executives generally.

        Each of these employment agreements provides for compensation and obligations in the event of certain terminations of employment. Upon a termination due to death or disability, a termination by us without cause, or a termination by the executive for good reason, in addition to any other amounts required by law to be paid to him, the executive would be entitled to the pro rata portion of any bonus earned but unpaid for the year during which the agreement is terminated, and we will generally reimburse the executive or his estate for any amounts paid by him or his estate for coverage of him and his family under our group health medical benefits plan pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, or COBRA, for as long as the executive or his family is eligible to receive such benefits under COBRA. Upon a termination due to death, the executive's estate will also receive severance payments equal to his base salary for a period of 6 months following such termination. Upon the expiration of the term of the employment agreement or upon a termination by us other than for cause or a termination by the executive for good reason, the executive will also serve as a consultant to

135


Table of Contents

us for an eighteen-month period commencing on the termination date. During the consulting period, the executive will receive in monthly installments, payments equal to one-twelfth of the executive's median annual base salary and one-twelfth of the executive's median annual incentive compensation, as calculated based on the executive's annual base salary and target incentive compensation for the year in which the termination date occurs and his annual base salary and actual incentive compensation for the two preceding years, provided that such compensation will cease if the executive engages in services for a business that competes with ours.

        Each employment agreement also provides that for 18 months following a termination of employment, the executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce any of our employees, consultants, independent contractors, agents or representatives of the Company, or those of our affiliates, to discontinue employment or engagement with us or our affiliates, or otherwise interfere with those relationships.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

        Except as noted below, all of the common units of PNMAC outstanding prior to the Recapitalization that occurred in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock were issued under PNMAC's initial Equity Incentive Plan. Under the terms of that plan and related award agreements that were entered into with recipients, these common units generally either vested over a three-year period beginning on the date of issuance or over a four-year period beginning on the date on which PNMAC hired the recipient, in either case as long as the recipient remains employed by us. The Class A Units of PNMAC into which those common units were converted as part of the Recapitalization will continue to vest pursuant to the same applicable vesting schedule. No additional equity awards are issuable under that plan.

        Additional common units were issued under PNMAC's 2011 Equity Incentive Plan to members of our management. Discretionary awards of common units were granted under that plan based on our performance and the performance of the participating individuals, in each case in accordance with parameters set forth in that plan. That plan provided that all common units issued under it would be vested in full upon issuance. No additional equity awards are issuable under that plan.

        All of the Class C common units outstanding prior to the Recapitalization were subject to terms set forth in an exhibit to the prior limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, which terms effectively constituted a separate equity incentive plan with respect to our Class C common units. In general, 12.5% of a recipient's Class C common units vested on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of issuance, and 25% and 50% of the units vested on the third anniversary and fourth anniversary, respectively, of the date of issuance. The Class A Units of PNMAC into which those Class C common units were converted as part of the Recapitalization will continue to vest pursuant to the same applicable vesting schedule. No additional Class C common units are issuable.

        Each of the three plans described above provided that all units held by a recipient under that plan would be forfeited and canceled following the termination of the employment of that recipient for "Cause," as defined in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC. Each of those plans also provided that PNMAC would have the right to repurchase vested units issued under that plan for a price representing the fair market value, as defined in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, of those units following the termination of the employment of the holder of those units for any reason other than "Cause." All unvested units issued under any of those plans would be forfeited upon the termination of the recipient's employment for any reason.

        The amendment and restatement of the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC that occurred in connection with the Recapitalization and the initial public offering of our Class A common

136


Table of Contents

stock eliminated all of our existing repurchase rights with respect to vested units issued under those plans upon the conversion of those units into Class A Units of PNMAC. The forfeiture and vesting provisions described above with respect to unvested units issued under those plans remain in effect with respect to the Class A Units of PNMAC into which those units were converted. No vesting of any units was accelerated in connection with the Recapitalization or our initial public offering.

        Certain of our employees were allowed to purchase preferred units of PNMAC from time to time under terms set forth in its prior limited liability company agreement. All of these preferred units were fully vested upon issuance, but remained subject to repurchase rights upon a termination of the holder's employment with us. The amendment and restatement of the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC in connection with our initial public offering eliminated all of our repurchase rights with respect to preferred units upon their conversion into Class A Units of PNMAC as part of the Recapitalization, other than those in connection with a termination for "Cause." If a termination is for "Cause," as defined in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, then we continue to have the right to repurchase that holder's Class A Units of PNMAC into which those preferred units were converted for a price equal to the lesser of (i) the unreturned face amount, which equals the consideration paid for the preferred unit less the amount of distributions previously made in respect of the preferred units, and (ii) the current fair value, as defined in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, of the Class A Units of PNMAC into which those preferred units were converted.

        The following is a summary of the material terms of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. It does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to our registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock option and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock unit awards, performance units, stock grants and qualified performance-based awards, which we collectively refer to as "awards" in connection with the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Directors, officers and other employees of the Company and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, are eligible for grants under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate highly competent officers, directors, employees and consultants to promote the success of our business.

        Under its terms, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors. The board of directors itself may also exercise any of the powers and responsibilities under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the plan administrator (the board or its compensation committee) will select the recipients of awards and determine, among other things, the:

        All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the compensation committee with respect to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and the terms and conditions of or operation of any award are final and

137


Table of Contents

binding on all participants, beneficiaries, heirs, assigns or other persons holding or claiming rights under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or any award.

        The aggregate number of shares of our common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted, subject to the automatic increase provisions described below, may not exceed 23,047,133 shares, including (i) 19,140,700 shares issuable under this plan in exchange for Class A Units of PNMAC held by our employees who are owners of PNMAC pursuant to the exchange agreement and (ii) a general pool of 3,906,433 shares for all other awards, which may be either authorized and unissued shares of our common stock or shares of common stock held in or acquired for our treasury. In general, if awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are for any reason cancelled, or expire or terminate unexercised, the number of shares covered by such awards will again be available for the grant of awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, (i) shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option and (ii) shares delivered to or withheld by us to pay the withholding taxes related to an award do not count as shares issued under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

        The general pool of 3,906,433 shares of common stock initially authorized under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan also will be increased each January 1 starting in 2014 by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1.75% of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis as of the end of our immediately preceding fiscal year, (ii) 1,322,024 shares, and (iii) any lower amount determined by our board.

        Members of our board of directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The selection of participants is within the sole discretion of the compensation committee.

        Incentive stock options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and will be granted pursuant to incentive stock option agreements. The plan administrator will determine the exercise price for an incentive stock option, which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant. In addition, incentive options granted to employees who own, or are deemed to own, more than 10% of our voting stock, must have an exercise price not less than 110% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant.

        Nonstatutory stock options are not intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and will be granted pursuant to nonstatutory stock option agreements. The plan administrator will determine the exercise price for a nonstatutory stock option, which may not be less than the fair market value of the stock underlying the option determined on the date of grant.

        A stock appreciation right, or a SAR, entitles a participant to receive a payment equal in value to the difference between the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the grant price of the SAR. SARs may be granted in tandem with a stock option, such that the recipient has the opportunity to exercise either the stock option or the SAR, but not both. The base exercise price (above which any appreciation is measured) will not be less than 50% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant of the SAR or, in the case of an SAR granted in

138


Table of Contents

tandem with a stock option, the exercise price of the related stock option. The administrator may pay that amount in cash, in shares of our common stock, or a combination. The terms, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR will be determined by the administrator at the time of the grant of award and will be reflected in the award agreement.

        A restricted stock award or restricted stock unit award is the grant of shares of our common stock either currently (in the case of restricted stock) or at a future date (in the case of restricted stock units) at a price determined by the administrator (including zero), that is nontransferable and is subject to substantial risk of forfeiture until specific conditions or goals are met. Conditions are typically based on continuing employment. During the period of restriction, participants holding shares of restricted stock shall, except as otherwise provided in an individual award agreement, have full voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares. Participants holding restricted stock units may be entitled to receive payments equivalent to any dividends declared with respect to the common stock referenced in the grant of the restricted stock units, but only following the close of the applicable restriction period and then only if the underlying common stock has been earned. The restrictions will lapse in accordance with a schedule or other conditions determined by the administrator.

        A performance unit award is a contingent right to receive predetermined shares of our common stock if certain performance goals are met. The value of performance units will depend on the degree to which the specified performance goals are achieved but are generally based on the value of our common stock. The administrator may, in its discretion, pay earned performance shares in cash, or stock, or a combination of both. Furthermore, based on the level of performance, the number of shares issued upon achievement of specified levels of performance could be more than the number of performance units.

        The Compensation Committee has discretion to select the length of any applicable restriction or performance period, the kind and/or level of the applicable performance goal, and whether the performance goal is to apply to us, one of our subsidiaries or any division or business unit, or to the recipient, provided that any performance goals be objective and otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. Generally, a recipient will be eligible to receive payment under a qualified performance-based award only if the applicable performance goal or goals are achieved within the applicable performance period, as determined by the Committee.

        A stock grant is an award of shares of common stock without restriction. Stock grants may only be made in limited circumstances, such as in lieu of other earned compensation. Stock grants are made without any forfeiture conditions.

        Qualified performance-based awards include performance criteria intended to satisfy Section 162(m) of the Code. Section 162(m) of the Code limits our federal income tax deduction for compensation to certain specified senior executives to $1 million dollars, but excludes from that limit "performance-based compensation." Any form of award permitted under the 2013 Plan, other than restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock grants, may be granted as a qualified performance-based award, but in each case will be subject to satisfaction of performance goals or (in the case of stock options) based on continued service. The performance criteria used to establish performance goals are limited to the following:

139


Table of Contents

(i) cash flow (before or after dividends), (ii) earnings per share (including, without limitation, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), (iii) stock price, (iv) return on equity, (v) stockholder return or total stockholder return, (vi) return on capital (including, without limitation, return on total capital or return on invested capital), (vii) return on investment, (viii) return on assets or net assets, (ix) market capitalization, (x) economic value added, (xi) debt leverage (debt to capital), (xii) revenue, (xiii) sales or net sales, (xiv) backlog, (xv) income, pre-tax income or net income, (xvi) operating income or pre-tax profit, (xvii) operating profit, net operating profit or economic profit, (xviii) gross margin, operating margin or profit margin, (xix) return on operating revenue or return on operating assets, (xx) cash from operations, (xxi) operating ratio, (xxii) operating revenue, (xxiii) market share improvement, (xxiv) general and administrative expenses and (xxv) customer service.

        Awards granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the compensation committee may provide for the transferability of nonstatutory stock options at the time of grant or thereafter to certain family members.

        In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock as a result of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar distribution with respect to the shares of common stock, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment will be made in (i) the maximum numbers and kinds of shares subject to the 2013 Plan, (ii) the numbers and kinds of shares or other securities subject to then outstanding awards, (iii) the exercise price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to then outstanding stock options or SARs (without change in the aggregate purchase price as to which such stock options or SARs remain exercisable), and (iv) the repurchase price of each share of restricted stock then subject to a risk of forfeiture in the form of a Company repurchase right. Any such adjustment in awards will be determined and made by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

        In the event of a transaction, including (i) any merger or consolidation of the Company, (ii) any sale or exchange of all of the common stock of the Company, (iii) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, or (iv) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the compensation committee may, with respect to all or any outstanding stock options and SARS, (1) provide that such awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent rights shall be provided in substitution therefore, (2) provide that the recipient's unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised within a specified period following written notice to the recipient, (3) provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable in whole or in part prior to or upon the transaction, (4) provide for cash payments, net of applicable tax withholdings, to be made to the recipients, (5) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds net of the exercise price of the awards and any applicable tax withholdings, or (6) any combination of the foregoing. With respect to outstanding awards other than stock options or SARs, upon the occurrence of a transaction other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company which is not part of another form of transaction, the repurchase and other rights of the Company under each such award will transfer to the Company's successor. Upon the occurrence of such a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, all risks of forfeiture and performance goals applicable to such other awards will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless specifically provided to the contrary in the

140


Table of Contents

award. Any determinations required to carry out any of the foregoing will be made by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion.

        Subject to any contrary provisions in any applicable award agreement, upon the occurrence of a change of control:

        A change of control is defined as the occurrence of any of the following: (1) a transaction, as described above, unless securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the resulting entity or ultimate parent entity are held by one or more persons who held securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company immediately prior to the transaction; (2) any person or group of persons, excluding the Company and certain other related entities, directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership of securities possessing more than 20% of the total combined voting power of the Company, unless pursuant to a tender or exchange offer that the Company's board of directors recommends stockholders accept; (3) over a period of no more than 36 consecutive months there is a change in the composition of the Company's board such that a majority of the board members ceases to be composed of individuals who either (i) have been board members continuously since the beginning of that period, or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as board members during such period by at least a majority of the remaining board members who have been board members continuously since the beginning of that period; or (4) a majority of the board members vote in favor of a decision that a change of control has occurred.

        Our board of directors may at any time amend any or all of the provisions of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise. Unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the rights of a participant under

141


Table of Contents

awards granted prior to any amendment, suspension or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of the participant. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan expires after ten years.

        It is not presently possible to determine the dollar value of award payments that may be made or the number of options, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other awards that may be granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan in the future, or the individuals who may be selected for such awards because awards under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are granted at the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

        PNMAC maintains a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Under the 401(k) plan, PNMAC makes matching contributions to participants equal to 100% of the participant's elective deferrals, up to a maximum of 4% of the participant's annual compensation. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

        As permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Pursuant to Delaware law such protection would be not available for liability:

        Our certificate of incorporation also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of our certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

        Our bylaws further provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

142


Table of Contents

        In addition, our bylaws also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

        The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC also provides that PNMAC indemnify its officers, members, managers and other affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, and advance expenses to its officers, members, managers and other affiliates as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. The rights conferred in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC are not exclusive.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws for expenses such as, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, arising out of the person's services as our director or executive officer or as the director or executive officer of any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. In addition, our indemnification agreements also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the indemnification agreements are not exclusive. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The SEC has taken the position that personal liability of directors for violation of the federal securities laws cannot be limited and that indemnification by us for any such violation is unenforceable. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. had no directors during our 2012 fiscal year, and no compensation was paid to or earned by the non-employee directors of PNMAC during our 2012 fiscal year. On May 14, 2013, following our initial public offering of our Class A common stock, the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. approved the following annual retainer fees for non-employee directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.:

Base Annual Retainer, all board members

  $ 65,000  

Base Annual Retainer, all committee members:

       

Audit Committee

  $ 7,750  

Compensation Committee

  $ 7,750  

Governance and Nominating Committee

  $ 5,750  

Related Party Matters Committee

  $ 5,750  

Finance Committee

  $ 7,750  

Additional Annual Retainer, all committee chairs:

       

Audit Committee

  $ 10,750  

Compensation Committee

  $ 10,750  

Governance and Nominating Committee

  $ 7,750  

Related Party Matters Committee

  $ 7,750  

Finance Committee

  $ 10,750  

143


Table of Contents

        On May 14, 2013, the board of directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. also granted 4,459 restricted stock units under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to each of the non-employee directors of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., with each such restricted stock unit representing a contingent right to receive 1 share of Class A common stock upon settlement. One-third of these restricted stock units vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service through each vesting date. Each restricted stock unit is otherwise subject to the provisions of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

        The form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement entered into by us with each non-employee director in connection with the grants described above is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and is incorporated herein by reference.

144


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

        Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Exchange Agreement

        We have entered into an exchange agreement with all of the owners of Class A Units of PNMAC other than us that entitles those owners to exchange their Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Those owners are able to exercise their exchange rights at any time. In addition, we can require those owners to exercise their exchange rights (i) in connection with a change of control of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. or (ii) if no holder of Class A Units of PNMAC (other than us) holds 3% or more of all Class A Units of PNMAC, in each case unless the cash and, in the case of a change of control, marketable securities that they would receive in connection with such exchange (including the after-tax value of amounts received pursuant to the tax receivable agreement and any amounts advanced to them by us, which advanced amounts will be repaid upon the sale of the Class A common stock received in the exchange) would not be sufficient to cover the taxes that those owners would become liable for as a result of such exchange. Even if that cash would not be sufficient to cover their taxes, we can still require those owners to exchange if no holder holds more than 3% of all Class A Units of PNMAC by electing to effect the exchange at 110% of the exchange rate otherwise in effect. We can also require an owner who is an officer or employee to exercise his or her exchange rights, upon the termination of his or her employment. If PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has distributed excess cash or property to its stockholders prior to an exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC by an owner pursuant to the exchange agreement, then upon such exchange such owner will also receive, in respect of each share of Class A common stock issued in such exchange, the amount of such excess cash or property that was distributed in each such prior distribution in respect of each share of Class A common stock outstanding at the time of such prior distribution. Excess property consists of any property, other than cash, that was not distributed to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by PNMAC. Excess cash consists of any amount by which the cumulative amount of all cash distributed by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to its stockholders exceeds (i) the cumulative amount of all cash distributed to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by PNMAC, LLC, less (ii) the cumulative amount of all cash payments made by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. for any purpose other than repaying debt or making distributions to its stockholders, each measured as of the time of the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC. The exchange agreement provides, however, that voluntary exchanges must be for the lesser of a stated minimum number of Class A Units of PNMAC or all of the vested Class A Units of PNMAC held by such owner. The exchange agreement also provides that an owner will not have the right to exchange Class A Units of PNMAC if PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with PNMAC to which the owner may be subject. PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchanges that it determines to

145


Table of Contents

be necessary or advisable so that PNMAC is not treated as a "publicly traded partnership" for United States federal income tax purposes.

Stockholder Agreements

        We have entered into separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields which provide that our board of directors will consist of no more than nine directors as long as those entities and their affiliates hold at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. Those agreements also provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields will have the right to nominate two individuals for election to our board of directors as long it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 15% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, and the right to nominate one individual for election to our board of directors as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock. We, in turn, are obligated to use our best efforts to ensure that these nominees are elected. In addition, those agreements provide that each of BlackRock and Highfields, as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, will have the right to nominate one member of each committee of our board of directors. As long as those nominees meet the independence standards applicable to those committees, we will appoint them as members of those committees. Those agreements also provide that neither our certificate of incorporation nor our bylaws, as in effect from time to time, may be amended in any manner that is adverse to BlackRock, Highfields or their respective affiliates without the consent of BlackRock or Highfields, as applicable, as long it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock.

Registration Rights Agreement

        We have entered into a registration rights agreement with BlackRock, Highfields and the other owners of PNMAC other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. pursuant to which BlackRock, Highfields and certain permitted transferees have the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register for resale the shares of our Class A common stock delivered in exchange for Class A Units of PNMAC held by them. Any such securities registered under any registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply.

        Demand Registration Rights.    BlackRock and Highfields and certain permitted transferees each have the right to demand that we register their Class A common stock for resale, subject to the conditions set forth in the registration rights agreement, no more than three times in any twelve month period. Beginning on November 8, 2013, BlackRock and Highfields and certain permitted transferees will have the right under the registration rights agreement to require that we register their Class A common stock for resale. Such registration demand must reasonably be expected to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds to such demanding stockholder in excess of $25 million. Each of BlackRock and Highfields and certain permitted transferees will have the right to participate in any such demand registrations. We will not be obligated to effect a demand registration within 120 days of the effective date of a registration statement filed by us. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 60 days once in any 12-month period if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect any material financing or acquisition of ours or require premature disclosure of information that would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to us. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement filed in response to the exercise of these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these demand registration rights.

        Piggyback Registration Rights.    BlackRock, Highfields, certain of their permitted transferees and the minority stockholders which are parties to the agreement will each have the right to "piggyback" on any registration statements that we file on an unlimited basis, subject to the conditions set forth in the

146


Table of Contents

registration rights agreement. If we register any securities for public sale, stockholders with piggyback registration rights under the registration rights agreement have the right to include their shares in the registration for resale by them, subject to specified limitations and exceptions.

        S-3 Registration Rights.    If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the stockholders with S-3 registration rights under the registration rights agreement and certain permitted transferees can request that we register their shares for resale. Any registration must be reasonably expected by the demanding stockholder to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds to such demanding stockholder in excess of $10 million, and no more than three demands for an S-3 registration may be made in any 12-month period. If we are eligible as a Well Known Seasoned Issuer, or WKSI, the requesting stockholders may request that the shelf registration statement utilize the automatic shelf registration process under Rule 415 and Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act. If we are not eligible as a WKSI or are otherwise ineligible to utilize the automatic shelf registration process, then we are required to use our reasonable efforts to have the shelf registration statement declared effective.

Tax Receivable Agreement

        As described above, the holders of Class A Units of PNMAC other than us may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of our Class A common stock, initially on a one-for-one basis. PNMAC intends to have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock occurs, which may result in a special adjustment for PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. with respect to the tax basis of the assets of PNMAC at the time of an exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, which adjustment affects only PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., which we refer to as the "corporate taxpayer." The subsequent exchanges are expected to result in special increases for the corporate taxpayer in the tax basis of the assets of PNMAC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that the corporate taxpayer would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of the existing tax basis, tax basis increase and increased deductions, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

        We have entered into a tax receivable agreement with the owners of PNMAC other than us that provides for the payment from time to time by the corporate taxpayer to those owners of 85% of the amount of the net tax benefits, if any, that the corporate taxpayer is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A Units of PNMAC and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of the corporate taxpayer and not of PNMAC. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the tax benefit deemed realized by the corporate taxpayer will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of the corporate taxpayer (calculated with certain assumptions) to the taxes that the corporate taxpayer would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of PNMAC as a result of the exchanges, and had the corporate taxpayer not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless (i) the corporate taxpayer exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement in exchange for an early termination payment in an amount based on the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits (calculated with certain assumptions) or (ii) the corporate taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if the corporate taxpayer had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The

147


Table of Contents

actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

        We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. by PNMAC are not sufficient to permit PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. Furthermore, our obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that are deemed realized under the tax receivable agreement. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon the continued ownership of us by the exchanging owners of PNMAC.

        In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the corporate taxpayer's (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired Class A Units of PNMAC (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual net tax benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future net tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity, as well as our attractiveness as a target for an acquisition.

        Decisions made by certain owners of Class A Units of PNMAC in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other

148


Table of Contents

changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments.

        Payments are generally due under the tax receivable agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return. Payments not made when due under the tax receivable agreement generally would accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points. However, in the event that we do not have sufficient cash available to make a payment under the tax receivable agreement when that payment is due, under certain circumstances we may elect to defer that payment for up to two years. Payments that are deferred pursuant to this election would accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 350 basis points.

        Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement (except to the extent such amounts can be applied against future amounts that would otherwise be due under the tax receivable agreement). As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

PNMAC Limited Liability Company Agreement

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. is the sole managing member of PNMAC. Accordingly, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of PNMAC and, through PNMAC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.

        Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to unit holders of PNMAC and the amount of any such distributions, other than with respect to tax distributions as described below. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the unit holders of PNMAC pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.

        The unit holders of PNMAC, including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of PNMAC. Except as otherwise required under Section 704(c) of the Code, net profits and net losses of PNMAC will generally be allocated to its unit holders (including PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with their respective limited liability company interests. The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC will provide for quarterly cash distributions, which we refer to as "tax distributions," to the holders of the Class A Units of PNMAC if PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., as the sole managing member of PNMAC, determines that the taxable income of PNMAC gives rise to taxable income for such holders. Generally, these quarterly tax distributions will be computed based on the taxable income of PNMAC multiplied by an assumed tax rate determined by us. Tax distributions will be made only to the extent that all distributions from PNMAC for the relevant year were insufficient to cover such tax liabilities.

        The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC also provides that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and income tax expenses of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., will be borne by PNMAC.

149


Table of Contents

        The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC generally provides that at any time we issue a share of our Class A common stock or any other equity security, the net proceeds received by us with respect to such share, if any, shall be concurrently transferred to PNMAC and PNMAC will issue to us one Class A Unit with respect to such issuance of Class A common stock (or another equity interest in PNMAC with respect to other equity issuances by us). Conversely, if at any time, any shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed by us for cash, then PNMAC will redeem from us the same number of Class A Units of PNMAC (subject to any change in the initial exchange rate provided for in the exchange agreement) at the same price.

        Other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., in its capacity as managing member, holders of the Class A Units of PNMAC will have no voting rights with respect to PNMAC, except that (i) the managing member shall not create additional classes of units or securities for issuance to any party other than PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and (ii) the managing member and PNMAC shall take no action or enter into any agreement that would limit the ability of PNMAC to make tax distributions or the ability of the managing member to make payments under the tax receivable agreement, provided that the managing member and PNMAC may enter into credit, financing or warehousing or similar agreements that limit or prohibit the making of tax distributions or payments under the tax receivable agreement if there is a default or event of default or if such distributions could result in a default or event of default thereunder, in each case without the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields, as long as it, together with its affiliates, holds any Class A Units of PNMAC.

        Also, as long as BlackRock or Highfields, together with its affiliates, holds at least 3% of the number of Class A Units of PNMAC that were outstanding immediately following the initial public offering of our Class A common stock and the related purchase of Class A Units of PNMAC by us with the proceeds of that offering, PNMAC may not, without the consent of that holder, make any dilutive issuance (generally any issuance of units to us other than an issuance of Class A Units of PNMAC to us in connection with the issuance by us of an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock as described above) of any units other than Class A Units of PNMAC to us. Further, as long as BlackRock or Highfields, together with its affiliates, holds any Class A Units of PNMAC, PNMAC may not, without the consent of that holder, make any dilutive issuance of any units to us if such issuance, together with all other such issuances made during the 365 day period ending on the date of such issuance, would cause the percentage of Class A Units of PNMAC (together with all other common equity securities of PNMAC) held by all members of PNMAC other than us to decrease by more than 0.5% during that period (ignoring, for the purposes of this calculation, units purchased by those members pursuant to the following sentence). Concurrently with each dilutive issuance, each member of PNMAC other than us will have the right to purchase, at the same price and on the same terms on which we are purchasing units in that dilutive issuance, up to the number of the same type of units as would be necessary for that member to beneficially own the same percentage of all such units outstanding immediately after the dilutive issuance as that member beneficially owned immediately prior to the dilutive issuance.

        Holders of Class A Units of PNMAC will also have consent rights for amendments to the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC that materially and adversely affect the rights or duties of a holder on a discriminatory and non-pro rata basis. In addition, so long as either BlackRock or Highfields continues to own, together with its affiliates, a number of Class A Units of PNMAC representing more than 10% of the Class A Units of PNMAC outstanding immediately after the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, its consent will be required for any amendment to the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC. The consent of BlackRock and Highfields and any other member to whom BlackRock or Highfields has transferred Class A units in compliance with the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC will also be required to any amendment that (i) reduces such holder's tax distributions, (ii) limits such holder's ability to exercise its rights under the exchange agreement, (iii) requires such holder to make a capital contribution, (iv) increases such

150


Table of Contents

holder's obligations or permits the appointment of a new managing member other than a successor to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. permitted under the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC, (v) reduces or eliminates fiduciary duties of the managing member or officers, (vi) restricts or eliminates permitted transfers of Class A Units of PNMAC, (vii) reduces or eliminates indemnification or exculpation provisions, or (viii) changes certain provisions regarding the issuance of units by PNMAC or shares by us. In addition, the consent of BlackRock and Highfields will be required to convert the legal form of Private National Mortgage Association Company, LLC into a corporation, or treat it as other than a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes.

Management Agreements

        Our subsidiary, PCM, enters into investment management agreements with investment companies or funds that invest in residential mortgage assets. Presently, PCM is party to management agreements with the Investment Funds and with PMT.

        These management agreements require us to oversee the business affairs of the Investment Funds and PMT in conformity with the investment policies that are approved and monitored by such client's board or management. We are responsible for the client's day-to-day management and perform such services and activities related to the client's assets and operations as may be appropriate.

        PMT Management Agreement.    Effective February 1, 2013, we renewed our management agreement with PMT and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. through February 1, 2017 and amended and restated its terms in order to better align the base and performance incentive components of our management fee with PMT's investment strategy. Pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated management agreement between PCM and PMT, PCM collects a base management fee and may collect a performance incentive fee, both payable quarterly and in arrears. The initial term of this management agreement expires, on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        The base management fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of "shareholder's equity." "Shareholders' equity" is defined as the sum of the net proceeds from any issuances of PMT's equity securities since its inception (weighted for the time outstanding during the measurement period); plus PMT's retained earnings at the end of the quarter; less any amount that PMT pays for repurchases of its common shares (weighted for the time held during the measurement period); and excluding one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain other non-cash charges after discussions between PCM and PMT's independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT's independent trustees.

        The base management fee is equal to the sum of (i) 1.5% per annum of shareholders' equity up to $2 billion, (ii) 1.375% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $2 billion and up to $5 billion, and (iii) 1.25% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $5 billion. The base management fee is paid in cash.

        The performance incentive fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of the amount by which "net income," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeds certain levels of return on "equity." "Net income," for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, is defined as net income or loss computed in accordance with GAAP and certain other non-cash charges determined after discussions between PCM and PMT's independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT's independent trustees. "Equity" is the weighted average of the issue price per common share of all of PMT's public offerings, multiplied by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (including restricted share units) in the four-quarter period.

        The performance incentive fee is calculated quarterly and escalates as net income (stated as a percentage return on equity) increases over certain thresholds. On each calculation date, the threshold

151


Table of Contents

amounts represent a stated return on equity, plus or minus a "high watermark" adjustment. The performance fee payable for any quarter is equal to: (a) 10% of the amount by which net income for the quarter exceeds (i) an 8% return on equity plus the high watermark, up to (ii) a 12% return on equity; plus (b) 15% of the amount by which net income for the quarter exceeds (i) a 12% return on equity plus the high watermark, up to (ii) a 16% return on equity; plus (c) 20% of the amount by which net income for the quarter exceeds a 16% return on equity plus the high watermark.

        The high watermark starts at zero and is adjusted quarterly. The quarterly adjustment reflects the amount by which the net income in that quarter exceeds or falls short of the lesser of 8% and the 30-year Fannie Mae current coupon MBS Yield (the target yield) for such quarter. If the net income is lower than the target yield, the high watermark is increased by the difference. If the net income is higher than the target yield, the high watermark is reduced by the difference. Each time a performance incentive fee is earned, the high watermark returns to zero. As a result, the threshold amounts required for PCM to earn a performance incentive fee are adjusted cumulatively based on the performance of PMT's net income over (or under) the target yield, until the net income in excess of the target yield exceeds the then-current cumulative high watermark amount, and a performance incentive fee is earned. The performance incentive fee may be paid in cash or in common shares of PMT (subject to a limit of no more than 50% paid in common shares), at PMT's option.

        Under this management agreement, PCM is entitled to reimbursement of its organizational and operating expenses, including third-party expenses, incurred on PMT's behalf.

        In general, the parties to this management agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions thereof relating to the compensation of PCM in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under this management agreement if (a) PMT or PCM requests such negotiation after a determination by PMT or PCM that the rates of compensation payable to PCM differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of this management agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of such fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in this management agreement.

        Under this management agreement, PCM may be entitled to a termination fee under certain circumstances. Specifically, the termination fee is payable for (1) PMT's termination of the management agreement without cause, (2) PCM's termination of the management agreement upon a default by PMT in the performance of any material term of the management agreement that has continued uncured for a period of 30 days after receipt of written notice thereof or (3) PCM's termination of the management agreement after PMT's termination without cause (excluding a non-renewal) of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, the MSR recapture agreement, or the amended and restated flow servicing agreement, each of which is described below. The termination fee is equal to three times the sum of (a) the average annual base management fee, and (b) the average annual (or, if the period is less than 24 months, annualized) performance incentive fee earned by PCM, in each case during the 24-month period before termination.

        PMT may terminate this management agreement without the payment of any termination fee under certain circumstances, including, among other circumstances, in the event of uncured material breaches by PCM of this management agreement, upon a change in control of PCM (defined to include a 50% change in the shareholding of PCM in a single transaction or related series of transactions or Stanford Kurland's failure to continue as chief executive officer of PCM to the extent his suitable replacement (in PMT's discretion) has not been retained by PCM within six months thereof) or upon the termination of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the MSR recapture agreement by PLS without cause.

152


Table of Contents

        This management agreement also provides that, prior to the undertaking by PCM or its affiliates of any new investment opportunity or any other business opportunity requiring a source of capital with respect to which PCM or its affiliates will earn a management, advisory, consulting or similar fee, PCM will present to PMT that new opportunity and the material terms on which PCM proposes to provide services before pursuing that opportunity with third parties.

        We earned approximately $15.1 million, $8.5 million and $5.5 million in base management fees, and no performance incentive fees, in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, under our management agreements with PMT.

        Investment Funds Management Agreements.    We have investment management agreements with the Investment Funds pursuant to which we receive management fees consisting of base management fees and carried interest. The Investment Funds' management fees were based on the capital commitments of the respective funds from their inception through December 31, 2011, at which time the commitment period for each of the Investment Funds ended. Since the end of the commitment periods, the base management fees are based on the lesser of the funds' net asset values or aggregate capital contributions. The base management fees accrue at annual rates ranging from 1.5% to 2.0% of the applicable amounts on which they are based.

        We also recognize carried interest as a participation in the profits of the Investment Funds after their investors have achieved a preferred return of 8.0%, compounded annually and as defined in the management agreements. After the investors have achieved such preferred return, a "catch up" return accrues to us until we receive a specified percentage of such preferred return, taken together with our portion thereof. Thereafter, we participate in future returns in excess of the preferred return rate at the rate of 20.0%.

        The amount of the carried interest that we will receive depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of carried interest recorded by us at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds. We expect to collect the carried interest when the Investment Funds liquidate. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the limited liability company and limited partnership agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

        We earned from the Investment Funds approximately $9.4 million, $9.9 million and $9.9 million in base management fees, and approximately $10.5 million, $12.6 million and $24.7 in carried interest, in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, under our management agreements with the Investment Funds. We did not earn any performance incentive fees during these periods under these management agreements.

Servicing Agreements

        Our subsidiary, PLS, enters into servicing agreements with investment companies or funds that invest in residential mortgage loans pursuant to which we provide servicing for our clients' portfolio of residential mortgage loans. Presently, PLS is party to servicing agreements with the Investment Funds and PMT.

        The loan servicing to be provided by us under the servicing agreements includes collecting principal, interest and escrow account payments, if any, with respect to mortgage loans, as well as managing loss mitigation, which may include, among other things, collection activities, loan workouts, modifications, foreclosures and short sales. We may also engage in certain loan origination activities that include refinancing mortgage loans and arranging financings that facilitate sales of REO properties.

153


Table of Contents

        PMT Loan Servicing Agreement.    Effective February 1, 2013, we amended our loan servicing agreement with PMT and established servicing fees that change the nature of the fees that we earn to fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan. The loan servicing agreement was further amended on March 1, 2013. The initial term of this servicing agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        The base servicing fees for distressed whole loans are calculated based on a monthly per-loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each loan based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of such loan or the related underlying real estate. Presently, the base servicing fees for distressed whole loans range from $30 per month for current loans up to $125 per month for loans that are severely delinquent and in foreclosure.

        The base servicing fees for loans subserviced on behalf of PMT are also calculated through a monthly per-loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each loan based on whether the mortgage loan is a fixed-rate or adjustable-rate loan. Presently, the base servicing fees for loans subserviced on behalf of PMT are $7.50 per month for fixed-rate loans and $8.50 per month for adjustable-rate mortgage loans. To the extent that these loans become delinquent, PLS is entitled to an additional servicing fee per loan falling within a range of $10 to $75 per month and based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the loan or the related underlying real estate.

        PLS is also entitled to customary ancillary income and certain market-based fees and charges, including boarding and deboarding fees, liquidation and disposition fees, and assumption, modification and origination fees.

        Except as otherwise provided in the MSR Recapture Agreement, when PLS effects a refinancing of a loan on PMT's behalf and not through a third-party lender and the resulting loan is readily saleable, or PLS originates a loan to facilitate the disposition of the real estate acquired by PMT in settlement of a loan, PLS is entitled to receive from PMT market-based fees and compensation consistent with pricing and terms PLS offers unaffiliated third parties on a retail basis.

        To the extent that PLS participates in HAMP (or other similar mortgage loan modification programs), PLS is entitled to retain any incentive payments made to it and to which it is entitled under HAMP, provided that with respect to any incentive payments paid to PLS in connection with a mortgage loan modification for which PMT previously paid PLS a modification fee, PLS is required to reimburse PMT an amount equal to the incentive payments.

        In addition, because PMT does not have any employees or infrastructure, PLS is required to provide a range of services and activities significantly greater in scope than the services provided in connection with a customary servicing arrangement. For these services, PLS receives from PMT a supplemental fee of $25 per month for each distressed whole loan and $3.25 per month for each other subserviced loan.

        In general, the parties to this servicing agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions thereof relating to the compensation of PLS in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under this servicing agreement if (a) either party requests such negotiation after a determination by either party that the rates of compensation payable to PLS differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of this servicing agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of

154


Table of Contents

that fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in this servicing agreement.

        No automatic renewal of this servicing agreement will occur upon the conclusion of the initial term or any renewal period if PMT or PLS delivers to the other party a notice of nonrenewal at least 180 days in advance. In addition, (i) PLS has the right to terminate this servicing agreement without cause if either of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the MSR recapture agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in each such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement and (ii) PMT has the right to terminate the servicing agreement without cause if either of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the MSR recapture agreement is terminated by PLS without cause or the management agreement is terminated by PCM as provided in such agreement. This servicing agreement is further subject to termination under other circumstances, generally including (a) in whole, at the election of either party following a specified default or other for-cause event on the part of the other, (b) in part with respect to one or more individual loans, at the election of PMT in connection with a sale of such loan(s) or if such loan(s) become seriously delinquent or the real estate is acquired on behalf of the lender, and (c) in whole at the election of PLS or PMT if PMT or PLS, respectively, defaults in its obligations under the MSR recapture agreement. PMT is required to pay release fees to PLS in connection with certain terminations.

        Under this loan servicing agreement, PLS is entitled to reimbursement for all customary, bona fide reasonable and necessary out of pocket expenses incurred by PLS in connection with the performance of its servicing obligations.

        Investment Funds Loan Servicing Agreements.    Our servicing agreements with the Investment Funds generally provide for fee revenue of between 50 and 100 basis points of unpaid principal balance per year, the amount of which varies depending on the type and quality of the loans being serviced. We are also entitled to certain customary market-based fees and charges. Under the servicing agreements between us and the Investment Funds, on December 31, 2011 and the end of every calendar year thereafter, we are required to rebate to the Investment Funds an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the Investment Funds' assets, and, conversely, charge the Investment Funds if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall "at cost" pricing with respect to loan servicing activities for those assets. Under these agreements, we also will rebate to the Investment Funds 50% of any profit generated from loan origination and modification activities. We record the net rebate amounts as earned or incurred.

        This arrangement was modified, effective January 1, 2012, with respect to one of the Investment Funds. At that time, we settled our accrued servicing fee rebate and amended our servicing agreement with such fund to charge scheduled servicing fees in place of the previous "at cost" servicing arrangement.

        We earned approximately $31.4 million, $25.0 million and $13.6 million in loan servicing fees in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in connection with work performed for PMT and the Investment Funds.

Other Agreements with PMT

        PMT Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement.    Pursuant to the terms of the current mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PLS provides PMT with certain mortgage banking services, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, with respect to loans acquired by PMT from correspondent lenders, and certain warehouse lending services, including fulfillment and administrative services, with respect to loans financed by PMT for its warehouse lending clients. Pursuant to the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PLS has agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT's benefit, and PLS and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such

155


Table of Contents

services for any other third party. However, such exclusivity and prohibition shall not apply, and certain other duties instead will be imposed upon PLS, if PMT is unable to purchase or finance mortgage loans as contemplated under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement for any reason. The initial term of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        PLS is entitled to a fulfillment fee based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires and equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loan. Presently, the applicable percentages are (i) 0.50% for conventional mortgage loans, (ii) 0.88% for loans underwritten in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, (iii) 0.80% for the U.S. Department of the Treasury and HUD's HARP mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 105% or less, (iv) 1.20% for HARP mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of greater than 105%, and (v) 0.50% for all other mortgage loans not contemplated above; provided, however, that PLS may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount of the applicable fulfillment fee and credit the amount of such reduction to the reimbursement otherwise due as described in the following paragraph. This reduction may only be credited to the reimbursement applicable to the month in which the related mortgage was funded.

        In the event that PMT purchases mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance in any month totaling more than $2.5 billion, PLS has agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT an amount equal to the percentage of such aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to mortgage loans for which PLS collected fulfillment fees for such month, multiplied by the sum of the following: (a) the product of (i) 0.025%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $2.5 billion and less than or equal to $5 billion, plus (b) the product of (i) 0.05%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $5 billion.

        In consideration for the mortgage banking services provided by PLS with respect to PMT's acquisition of mortgage loans under its early purchase program, PLS is entitled to fees that accrue (i) at a rate equal to $25,000 per annum and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan that PMT acquires.

        In consideration for the warehouse services provided by PLS with respect to mortgage loans financed by PMT for its warehouse lending clients, with respect to each facility, PLS is entitled to fees that accrue (i) at a rate equal to $25,000 per annum and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan financed thereunder.

        Where PMT offers both an early purchase program and a warehouse facility to the same client, PLS shall only be entitled to one per anum fee of $25,000, and it shall only be able to collect one $50 fee per loan, whether or not such loan is subject to both the warehouse facility and the early purchase program.

        Notwithstanding any provision of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement to the contrary, if it becomes reasonably necessary or advisable for PLS to engage in additional services in connection with post-breach or post-default resolution activities for the purposes of a correspondent lending agreement, a warehouse agreement or a re-warehouse agreement, then PMT has generally agreed with PLS to negotiate in good faith for additional compensation and reimbursement of expenses to be paid to PLS for the performance of such additional services.

        In general, the parties to the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement relating to the compensation of PLS in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement if (a) either party requests such negotiation after

156


Table of Contents

a determination by either party that the rates of compensation payable to PLS differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of that fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement.

        No automatic renewal of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement will occur upon the conclusion of the initial term or any renewal period if PMT or PLS delivers to the other party a notice of nonrenewal at least 180 days in advance. In addition, (i) PLS has the right to terminate the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement without cause if the MSR recapture agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement, the servicing agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by us without cause as provided in such agreement, and (ii) PMT has the right to terminate the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement without cause if the MSR recapture agreement or the servicing agreement is terminated by PLS without cause as provided in each such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by PCM without cause as provided in such agreement. The mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement is further subject to termination under other circumstances, generally including at the election of either party following a specified default or other for-cause event on the part of the other. In the case of a non-renewal or termination of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PMT will be entitled under certain circumstances to require that PLS continue to provide correspondent lending services for a specified number of months following the scheduled expiration or termination, in which case the then current fee structure and exclusivity obligations applicable to such services would remain in effect.

        In connection with the execution of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, PMT and PLS entered into an agreement terminating, effective on February 1, 2013, the amended and restated mortgage banking services agreement, dated as of November 1, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified), between PMT and PLS and mutually waived any and all notice and timing requirements applicable to such termination.

        We earned approximately $62.9 million, $1.7 million and $80,000 in fulfillment fees in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, under our mortgage banking and warehouse services agreements with PMT, and we paid to PMT approximately $2.5 million, $0.2 million and $0 in sourcing fees in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        MSR Recapture Agreement.    PLS has also entered into an MSR recapture agreement with PMT. Pursuant to the terms of the MSR recapture agreement, if PLS refinances via its retail lending business loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, PLS is generally required to transfer and convey to PMT, without cost to PMT, the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the loans so originated. Where the fair market value of the aggregate MSRs to be transferred is less than $200,000, PLS may, at its option, wire cash to PMT in an amount equal to such fair market value in lieu of transferring such MSRs. The initial term of the MSR recapture agreement expires, on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        In general, the parties to the MSR recapture agreement have agreed to negotiate in good faith to amend the provisions thereof relating to the compensation of PLS in order to cause such compensation to be materially consistent with market rates of compensation for services comparable to those provided under the MSR recapture agreement if (a) either party requests such negotiation after a

157


Table of Contents

determination by either party that the rates of compensation payable to PLS differ materially from such market rates of compensation and (b) various conditions relating to the timing and frequency of such requests are satisfied, including the condition that no request be made before the second anniversary of the execution of the MSR recapture agreement. If the parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms of a fee amendment within thirty days of the delivery of the relevant fee negotiation request, the terms of such fee amendment will be determined by final and binding arbitration procedures set forth in the MSR recapture agreement.

        No automatic renewal of the MSR recapture agreement will occur upon the conclusion of the initial term or any renewal period if PMT or PLS delivers to the other party a notice of nonrenewal at least 180 days in advance. In addition, (i) PLS has the right to terminate the MSR recapture agreement without cause if the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement, the servicing agreement is terminated by PMT without cause as provided in such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by us without cause as provided in such agreement, and (ii) PMT has the right to terminate the MSR recapture agreement without cause if the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement or the servicing agreement is terminated by PLS without cause as provided in each such agreement or the management agreement is terminated by PCM without cause as provided in such agreement. In addition, if PMT exercises its right to terminate the servicing agreement without cause in connection with sales of one or more mortgage loans serviced thereunder, PLS will be entitled to terminate the MSR recapture agreement solely with respect to such mortgage loans. Following any termination of the MSR recapture agreement, PLS is prohibited from taking action with respect to the refinancing of the mortgage loans involved in the termination, subject to various exceptions, including an exception with respect to generalized advertising not targeted exclusively to the borrowers under such mortgage loans.

        Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement.    Pursuant to a spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement entered into by PLS and PMT on February 1, 2013, PMT may acquire from PLS the rights to receive certain excess servicing spread arising from mortgage servicing rights acquired by PLS, in which case PLS generally would be required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans. The terms of each transaction under this spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement will be subject to the terms of such agreement as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction. As of the date hereof, no acquisition has occurred, and no confirmation has been executed, under this spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement.

        Reimbursement Agreement.    In connection with the initial public offering of common shares of PMT, on August 4, 2009 our subsidiary, PCM, entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse PCM for the $2.9 million payment that PCM made to the underwriters for PMT's initial public offering if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. We refer to this as the "Conditional Reimbursement." The reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of PCM of the Conditional Reimbursement if PMT is required to pay PCM performance incentive fees under the amended and restated management agreement described above, at a rate of $10 in reimbursement for every $100 of performance incentive fees earned. The reimbursement of the Conditional Reimbursement is subject to a maximum reimbursement in any particular 12 month period of $980,422 and the maximum amount that may be reimbursed under the agreement is $2.9 million. In the event that the termination fee is payable to PCM under the amended and restated management agreement and PCM has not received the full amount of the reimbursements and payments under the reimbursement agreement, this amount will be paid in full. The term of the reimbursement agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

        Confidentiality Agreement.    Pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement, we agreed to standard confidentiality obligations with PMT and agreed that we and certain of our affiliates shall be prohibited

158


Table of Contents

from pursuing an acquisition of PMT, and PMT shall be prohibited from pursuing an acquisition of us, except through negotiations with our respective boards, for a period of three years.

Our Investment in PMT

        We received dividends of $167,000, $138,000 and $58,000 in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as a result of our investment in common shares of PMT.

Management Investments in PNMAC

        Certain executive officers have been provided with the opportunity to purchase units in PNMAC. The numbers of units offered for purchase to such executive officers were determined based upon the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer and approval by the board of directors of PNMAC based upon the individual's position and other relevant factors.

        We previously extended loans to certain of our executive officers to facilitate the acquisitions of such units. In addition, in 2010 advances against future distributions were made to certain members of our management in lieu of cash bonuses relating to 2009. All such loans and advances made to our executive officers were repaid prior to the initial public offering of our Class A common stock.

        The following table sets forth the aggregate number and dollar amount of preferred units in PNMAC purchased by our executive officers, and the aggregate dollar amount of loans or advances made by us to our executive officers, in the last three years, in each case where the aggregate amount of all such purchases, loans or advances exceeded $120,000 in any year:

 
  2012   2011   2010  

Stanford Kurland

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    1,599.53     2,813.98     750.00  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 1,599,530   $ 2,813,980   $ 750,000  

Purchase loans

             

Other loans and advances

             

David Spector

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    248.05     446.29     118.95  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 248,045   $ 446,295   $ 118,950  

Purchase loans

  $ 248,045   $ 350,045      

Other loans and advances

          $ 400,000  

Steve Bailey

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    106.35     191.35     255.00  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 106,350   $ 191,350   $ 255,000  

Purchase loans

  $ 106,350   $ 106,350   $ 255,000  

Other loans and advances

  $ 75,000   $ 75,000   $ 37,500  

Andrew Chang

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    171.41     308.41     82.20  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 171,410   $ 308,410   $ 82,200  

Purchase loans

  $ 171,410   $ 234,910      

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

Vandad Fartaj

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    159.84     287.59     273.45  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 159,840   $ 287,590   $ 273,450  

Purchase loans

  $ 159,840   $ 212,040   $ 196,800  

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

159


Table of Contents

 
  2012   2011   2010  

Jeffrey Grogin

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    91.10     233.81     29.70  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 91,095   $ 233,805   $ 29,700  

Purchase loans

  $ 91,095   $ 214,905      

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

Anne McCallion

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    138.01     318.22     52.20  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 138,010   $ 318,220   $ 52,200  

Purchase loans

             

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

David Walker

                   

Number of preferred units purchased

    205.51     369.76     163.95  

Aggregate purchase price

  $ 205,505   $ 369,755   $ 163,950  

Purchase loans

  $ 205,505   $ 205,505   $ 65,400  

Other loans and advances

          $ 200,000  

Other Transactions With Related Persons

        Presently, we employ Mr. Kurland's brother-in-law, Robert Schreibman. We established Mr. Schreibman's compensation in accordance with our employment and compensation practices applicable to employees with equivalent qualifications and responsibilities holding similar positions. None of the executive officers has a material interest in this employment relationship nor do any of them share a home with Mr. Schreibman. Mr. Schreibman does not report directly to any of our executive officers.

        We have employed Mr. Schreibman since 2008, as Senior Vice President, Asset Management, for the following approximate amounts: in 2012, $242,280 in base salary and bonus; in 2011, $206,684 in base salary and bonus; and in 2010, $212,520 in base salary and bonus. In addition, on October 17, 2011, Mr. Schreibman purchased from us pursuant to a company loan 116.36 of our preferred units, with a market value of $1,068 per unit, at a purchase price of $1,000 per unit, and we granted Mr. Schreibman 63.98 common units with a market value of $68 per unit. Mr. Schreibman has also been entitled to receive employee benefits generally available to all employees.

        Presently, we also employ Mr. Vandad Fartaj's brother, Vala Fartaj. We established Mr. Vala Fartaj's compensation in accordance with our employment and compensation practices applicable to employees with equivalent qualifications and responsibilities holding similar positions. None of the executive officers has a material interest in this employment relationship nor do any of them share a home with Mr. Vala Fartaj. Mr. Vala Fartaj does not report directly to any of our executive officers.

        We have employed Mr. Vala Fartaj since 2008, as a Senior Vice President, Mortgage Trading, for the following approximate amounts: in 2012, $229,698 in base salary and bonus and a gross-up payment for the payment of self-employment taxes in the amount of $1,608; in 2011, $220,802 in base salary and bonus and a gross-up payment for the payment of self-employment taxes in the amount of $2,631.78; and in 2010, $175,000 in base salary and bonus. In addition, on October 25, 2010, we granted Mr. Vala Fartaj 85.32 common units with a market value of $279 per unit and, on October 17, 2011, we granted Mr. Vala Fartaj 63.89 common units with a market value of $68 per unit. Mr. Vala Fartaj has also been entitled to receive employee benefits generally available to all employees.

160


Table of Contents

        In August 2011, we entered into a foodservice agreement with Me N U Kitchen, LLC, or MNU. MNU is a limited liability company, the membership and percentage interests of which are held equally in fifty percent increments by Ashley Rubinstein, a daughter of Mr. Kurland, and Marci Grogin, the wife of Mr. Grogin.

        Pursuant to the terms of the foodservice agreement, MNU provides onsite foodservice (including cafeteria and catering services) to us and our employees on a contract basis. For these services, we pay MNU a monthly management fee equal to the greater of (a) $15,000 (or, during months in which our headcount is less than 600, $10,000), or (b) one-half of an adjusted profit that is calculated based on the fair value of food served by MNU without charge or at a standard discount, in either case to our officers, employees or business partners.

        For its services in 2012 and 2011 we paid MNU management fees of $60,000 and $152,500, respectively. Ms. Rubinstein also received payments of $19,870 in 2012 and $3,500 in 2011 (for the period between August 2011 and year end), and Mrs. Grogin received payments of $3,500 in 2012 and $5,500 in 2011 (for the period between August 2011 and year end).

        In addition, we do not charge MNU rent, its portion of utilities (including telephone and internet availability) or maintenance charges for the equipment it uses in connection with its use of the cafeteria and kitchen facilities, and we are required to bear certain other defined costs and expenses associated with MNU's operation of its foodservice business. The aggregate amount of such costs and expenses was $148,522 in 2012 and $83,190 in 2011 (for the period between August 2011 and year end). We also purchased an off-the-shelf "Point of Sale" system for $32,163 and pay on MNU's behalf a monthly hosting and maintenance charge of $370.

        PCM paid approximately $124,000, $124,000 and $123,000 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., an affiliate of BlackRock, as a fee for use of the BlackRock Solutions AnSer and Market Data analytics software.

Related Party Transactions Policy

        We have adopted a policy that specifically governs related party transactions. The policy generally prohibits any related party transaction unless it is approved by our related-party matters committee in accordance with the policy. With certain exceptions, a related party transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in the aggregate in any calendar year, and in which any related party has, had or will have a direct or indirect interest. A related party is any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was one of our directors or executive officers or a nominee to become one of our directors; any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities; and any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons (which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of any of the foregoing persons); and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

        The related party transactions policy governs the process for identifying potential related party transactions and seeking review, approval or ratification of such transactions. In addition, each of our directors and executive officers will be required to complete an annual disclosure questionnaire and report all transactions with us in which they and their immediate family members had or will have a

161


Table of Contents

direct or indirect material interest with respect to us. We will review these questionnaires and, if we determine that it is necessary, discuss any reported transactions with our entire board of directors in accordance with the related party transactions policy.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. In addition, our indemnification agreements also provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the indemnification agreements are not exclusive.

        The limited liability company agreement of PNMAC also requires PNMAC to indemnify its officers, members, managers and other affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, and advance expenses to its officers, members, managers and other affiliates as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified. The rights conferred in the limited liability company agreement of PNMAC are not exclusive.

        There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

162


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of Class A common stock by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, (2) each of our directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

        Beneficial ownership reflected in the table below is based on 18,887,777 shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2013, and, with respect to any individual, includes the total shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by such individual and his or her personal planning vehicles. Beneficial ownership is determined with respect to each stockholder in accordance with the rules of the SEC by assuming that such stockholder (and no other stockholder) has exchanged all of its or his Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock.

        Except as otherwise indicated below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021.

 
  Class A Common Stock Beneficially
Owned(1)
 
Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percent   % of Total
Voting Power
and Total
Economic Interest
in PNMAC(2)
 

5% Stockholders

                   

BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC(3)

    15,560,647     45.17 %   20.50 %

HC Partners LLC(4)

    20,169,732     51.64 %   26.58 %

Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund
200 Seaport Boulevard, Z3B
Boston, MA 02210

    6,110,000     32.35 %   8.05 %

Entities affiliated with Bridger Management(5)
90 Park Avenue, 40th Floor
New York, NY 10016

    1,500,000     7.94 %   1.98 %

Entities affiliated with Leon Cooperman(6)
St. Andrew's Country Club
17024 Brookwood Drive
Boca Raton, FL 33496

    2,759,600     14.61 %   3.64 %

Kurland Family Investments, LLC(7)

    8,314,990     30.57 %   10.96 %

Entities affiliated with Sy Jacobs(8)
11 East 26 Street, Suite 1900
New York, New York 10010

    1,000,000     5.03 %   1.32 %

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                   

Stanford Kurland(9)

    8,599,338     31.28 %   11.33 %

David Spector(10)

    1,699,729     8.26 %   2.24 %

Douglas Jones(11)

    793,767     4.03 %   1.05 %

Matthew Botein(12)

    1,218,552     6.06 %   1.61 %

James Hunt

    4,000     *     *  

Joseph Mazzella(13)

    331,052     1.72 %   *  

Farhad Nanji(14)

    134,569     *     *  

John Taylor

    0     *     *  

Mark Wiedman(15)

    54,556     *     *  

Executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons)

    17,708,467     48.39 %   23.33 %

*
Represents less than 1%.

163


Table of Contents

(1)
Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, Class A Units of PNMAC not held by us are exchangeable at any time and from time to time for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. The number of shares of Class A common stock listed in this table as being beneficially owned as a result of Class A Units of PNMAC held by any entity or individual assumes an exchange of such Class A Units for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

(2)
Represents the percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. voting together as a single class. Each holder of Class A Units of PNMAC other than us also holds one share of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to our stockholders that is equal to the aggregate number of Class A Units of PNMAC held by such holder. As a holder exchanges Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to the holder by its share of Class B common stock will be automatically and correspondingly reduced. Total economic interest in PNMAC is calculated as the percentage of all outstanding Class A Units of PNMAC beneficially held by the stockholder, directly or indirectly through PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., assuming that each share of Class A common stock held is equivalent to one Class A Unit of PNMAC.

(3)
Consists entirely of 15,560,647 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock. BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC is indirectly wholly-owned by BlackRock, Inc. BlackRock, Inc. controls the voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC and, therefore, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by that entity.

(4)
Consists entirely of 20,169,732 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

(5)
Consists of 924,000 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Swiftcurrent Partners L.P. and 576,000 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Swiftcurrent Offshore Ltd. Bridger Management LLC is the investment adviser to each of these entities and Roberto Mignone is the managing member of Bridger Management, LLC. and, as such, each of them have shared voting and dispositive power over these shares.

(6)
Consists of 913,000 shares of Class A common stock held in managed accounts over which Leon Cooperman has investment discretion and 1,846,600 shares of Class A common stock held in the accounts of private investment entities over which Leon Cooperman has investment discretion. Mr. Cooperman has sole voting and dispositive power over 1,846,600 shares of Class A common stock and shared voting and dispositive power over 913,000 shares of Class A common stock. Mr. Cooperman is the Managing Member of Omega Associates, L.L.C. ("Associates"). Associates is a private investment firm formed to invest in and act as general partner of investment partnerships or similar investment vehicles. Associates is the general partner of limited partnerships known as Omega Capital Partners, L.P. ("Capital LP"), Omega Capital Investors, L.P.("Investors LP"), and Omega Equity Investors, L.P. ("Equity LP"). These entities are private investment firms engaged in the purchase and sale of securities for investment for their own accounts. Mr. Cooperman is the President and majority stockholder of Omega Advisors, Inc. ("Advisors"), engaged in providing investment management services. Advisors serves as the investment manager to Omega Overseas Partners, Ltd. ("Overseas"). Mr. Cooperman has investment discretion over portfolio investments of Overseas. Advisors also serves as a discretionary investment advisor to a limited number of institutional clients (the "Managed Accounts"). As to the shares owned by the Managed Accounts, there would be shared power to dispose or to direct the disposition of such shares because the owners of the Managed Accounts may be deemed beneficial owners of such shares pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Act as a result of their right to terminate the discretionary account within a period of 60 days. Mr. Cooperman is the ultimate controlling person of Associates, Capital LP, Investors LP, Equity LP, and Advisors. Capital LP holds 652,500 shares of Class A common stock; Investors LP holds 198,400 shares of Class A common stock; Equity LP holds 286,600 shares of Class A common stock; Overseas holds 709,100 shares of Class A common stock; and the Managed Accounts hold 913,000 shares of Class A common stock.

(7)
Consists entirely of 8,314,990 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock. Stanford Kurland, as the sole manager of Kurland Family Investments, LLC, controls the voting and investment power with respect to the securities held by that entity and, therefore, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by that entity.

(8)
Consists of 800,000 shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by JAM Partners, L.P. and 200,000 shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by other advisory clients of Jacobs Asset Management, LLC, none of which owns more than 5% of the class. The general partner of JAM Partners, L.P. is JAM Managers, LLC and the managing member of JAM Managers, LLC is Sy Jacobs. Jacobs Asset Management, LLC and Sy Jacobs have shared voting and dispositive power over all of these shares.

164


Table of Contents

(9)
Consists entirely of 8,599,338 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock, including 8,314,990 Class A Units of PNMAC owned by Kurland Family Investments, LLC.

(10)
Consists entirely of 1,699,729 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for Class A common stock, including 465,604 Class A Units of PNMAC owned by ST Family Investment Company LLC.

(11)
Consists entirely of 793,767 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

(12)
Consists entirely of 1,218,552 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

(13)
Consists entirely of 331,052 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock. Does not include 407,031 Class A Units of PNMAC owned by the Mazzella Family Irrevocable Trust. Mr. Mazzella is not a trustee of that entity and, therefore, would not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the Class A Units of PNMAC held by that entity.

(14)
Includes 122,109 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

(15)
Consists entirely of 54,556 Class A Units of PNMAC exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock.

165


Table of Contents


SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information as of September 26, 2013 for each selling stockholder regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and the number of shares of our Class A common stock that may from time to time be offered or sold pursuant to this prospectus. The percentage of shares beneficially owned before the offering is based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2013. The information regarding shares beneficially owned after the offering assumes the sale of all shares offered by the selling stockholders and that the selling stockholders do not acquire any additional shares. Information in the table below with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each of the selling stockholders.

        Except as described elsewhere in this prospectus, the selling stockholders have not held any position or office, or have otherwise had a material relationship, with us or any of our subsidiaries within the past three years other than as a result of the ownership of our securities.

        Information concerning the selling stockholders may change from time to time and any changed information will be set forth in supplements to this prospectus, if and when necessary. The selling stockholders may offer all, some or none of their shares of Class A common stock. We cannot advise you as to whether the selling stockholders will in fact sell any or all of such shares of Class A common stock. In addition, the selling stockholders listed in the table below may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, shares of our Class A common stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date on which they provided the information set forth in the table below.

        Beneficial ownership is determined with respect to each selling stockholder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC by assuming that such stockholder (and no other stockholder) has exchanged all of its or his Class A Units of PNMAC for an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock. Except as otherwise indicated, the business address for each of the following persons is c/o PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021.

        As of September 26, 2013, there were 18,887,777 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding.

 
  Shares of Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Owned Prior to This
Offering(1)
   
  Shares of Class A Common
Stock Beneficially Owned
After This Offering
 
Name
  Number   %   % of Total
Voting Power
and Total
Economic Interest
in PNMAC(2)
  Shares of Class A
Common Stock
Being Offered(3)
  Number   %   % of Total
Voting Power
and Total
Economic Interest
in PNMAC(2)
 

BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC

    15,560,647     45.17 %   20.50 %   15,560,647     0     0 %   0 %

HC Partners LLC

    20,169,732     51.64 %   26.58 %   20,169,732     0     0 %   0 %

Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund

    6,110,000     32.35 %   8.05 %   6,110,000     0     0 %   0 %

Matthew Botein

    1,218,552     6.06 %   1.61 %   1,218,552     0     0 %   0 %

Joseph Mazzella

    331,052     1.72 %   0.44 %   331,052     0     0 %   0 %

Mazzella Family Irrevocable Trust

    407,031     2.11 %   0.54 %   407,031     0     0 %   0 %

Farhad Nanji

    122,109     0.71 %   0.18 %   122,109     0     0 %   0 %

Mark Wiedman

    54,556     0.29 %   0.07 %   54,556     0     0 %   0 %

*
Represents less than 1%.

(1)
Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, Class A Units of PNMAC are exchangeable at any time and from time to time for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions that would cause the number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock to be different than the number of Class A Units of PNMAC owned by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. The number of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by each selling stockholder

166


Table of Contents

(2)
Represents the percentage of voting power of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock voting together as a single class. Each holder of Class A Units of PNMAC other than us also holds one share of our Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to our stockholders that is equal to the aggregate number of Class A Units of PNMAC held by such holder. As a holder exchanges Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to the holder by its share of Class B common stock will be automatically and correspondingly reduced. Total economic interest in PNMAC is calculated as the percentage of all outstanding Class A Units of PNMAC beneficially held by the stockholder, directly or indirectly through PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., assuming that each share of Class A common stock held is equivalent to one Class A Unit of PNMAC.

(3)
The number of shares of Class A common stock being offered by Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund consists of all of the shares of Class A common stock held directly by Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund as of September 26, 2013. The number of shares of Class A common stock being offered by each other selling stockholder consists of all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable to such selling stockholder upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC held by such selling stockholder as of September 26, 2013 pursuant to the exchange agreement, assuming an exchange on a one-for-one basis, and, solely in the case of Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund, 6,110,000 shares of Class A common stock.

167


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following description of our capital stock is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

        Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

        Each holder of Class B common stock is entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each Class A Unit of PNMAC held by such holder. Accordingly, the unit holders of PNMAC holding shares of Class B common stock collectively have a number of votes in PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of Class A Units of PNMAC that they hold.

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

        Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or winding up of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

        As our members of PNMAC exchange Class A Units of PNMAC for shares of Class A common stock, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

168


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

        We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of our stockholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which our stockholders might receive a premium for their shares of Class A common stock over the market price of the shares of Class A common stock.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

        The DGCL does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as the Class A common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

        One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

169


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

        The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change in control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of our board of directors, two or more of our directors, the chairman of our board, our chief executive officer or one or more holders of at least a minimum percentage of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock. This minimum will initially be 25% and will automatically increase to 51% on the first date on which the holders of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock (other than any holder that was, or whose affiliate was, a member of PNMAC immediately prior to the initial public offering of our Class A common stock) hold more than 51% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock. Our bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

        Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made pursuant to our stockholders agreements with BlackRock and Highfields or by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws provided that, pursuant to our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields, if that action, amends the specific rights of BlackRock or Highfields in an adverse manner when that entity, together with its affiliates, holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, such action is approved by that entity.

        The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

        The DGCL provides that, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, the affirmative vote of holders of shares constituting a majority of the votes of all shares entitled to vote

170


Table of Contents

may approve amendments to the certificate of incorporation. In addition to the stockholder approval required by the DGCL, our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields provide that our certificate of incorporation may not be amended in any manner that is adverse to BlackRock or Highfields without the consent of BlackRock or Highfields, as applicable, as long as such stockholder, together with its affiliates, holds more than 5% of the voting power of all of our outstanding shares of capital stock.

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, as well as our stockholders, to amend or repeal our bylaws, provided that, pursuant to our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields if that action by either our board of directors or our stockholders amends the bylaws in a manner adverse to BlackRock or Highfields when that entity, together with its affiliates, holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, such action is approved by that entity.

        Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our bylaws prohibit the taking of any action of our stockholders by written consent without a meeting unless that action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by our board of directors or requires the approval only of certain classes or series of our stock.

        We have not opted out of, and therefore are subject to, Section 203 of the DGCL. Section 203 provides that, subject to certain exceptions specified in the law, a publicly-held Delaware corporation shall not engage in certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. These provisions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers, assets or stock sales or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company's board of directors.

        In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

171


Table of Contents

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. If Section 203 were to apply to us, we expect that it would have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. In such event, we would also anticipate that Section 203 could discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

        Under certain circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who would be an "interested stockholder" to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. The provisions of Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Corporate Opportunity

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that neither BlackRock nor Highfields or their respective affiliates has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we now engage or propose to engage. In addition, in the event that either of BlackRock or Highfields acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business or employee thereof, they shall not be liable to us nor to any of our stockholders (or any affiliates thereof) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields provide that any amendment or repeal of the provisions related to corporate opportunities described above requires the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields as long as they, or any of their affiliates, hold any equity interest in us.

Options

        See "Executive and Director Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans" for a discussion of the terms of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Registration Rights

        The following are entitled to rights with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the shares of Class A common stock for which their Class A Units of PNMAC have been, or may be, exchanged:

172


Table of Contents

        These registration rights are contained in our registration rights agreement, which is described under "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement" above and a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

        See "Executive and Director Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

Market Listing

        Our Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "PFSI."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

173


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Sales of substantial numbers of shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities or equity-related securities.

        As of September 26, 2013, we have a total of 18,887,777 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. All of the 12,777,777 shares of Class A common stock sold in our initial public offering, the 43,973,679 shares of Class A common stock to be sold as contemplated in this prospectus, and the 23,047,133 shares initially issuable under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares have been registered on a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act and include 19,137,432 shares issuable under that plan upon the exchange of Class A Units of PNMAC, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which may be held or acquired by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below and shares subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

        Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, each of our directors and officers, and all of the selling stockholders have agreed to certain restrictions on our ability to sell additional shares of our Class A common stock during the period ending November 4, 2013. We have agreed not to directly or indirectly offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise issue or dispose of, any shares of our Class A common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our Class A common stock, or any related security or instrument (including without limitation any Class A Units of PNMAC and any shares of our Class B common stock) during that period, without the prior written consent of each of Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. The agreements provide for customary exceptions.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who may be deemed our affiliate is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock and the average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks preceding each such sale, provided that at least six months has elapsed since such shares of Class A common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours and certain manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of current public information about us are satisfied. Any person who is deemed to be our affiliate must also comply with such provisions of Rule 144 (other than the six-month holding period requirement) in order to sell shares of Class A common stock which are not restricted securities (such as shares of Class A common stock acquired by affiliates through purchases in the open market following this offering). A person who is not our affiliate, and who has not been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding any sale, is entitled to sell shares of Class A common stock (i) subject only to the requirements as to availability of current public information about us, provided that a period of at least six months has elapsed since the shares of Class A common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours, and (ii) without regard to the requirements as to availability of current public information about us or any other requirement of Rule 144, provided that at least one year has elapsed since the shares of Class A common stock were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours.

174


Table of Contents


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        The selling stockholders (which as used herein includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors-in-interest selling shares received after the date of this prospectus from a selling stockholder as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer) may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares on the NYSE or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are listed, quoted or traded, including the over-the-counter market, or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. The offering price of the shares from time to time will be determined by the selling stockholder and, at the time of determination, may be higher or lower than the market price of our Class A common stock on the NYSE.

        The selling stockholders may offer their shares from time to time pursuant to one or more of the following methods:

        The selling stockholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus. The selling stockholders are not obligated to, and there is no assurance that the selling stockholders will, sell all or any of the shares we are registering. The selling stockholders may transfer, devise or gift such shares by other means not described in this prospectus.

        In connection with the sale of our shares, the selling stockholders may sell the shares directly or through broker-dealers acting as a principal or agent, or pursuant to a distribution by one or more underwriters on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. The selling stockholders may also enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). The selling stockholders, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of the Class A common stock may be "underwriters" within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act.

175


Table of Contents

        Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit that they earn on any resale of the shares may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Selling stockholders who are "underwriters" within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject tothe prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and may have liability as underwriters under the Securities Act.

        The aggregate proceeds to each selling stockholder from the sale of our Class A common stock offered by them will be the purchase price of the Class A common stock less discounts or commissions, if any. Each of the selling stockholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of our Class A common stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from an offering by the selling stockholders.

        Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated. The selling stockholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved. Any profits on the resale of shares by a broker-dealer acting as principal might be deemed to be underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act. Discounts, concessions, commissions and similar selling expenses, if any, attributable to the sale of shares will be borne by a selling stockholder. The selling stockholders may agree to indemnify any agent, dealer or broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving sales of the shares if liabilities are imposed on that person under the Securities Act.

        The selling stockholders may from time to time pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares owned by them and, if they default in the performance of any of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares from time to time under this prospectus as it may be supplemented from time to time, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of selling stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling stockholders under this prospectus.

        To the extent required, the shares to be sold, the names of the selling stockholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

        In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, our Class A common stock may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states our Class A common stock may not be sold unless it has been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and is complied with.

        The anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of shares in the market and to activities of certain of the selling stockholders and their affiliates. In addition, we will make copies of this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended from time to time) available to the selling stockholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The selling stockholders may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

        Upon our notification by a selling stockholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with an underwriter or broker-dealer for the sale of shares through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution, secondary distribution or a purchase by an underwriter or broker-dealer, we will

176


Table of Contents

file an amendment to this prospectus or a supplement to this prospectus, if required, pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, disclosing certain material information, including:

        In the ordinary course of business, certain of the underwriters, broker-dealers or agents and their affiliates who may become involved in the sale of the Class A common stock may be customers and/or suppliers of, engage in transactions with, and perform services for, us.

        We will pay all the fees and expenses incurred by us incident to the registration of the shares, except for underwriting discounts and commissions, fees and disbursements for counsel for any selling stockholder and certain other expenses, all of which will be borne by the selling stockholders.

        We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders and their affiliates and representatives against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with the registration of the resales of the shares to which this prospectus relates.

177


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bingham McCutchen LLP, Costa Mesa, California.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc., as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the recapitalization and reorganization). Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including exhibits, schedules, and amendments) under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus relating to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and are qualified in all respects by the complete text of the applicable contract, agreement or other document, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Whenever this prospectus refers to any contract, agreement, or other document, you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the contract, agreement, or document.

        You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any annual, quarterly or special reports, proxy statements and other information that we file with the SEC at the SEC's public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC's Website (http://www.sec.gov).

178


Table of Contents


INDEX TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

  F-2  

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Quarters and Six Month Periods Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Six Month Periods Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Six Month Periods Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-5  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

 
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

ASSETS

             

Cash

 
$

38,468
 
$

12,323
 

Short-term investments at fair value

    156,148     53,164  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value (includes $646,944 and $438,850 pledged to secure mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase)

    656,341     448,384  

Real estate acquired in settlement of loans

    309      

Servicing advances (includes $6,807 and $7,430 pledged to secure note payable)

    94,791     93,152  

Receivable from Investment Funds

    2,987     3,672  

Receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    16,725     16,691  

Derivative assets

    37,177     27,290  

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

    55,322     47,723  

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at fair value

    1,579     1,897  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value (includes $10,978 and $12,370 pledged to secure note payable)

    23,070     19,798  

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value (includes $169,815 and $88,587 pledged to secure note payable)

    176,668     89,177  

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements, net

    8,037     5,065  

Capitalized software, net

    946     795  

Other

    12,212     13,032  
           

Total assets

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163  
           

LIABILITIES

             

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 
$

500,427
 
$

393,534
 

Note payable

    47,209     53,013  

Payable to Investment Funds

    36,328     36,795  

Derivative liabilities

    27,445     509  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    54,313     36,279  

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    52,729     46,779  

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    6,185     3,504  
           

Total liabilities

    724,636     570,413  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 12,777,777 issued and outstanding

 
$

1
 
$

 

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 61 issued and outstanding

         

Additional paid-in capital

    90,159      

Retained earnings

    2,793      
           

Total PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. stockholders' equity

    92,953      
           

Members' equity related to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

        261,750  

Noncontrolling interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

    463,191      
           

Total equity

    556,144     261,750  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 1,280,780   $ 832,163  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands, except share data)
 

Revenue

                         

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727  

Loan origination fees

    6,312     2,452     11,980     2,687  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    22,054     7,715     50,298     13,839  

Net servicing income:

                         

Loan servicing fees

                         

From non-affiliates

    11,744     3,696     20,801     6,622  

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,787     4,438     16,513     8,563  

From Investment Funds

    2,100     3,023     4,247     6,646  

Mortgage servicing rebate to Investment Funds

    (34 )   (249 )   (173 )   (495 )

Ancillary and other fees

    2,662     1,118     4,923     2,508  
                   

    25,259     12,026     46,311     23,844  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (3,190 )   (4,368 )   (8,200 )   (4,610 )
                   

Net servicing income

    22,069     7,658     38,111     19,234  
                   

Management fees:

                         

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    8,455     2,488     14,947     4,292  

From Investment Funds

    1,974     2,368     3,888     4,757  
                   

    10,429     4,856     18,835     9,049  
                   

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    2,862     2,110     7,599     3,899  

Interest

    4,474     2,146     6,217     2,577  

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    (320 )   121     (233 )   316  

Other

    243     721     1,057     1,191  
                   

Total net revenue

    110,777     42,569     216,475     81,519  
                   

Expenses

                         

Compensation

    42,339     26,492     78,020     45,900  

Interest

    4,200     1,122     7,530     2,184  

Professional services

    2,783     1,007     5,070     2,251  

Loan origination

    2,516     567     5,023     738  

Servicing

    1,609     461     3,141     1,439  

Technology

    2,030     1,122     3,616     2,104  

Occupancy

    596     301     1,087     684  

Other

    4,475     1,019     7,466     1,179  
                   

Total expenses

    60,548     32,091     110,953     56,479  
                   

Income before provision for income taxes

    50,229     10,478     105,522     25,040  

Provision for income taxes

    2,038         2,038      
                   

Net income

    48,191   $ 10,478     103,484   $ 25,040  
                       

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    45,398           100,691        
                       

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

  $ 2,793         $ 2,793        
                       

Earnings per common share

                         

Basic

  $ 0.22         $ 0.22        

Diluted

  $ 0.22         $ 0.22        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

                         

Basic

    12,778           12,778        

Diluted

    77,163           77,163        

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

 
  PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Stockholders    
  Noncontrolling
interest in
Private
National
Mortgage
Acceptance
Company, LLC
   
 
 
  Number of Shares   Common stock    
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
paid-
in capital
  Retained
earnings
  Members'
equity
   
 
 
  Class A   Class B   Class A   Class B   Total equity  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

          $   $   $   $   $ 123,915   $   $ 123,915  

Capital:

                                                       

Contributions

                            15,058         15,058  

Distributions

                            (5,834 )       (5,834 )

Unit-based compensation expense

                            9,050         9,050  

Net income

                            25,040         25,040  
                                       

Balance at June 30, 2012

          $   $   $   $   $ 167,229   $   $ 167,229  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2012

          $   $   $   $   $ 261,750   $   $ 261,750  

Capital:

                                                       

Contributions

                                     

Distributions

                            (19,623 )       (19,623 )

Unit-based compensation expense

                            238         238  

Partner capital issuance costs

                            (3,745 )       (3,745 )

Net income

                            76,834         76,834  

Exchange of existing partner units to Class A units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

                            (315,454 )   315,454      
                                       

Balance post-reorganization

                                315,454     315,454  

Issuance of common shares in initial public offering, net of issuance costs

    12,778         1         229,999                 230,000  

Underwriting and offering costs

                    (13,225 )               (13,225 )

Initial recognition of noncontrolling interest

                    (127,160 )           127,160      

Stock-based compensation

                    545                 545  

Unit-based compensation expense

                                115     115  

Distributions

                                (3,395 )   (3,395 )

Net income

                        2,793         23,857     26,650  
                                       

Balance at June 30, 2013

    12,778       $ 1   $   $ 90,159   $ 2,793   $   $ 463,191   $ 556,144  
                                       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

 
  Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from operating activities:

             

Net income

  $ 103,484   $ 25,040  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    (82,611 )   (28,727 )

Accrual of servicing rebate to Investment Funds

    173     495  

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    8,200     4,610  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

    (7,599 )   (3,899 )

Change in fair value of investment in common shares of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    318     (233 )

Stock and unit-based compensation expense

    898     9,050  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and commitment fees relating to financing facilities

    2,346     693  

Depreciation and amortization

    317     254  

Purchase of mortgage loans held for sale from PennyMac Investment Trust

    (8,282,163 )   (2,458,242 )

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale

    (612,966 )   (155,498 )

Sale and principal payments of mortgage loans held for sale

    8,695,704     2,458,405  

Increase in servicing advances

    (1,638 )   (9,268 )

Increase in prepaid expenses

    (5,163 )   (1,474 )

Repurchase of real estate acquired in settlement of loans subject to representations and warranties

    (309 )    

Decrease in receivable from Investment Funds

    512     3,125  

Decrease (increase) in receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    999     (10,502 )

(Increase) decrease in other assets

    (147 )   817  

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    15,987     4,321  

Increase in income taxes payable

    2,031      

(Decrease) increase in payable to Investment Funds

    (467 )   4,258  

Increase in payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    5,450     14,127  
           

Net cash used in operating activities

    (156,644 )   (142,648 )
           

Cash flow from investing activities:

             

Net increase in short-term investment

    (102,984 )   (1,956 )

Purchase of furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements

    (3,735 )   (1,488 )

Acquisition of capitalized software

    (342 )   (321 )

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

    (4,009 )    

Decrease (increase) in margin deposits and restricted cash

    2,759     (4,330 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (108,311 )   (8,095 )
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

 
  Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from financing activities:

             

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase

    8,127,574     2,393,570  

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    (8,020,681 )   (2,250,724 )

Decrease in note payable

    (5,804 )   (485 )

Issuance of common stock

    230,000      

Payment of common stock underwriting and offering costs

    (13,225 )    

Payment by noncontrolling interest of common stock issuance costs

    (3,745 )    

Noncontrolling interest repayments of partners' capital contributions

        (77 )

Noncontrolling interest collection of subscriptions receivable

        15,058  

Noncontrolling interest distributions

    (23,019 )   (5,757 )
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    291,100     151,585  
           

Net increase in cash

    26,145     842  

Cash at beginning of period

    12,323     16,465  
           

Cash at end of period

  $ 38,468   $ 17,307  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 1—Organization and Basis of Presentation

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. ("PFSI" or the "Company") was formed as a Delaware corporation on December 31, 2012. Pursuant to a reorganization, the Company became a holding corporation and its sole asset is an equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC ("PennyMac"). The Company is the managing member of PennyMac and operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of PennyMac subject to the consent rights of other members under certain circumstances and, through PennyMac and its subsidiaries, continues to conduct the business previously conducted by these subsidiaries.

        PennyMac is a Delaware limited liability company which, through its subsidiaries, engages in mortgage banking and investment management activities. PennyMac's mortgage banking activities consist of residential mortgage lending (including correspondent lending and retail lending) and loan servicing. The investment management activities and a portion of the loan servicing activities are conducted on behalf of investment vehicles that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets. PennyMac's primary wholly-owned subsidiaries are:

        On May 14, 2013, PFSI completed an initial public offering ("IPO") in which it sold approximately 12.8 million shares of its Class A common stock, at a public offering price of $18.00 per share. PFSI received net proceeds of $216.8 million, after deducting net underwriting discounts and commissions,

F-7


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 1—Organization and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

from sales of its shares in the IPO. PFSI used these net proceeds to purchase approximately 12.8 million Class A Units of PennyMac. PFSI operates and controls all of the business and affairs and consolidates the financial results of PennyMac and its subsidiaries. The purchase of 12.8 million Class A Units of PennyMac has been accounted for as a transfer of interests under common control. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect a reclassification of members' equity to noncontrolling interests in the Company of $315.5 million. This amount represents the carrying value in the Company of the existing owners of PennyMac that has been purchased for the Class A Units of PennyMac.

        After the completion of the recapitalization and reorganization transactions, PennyMac is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, accordingly, PennyMac's consolidated financial statements are the Company's historical financial statements. The historical consolidated financial statements of PennyMac are reflected herein based on the historical ownership interests of the existing owners of PennyMac.

        Before the IPO, PennyMac completed a reorganization by amending its limited liability company agreement to convert all classes of ownership interests held by its existing owners to a single class of common units. The conversion of existing interests was based on the various interests' liquidation priorities as specified in PennyMac's prior limited liability company agreement. In connection with that reorganization, PFSI became the sole managing member of PennyMac.

        As part of the IPO, PFSI entered into a tax receivable agreement with PennyMac's existing owners whereby PFSI will pay to such owners 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PFSI is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of the then-existing unitholders and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to PFSI entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

        The Company's unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC regarding interim financial reporting. The information included in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q should be read with the financial statements and accompanying notes included in the Company's final prospectus dated May 8, 2013 as part of its Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (SEC File No. 333-186495) (the "Registration Statement").

        The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the interim periods, but are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be anticipated for the full year ending December 31, 2013.

Note 2—Concentration of Risk

        A substantial portion of the Company's activities relate to the Advised Entities. Fees charged to these entities (comprised of management fees, loan servicing fees and loan servicing rebates, Carried Interest income and fulfillment fees from PMT) totaled 42% and 53% of total revenues for the

F-8


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 2—Concentration of Risk (Continued)

quarters ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 45% and 52% for the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies

        The Company's updated accounting policies are summarized below.

        The Company's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for awards of nonstatutory and incentive stock options ("Stock Options"), time-based restricted stock units, performance-based restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and stock grants. The Company estimates the value of the Stock Options, time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units awarded with reference to the value of its underlying common stock on the date of the award. Compensation costs are fixed, except for performance-based restricted stock units, at the estimated fair value as of the award date as all grantees are employees and directors of the Company or PennyMac. The Company amortizes the fair value of previously granted stock-based awards to compensation expense over the vesting period using the graded vesting method. Expense relating to awards is included in Compensation in the consolidated statements of income.

        The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes. Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

        The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized as income in the period in which the change occurs. Subject to management's judgment, a valuation allowance is established if it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized.

        The Company recognizes tax benefits relating to its tax positions only if, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority. A tax position that meets this standard is recognized as the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the appropriate taxing authority. The Company will classify any penalties and interest as a component of provision for income taxes.

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates

        Before February 1, 2013, under a management agreement, PennyMac received from PMT a base management fee. The base management fee was calculated at 1.5% per year of PMT's shareholders' equity. The management agreement also provided for a performance incentive fee, which was

F-9


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

calculated at 20% per year of the amount by which PMT's "core earnings," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeded an 8% "hurdle rate" as defined in the management agreement. PennyMac did not earn a performance incentive fee before February 1, 2013.

        Effective February 1, 2013, the management agreement was amended to provide that:

        The base management fee and the performance incentive fee are both receivable quarterly in arrears. The performance incentive fee may be paid in cash or in PMT's common shares (subject to a limit of no more than 50% paid in common shares), at PMT's option.

F-10


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        Following is a summary of the base management and performance incentive fees earned from PMT for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Base management fee

  $ 4,575   $ 2,488   $ 8,940   $ 4,292  

Performance incentive fee

    3,880         6,007      
                   

  $ 8,455   $ 2,488   $ 14,947   $ 4,292  
                   

        The term of the management agreement, as amended, expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the management agreement.

        In the event of termination by PMT, the Company may be entitled to a termination fee in certain circumstances. The termination fee is equal to three times the sum of (a) the average annual base management fee, and (b) the average annual (or, if the period is than 24 months, annualized) performance incentive fee earned by the Company, in each case during the 24-month period before termination.

        The Company has a loan servicing agreement with PMT. Before February 1, 2013, the servicing fee rates were based on the risk characteristics of the mortgage loans serviced and total servicing compensation was established at levels that management believed were competitive with those charged by other servicers or specialty servicers, as applicable.

        Effective February 1, 2013, the servicing agreement was amended to provide for servicing fees payable to the Company that changed from being based on a percentage of the loan's unpaid principal balance to fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of loans ("REO"). The Company also remains entitled to market-based fees and charges including boarding and deboarding fees,

F-11


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

liquidation and disposition fees, assumption, modification and origination fees and late charges relating to loans it services for PMT.

F-12


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        Following is a summary of mortgage loan servicing fees earned for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Loan servicing fees:

                         

Base

  $ 6,150   $ 3,110   $ 11,866   $ 6,138  

Activity-based

    2,637     1,328     4,647     2,425  
                   

  $ 8,787   $ 4,438   $ 16,513   $ 8,563  
                   

        The term of the servicing agreement, as amended, expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the servicing agreement.

        Before February 1, 2013, PMT paid PennyMac a fulfillment fee of 50 basis points of the unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans sold to non-affiliates where PMT is approved or licensed to sell to such non-affiliate. Effective February 1, 2013, the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement provides for a fulfillment fee paid to the Company based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires. The fulfillment fee is equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans purchased by PMT, with the addition of potential fee rate discounts applicable to PMT's monthly purchase volume in excess of designated thresholds. The Company has also agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT's benefit, and the Company and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such services for any other third party.

        The Company is entitled to a fulfillment fee based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires and equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loan. Presently, the applicable percentages are (i) 0.50% for conventional mortgage loans, (ii) 0.88% for loans underwritten in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, (iii) 0.80% for the U.S. Department of the Treasury and HUD's Home Affordable Refinance Program ("HARP") mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 105% or less, (iv) 1.20% for HARP mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of greater than 105%, and (v) 0.50% for all other mortgage loans not contemplated above; provided, however, that the Company may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount of the applicable fulfillment fee and credit the amount of such reduction to the reimbursement otherwise due as described in the following paragraph. This reduction may only be credited to the reimbursement applicable to the month in which the related mortgage has been funded.

        In the event that PMT purchases mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance in any month totaling more than $2.5 billion, the Company has agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT an amount equal to the percentage of such aggregate unpaid principal balance relating to Mortgage loans for which the Company collected fulfillment frees for such month, multiplied by the sum of the following: (a) the product of (i) 0.025%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $2.5 billion and less than or equal to$5 billion plus (b) the product of (i) 0.05%, and (ii) the amount of unpaid principal balance in excess of $5 billion.

F-13


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        PMT does not hold the Ginnie Mae approval required to issue securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae MBS and act as a servicer. Accordingly, under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, the Company currently purchases loans underwritten in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide "as is" and without recourse of any kind to PMT at its cost less fees collected by PMT from the seller, plus accrued interest and a sourcing fee of three basis points.

        In consideration for the mortgage banking services provided by the Company with respect to PMT's acquisition of mortgage loans under PLS's early purchase program, the Company is entitled to fees (i) accruing at a rate equal to $25,000 per year per early purchase facility administered by the Company, and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan PMT acquires. In consideration for the warehouse services provided by the Company with respect to mortgage loans that PMT finances for its warehouse lending clients, with respect to each facility, the Company is entitled to fees (i) accruing at a rate equal to $25,000 per year, and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan that PMT finances thereunder. Where PMT has entered into both an early purchase agreement and a warehouse lending agreement with the same client, the Company shall only be entitled to one $25,000 per year fee and, with respect to any mortgage loan that becomes subject to both such agreements, only one $50 per loan fee.

        The term of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

        Following is a summary of correspondent lending activity between the Company and PMT for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Sourcing fees paid

  $ 1,349   $ 461   $ 2,359   $ 701  

Fulfillment fee revenue

  $ 22,054   $ 7,715   $ 50,298   $ 13,839  

Unpaid principal balance of loans fulfilled for PMT

  $ 4,323,885   $ 1,537,636   $ 9,110,711   $ 2,336,843  

Fair value of loans purchased from PMT

  $ 4,733,767   $ 1,620,123   $ 8,282,163   $ 2,458,243  

        Pursuant to the terms of a mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") recapture agreement, effective February 1, 2013, if the Company refinances through its retail lending business loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, the Company is generally required to transfer and convey to one of PMT's wholly-owned subsidiaries, without cost to PMT, the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have a total unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the total unpaid principal balance of all the loans so originated. Where the fair market value of the aggregate MSRs to be transferred is less than $200,000, the Company may, at its option, wire cash to PMT in an amount equal to such fair market value in lieu of transferring such MSRs. The MSR recapture agreement expires, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the agreement, on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods. The Company recorded MSR recapture totaling $366,000 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 as a component of gain on mortgage loans held for sale.

F-14


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        Pursuant to the terms of a spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement, PMT may acquire from the Company the rights to receive certain excess servicing spread arising from MSRs acquired by the Company, in which case the Company generally would be required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans. The terms of each transaction under the spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement will be subject to the terms of such agreement as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction. The Company made no transfers to PMT under the spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013.

        In connection with the IPO of PMT's common shares on August 4, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse the Company for the $2.9 million payment that it made to the underwriters in such offering (the "Conditional Reimbursement") if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. Effective February 1, 2013, PMT amended the terms of the reimbursement agreement to provide for the reimbursement to the Company of the Conditional Reimbursement if PMT is required to pay the Company performance incentive fees under the management agreement at a rate of $10 in reimbursement for every $100 of performance incentive fees earned. The reimbursement of the Conditional Reimbursement is subject to a maximum reimbursement in any particular 12-month period of $1.0 million and the maximum amount that may be reimbursed under the agreement is $2.9 million. The Company received payments from PMT totaling $422,000 during the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013.

        In the event the termination fee is payable to the Company under the management agreement and the Company has not received the full amount of the reimbursements and payments under the reimbursement agreement, such amount will be paid in full. The term of the reimbursement agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

        PMT reimburses the Company for other expenses, including common overhead expenses incurred on its behalf by the Company, in accordance with the terms of its management agreement. Such amounts are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reimbursement of expenses incurred on PMT's behalf

  $ 585   $ 2,055   $ 1,834   $ 3,261  

Reimbursement of common overhead incurred by PCM and its affiliates

    3,201     882     5,807     1,268  
                   

  $ 3,786   $ 2,937   $ 7,641   $ 4,529  
                   

Payments and settlements during the period(1)

  $ 32,616   $ 11,014   $ 65,290   $ 16,859  
                   

(1)
Payments and settlements include payments for management fees and correspondent lending activities itemized in the preceding table and netting settlements made pursuant to master netting agreements between the Company and PMT.

F-15


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

        Amounts due from PMT are summarized below as of the dates presented:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Management fees

  $ 8,455   $ 4,473  

Servicing fees

    4,319     3,670  

Underwriting fees

    2,519     2,941  

Allocated expenses

    1,432     1,132  

Loan purchases

        4,475  
           

  $ 16,725   $ 16,691  
           

        The Company also holds an investment in PMT in the form of 75,000 common shares of beneficial interest as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The shares had fair values of $1,579,000 and $1,897,000 as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

        Amounts due from the Investment Funds are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Receivable from Investment Funds:

             

Loan servicing fees

  $ 672   $ 1,052  

Loan servicing rebate

    239     (239 )

Management fees

    1,961     2,164  

Expense reimbursements

    115     695  
           

  $ 2,987   $ 3,672  
           

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds:

             

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC

  $ 34,447   $ 29,785  

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

    20,875     17,938  
           

  $ 55,322   $ 47,723  
           

        Amounts due to the Investment Funds totaling $36,328,000 and $36,795,000 represent amounts advanced by the Investment Funds to fund servicing advances made by the Company as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Note 5—Earnings Per Common Share

        Basic earnings per common share is determined using net income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is determined by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average of common shares outstanding, assuming all potentially dilutive common shares were issued. For periods in which the Company records a loss, potentially dilutive common shares are excluded from the diluted loss per common share calculation as their effect on loss per common share is anti-dilutive.

F-16


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 5—Earnings Per Common Share (Continued)

        The Company applies the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive weighted-average common shares represented by the unvested restricted stock units and the exchangeable PennyMac Class A units. The diluted earnings per share calculation assumes the exchange of these PennyMac Class A partnership units on an as if converted basis. Accordingly, the numerator is also adjusted to include the earnings allocated to the partnership unitholders after taking into account the tax effect of such exchange.

        The following table summarizes the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
 
 
  (in thousands,
except
per share
amounts)

 

Basic earnings per common share:

       

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 2,793  
       

Weighted-average shares outstanding

    12,778  
       

Basic earnings per share

  $ 0.22  
       

Diluted earnings per common share:

       

Net income

  $ 2,793  

Effect of net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax

    13,813  
       

Diluted net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 16,606  
       

Weighted-average common stock outstanding

    12,778  

Dilutive potential exchangeable PennyMac Class A common units to common shares

    64,380  

Dilutive potential common stock issuable under stock-based compensation plans

    5  
       

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

    77,163  
       

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.22  
       

Note 6—Loan Sales and Servicing Activities

        The Company purchases and sells mortgage loans to the secondary mortgage market without recourse for credit losses. However, the Company maintains continuing involvement with the loans in the form of servicing arrangements and the liability under representations and warranties it makes to purchasers and insurers of the loans.

F-17


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Sales and Servicing Activities (Continued)

        The following table summarizes cash flows between the Company and transferees upon sale of mortgage loans in transactions where the Company maintains continuing involvement with the mortgage loans (primarily the obligation to service the loans on behalf of the loans' owners or owners' agents):

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flows:

                         

Proceeds from sales

  $ 4,634,607   $ 1,645,277   $ 8,695,704   $ 2,458,405  

Servicing fees received

  $ 12,402   $ 2,541   $ 21,701   $ 4,387  

Net servicing (advances) recoveries          

  $ (78 ) $ (574 ) $ 3,658   $ (1,182 )

Quarter-end information:

                         

Unpaid principal balance of loans outstanding at period-end          

  $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747   $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747  

Loans delinquent 30-89 days

  $ 204,998   $ 24,824   $ 204,998   $ 24,824  

Loans delinquent 90 or more days or in foreclosure or bankruptcy

  $ 63,049   $ 6,551   $ 63,049   $ 6,551  

        The Company's mortgage servicing portfolio is summarized as follows:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subservicing   Total
loans serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 24,974,284   $ 24,974,284  

Agencies

    17,622,302         17,622,302  

Private investors

    1,155,301         1,155,301  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    653,789         653,789  
               

  $ 19,431,392   $ 24,974,284   $ 44,405,676  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 41,971   $ 827,344   $ 869,315  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days

  $ 246,910   $ 235,072   $ 481,982  

60 days

    72,849     123,783     196,632  

90 days or more

    158,577     1,129,945     1,288,522  
               

    478,336     1,488,800     1,967,136  

Loans pending foreclosure

    65,881     1,256,520     1,322,401  
               

  $ 544,217   $ 2,745,320   $ 3,289,537  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company(1)

  $ 302,786   $ 312,930   $ 615,716  
               

F-18


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Sales and Servicing Activities (Continued)

 

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subservicing   Total
loans serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 16,552,939   $ 16,552,939  

Agencies

    9,860,284         9,860,284  

Private investors

    1,321,584         1,321,584  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    417,742         417,742  
               

  $ 11,599,610   $ 16,552,939   $ 28,152,549  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 45,562   $ 375,818   $ 421,380  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days

  $ 191,884   $ 187,653   $ 379,537  

60 days

    60,886     122,564     183,450  

90 days or more

    112,847     851,851     964,698  
               

    365,617     1,162,068     1,527,685  

Loans pending foreclosure

    75,329     1,290,687     1,366,016  
               

  $ 440,946   $ 2,452,755   $ 2,893,701  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company(1)

  $ 263,562   $ 150,080   $ 413,642  
               

(1)
Borrower and investor custodial cash accounts relate to loans serviced under the servicing agreements and are not recorded on the Company's consolidated balance sheets. The Company earns interest on custodial funds it manages on behalf of the loans' investors, which is recorded as part of the interest income in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

        Following is a summary of the geographical distribution of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio for the top five and all other states as measured by the total unpaid principal balance:

State
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

California

  $ 16,410,235   $ 10,696,508  

Virginia

    2,323,804     *  

Texas

    2,285,834     1,223,382  

Florida

    2,003,649     1,385,286  

Colorado

    1,895,865     1,299,295  

Washington

    *     1,143,849  

All other states

    19,486,289     12,404,229  
           

  $ 44,405,676   $ 28,152,549  
           

*
State did not represent a top five state as of the respective date.

        Certain of the loans serviced by the Company are subserviced on the Company's behalf by other mortgage loan servicers. Loans are subserviced for the Company when the loans are secured by property in the State of Massachusetts where the Company is not licensed and a license is required to

F-19


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Sales and Servicing Activities (Continued)

perform such services, or on a transitional basis for loans where the Company has obtained the rights to service the loans but servicing of the loans has not yet transferred to the Company's servicing system.

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments

        The Company uses derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate risk for the commitments it makes to purchase or originate mortgage loans at specified interest rates (interest rate lock commitments or "IRLCs"), its inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and MSRs. All derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. The Company has elected to net derivative asset and liability positions, and cash collateral obtained from (or posted to) its counterparties when subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement. In the event of default, all counterparties are subject to legally enforceable master netting agreements. The derivatives that are not subject to a master netting arrangement are IRLCs.

        As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company was not party to reverse repurchase agreements or securities lending transactions that are required to be disclosed in the following table.

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
assets
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
assets
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives subject to master netting arrangements:

                                     

MBS put options

  $ 4,194   $   $ 4,194   $ 967   $   $ 967  

MBS call options

    1,935         1,935              

Forward purchase contracts

    5,550         5,550     1,645         1,645  

Forward sale contracts

    93,579         93,579     1,818         1,818  

Netting

        (77,236 )   (77,236 )       (1,091 )   (1,091 )
                           

    105,258     (77,236 )   28,022     4,430     (1,091 )   3,339  

Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangements—IRLCs

    9,155         9,155     23,951         23,951  
                           

Total

  $ 114,413   $ (77,236 ) $ 37,177   $ 28,381   $ (1,091 ) $ 27,290  
                           

F-20


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Derivative Assets, Financial Assets, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

        The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative asset positions after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that does not meet the accounting guidance qualifying for setoff accounting.

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
   
  Gross amounts not
offfset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Net amount
of assets
in the
balance
sheet
   
  Net amount
of assets
in the
balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 9,155   $   $   $ 9,155   $ 23,951   $   $   $ 23,951  

Bank of America, N.A. 

    10,487             10,487     1,782             1,782  

Barclays Capital

    3,883             3,883                  

Citibank

    4,636             4,636     522             522  

Jefferies & Co. 

    3,060             3,060                  

Wells Fargo

    1,671             1,671     18             18  

Bank of NY Mellon

                    311             311  

Other

    4,285             4,285     706             706  
                                   

Total

  $ 37,177   $   $   $ 37,177   $ 27,290   $   $   $ 27,290  
                                   

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities and Financial Liabilities

        Following is a summary of net derivative liabilities and assets sold under agreements to repurchase. As discussed above, all derivatives with the exception of IRLCs are subject to master netting arrangements. The assets sold under agreements to repurchase do not qualify for setoff accounting.

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
liabilities
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
consolidated
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of liabilities
presented
in the
consolidated
balance
sheet
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
liabilities
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
consolidated
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of liabilities
presented
in the
consolidated
balance
sheet
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives:

                                     

Subject to a master netting arrangement:

                                     

Forward purchase contracts

  $ 23,306   $   $ 23,306   $ 389   $   $ 389  

Forward sale contracts

    9,227         9,227     1,894         1,894  

Netting

        (30,453 )   (30,453 )       (1,785 )   (1,785 )
                           

    32,533     (30,453 )   2,080     2,283     (1,785 )   498  

Derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement—IRLCs

    25,365         25,365     11         11  
                           

Total derivatives

    57,898     (30,453 )   27,445     2,294     (1,785 )   509  
                           

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    500,427         500,427     393,534         393,534  
                           

Total

  $ 558,325   $ (30,453 ) $ 527,872   $ 395,828   $ (1,785 ) $ 394,043  
                           

F-21


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Derivative Liabilities, Financial Liabilities, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

        The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative liabilities and assets sold under agreements to repurchase after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that does not meet the accounting guidance qualifying for setoff accounting. All assets sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by sufficient collateral or exceed the liability amount recorded on the consolidated balance sheet.

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Net amount of
liabilities
in the
consolidated
balance sheet
   
  Net amount of
liabilities
in the
consolidated
balance sheet
   
 
 
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
pledged
  Net
amount
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
pledged
  Net
amount
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 25,365   $   $   $ 25,365   $   $   $   $  

Citibank, N.A. 

    93,657     (93,657 )           121,200     (121,200 )        

Bank of America, N.A. 

    236,384     (236,384 )           150,082     (150,082 )        

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

    170,386     (170,386 )           122,443     (122,252 )       191  

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. 

    134             134     53             53  

Bank of NY Mellon

    1,491             1,491                  

Other

    455             455     265             265  
                                   

Total

  $ 527,872   $ (500,427 ) $   $ 27,445   $ 394,043   $ (393,534 ) $   $ 509  
                                   

Note 8—Fair Value

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their estimated fair values. The application of fair value estimates may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its estimated fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

        Management identified all of its non-cash financial assets and its originated MSRs relating to loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% to be accounted for at estimated fair value so changes in fair value will be reflected in results of operations as they occur and more timely reflect the results of the Company's performance. The Company's financial assets subject to this election include the short-term investments and mortgage loans held for sale.

        For originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5%, management has concluded that such assets present different risks to the Company than originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and therefore require a different risk management approach. Management's risk management efforts relating to these assets are aimed at mainly moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. Management has identified these assets for accounting using the amortization method.

F-22


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Management's risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at mainly moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values. During the quarter ended March 31, 2013, a portion of the IRLCs, the fair value of which typically increases when prepayment speeds increase, were used to moderate the effect of changes in fair value of the servicing assets, which typically decreases as prepayment speeds increase.

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 156,148   $ 156,148   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    656,341         651,816     4,525  

Investment in PMT

    1,579     1,579          

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

    23,070             23,070  

Derivative assets:

                         

Interest rate lock commitments

    9,155             9,155  

Forward purchase contracts

    5,550         5,550      

Forward sales contracts

    93,579         93,579      

MBS put options

    4,194         4,194      

MBS call options

    1,935         1,935      
                   

Total derivative assets before netting

    114,413         105,258     9,155  

Netting(1)

    (77,236 )            
                   

Total derivative assets

    37,177         105,258     9,155  
                   

  $ 874,315   $ 157,727   $ 757,074   $ 36,750  
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Derivative liabilities:

                         

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 25,365   $   $   $ 25,365  

Forward purchase contracts

    23,306         23,306      

Forward sales contracts

    9,227         9,227      
                   

Total derivative liabilities before netting

    57,898         32,533     25,365  

Netting(1)

    (30,453 )            
                   

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 27,445   $   $ 32,533   $ 25,365  
                   

(1)
Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

F-23


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 53,164   $ 53,164   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    448,384         448,384      

Investment in PMT

    1,897     1,897          

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

    19,798             19,798  

Derivative assets:

                         

Interest rate lock commitments

    23,951             23,951  

Forward purchase contracts

    1,645         1,645      

Forward sales contracts

    1,818         1,818      

MBS put options

    967         967      
                   

Total derivative assets before netting

    28,381         4,430     23,951  

Netting(1)

    (1,091 )            
                   

Total derivative assets

    27,290         4,430     23,951  
                   

  $ 550,533   $ 55,061   $ 452,814   $ 43,749  
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Derivative liabilities:

                         

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 11   $   $   $ 11  

Forward purchase contracts

    389         389      

Forward sales contracts

    1,894         1,894      
                   

Total derivative liabilities before netting

    2,294         2,283     11  

Netting(1)

    (1,785 )            
                   

Net derivative liabilities

  $ 509   $   $ 2,283   $ 11  
                   

(1)
Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the setoff of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

F-24


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        As shown above, certain of the Company's mortgage loans held for sale, MSRs at fair value, and IRLCs are measured using Level 3 inputs. Following is a roll forward of these items for the quarters and six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 where Level 3 significant inputs were used on a recurring basis:

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Mortgage
loans held
for sale
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Net interest
rate lock
commitments(1)
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, March 31, 2013

  $ 4,487   $ 18,622   $ 25,437   $ 48,546  

Repurchases

    923             923  

Repayments

    (608 )           (608 )

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

            23,530     23,530  

Purchases of MSR

        4,008         4,008  

Sales of MSR

        (550 )       (550 )

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

        17         17  

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

                         

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

                 

Other factors

    (277 )   973     (20,983 )   (20,287 )
                   

    (277 )   973     (20,983 )   (20,287 )
                   

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

            (44,194 )   (44,194 )

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments (asset) liability to mortgage loans acquired for sale

                 
                   

Balance, June 30, 2013

  $ 4,525   $ 23,070   $ (16,210 ) $ 11,385  
                   

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013

  $ (329 ) $ 973   $ (16,210 )      
                     

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013

  $ (277 )       $ (16,210 )      
                       

(1)
For the purpose of this table, the interest rate lock asset and liability positions are shown net.

F-25


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, March 31, 2012

  $ 26,344   $ 8,088   $ 34,432  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        34,338     34,338  

Purchases of MSR

             

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    62         62  

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

                   

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

             

Other factors

    (2,957 )   49     (2,908 )
               

    (2,957 )   49     (2,908 )
               

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (29,765 )   (29,765 )

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments (asset) liability to mortgage loans acquired for sale

             
               

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $ 23,449   $ 12,710   $ 36,159  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012

  $ (2,957 ) $ 12,710        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012

        $ 12,710        
                   

F-26


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Mortgage
loans held
for sale
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Net interest
rate lock
commitments(1)
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $   $ 19,798   $ 23,951   $ 43,749  

Repurchases

    5,529             5,529  

Repayments

    (622 )           (622 )

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

            57,179     57,179  

Purchases of MSR

        4,008         4,008  

Sales of MSR

        (550 )       (550 )

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

        20         20  

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

                         

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

                 

Other factors

    (382 )   (206 )   (21,090 )   (21,678 )
                   

    (382 )   (206 )   (21,090 )   (21,678 )
                   

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

            (76,250 )   (76,250 )

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments (asset) liability to mortgage loans acquired for sale

                 
                   

Balance, June 30, 2013

  $ 4,525   $ 23,070   $ (16,210 ) $ 11,385  
                   

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013

  $ (443 ) $ (206 ) $ (16,210 )      
                     

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at June 30, 2013

  $ (382 )       $ (16,210 )      
                       

(1)
For the purpose of this table, the interest rate lock asset and liability positions are shown net.

F-27


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 25,698   $ 7,905   $ 33,603  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        48,782     48,782  

Purchases of MSR

             

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    742         742  

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

                   

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

             

Other factors

    (2,991 )   57     (2,934 )
               

    (2,991 )   57     (2,934 )
               

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (44,034 )   (44,034 )

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments (asset) liability to mortgage loans acquired for sale

             
               

Balance, June 30, 2012

  $ 23,449   $ 12,710   $ 36,159  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012

  $ (2,991 ) $ 12,710        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at June 30, 2012

        $ 12,710        
                   

F-28


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        The information used in the preceding roll forwards represents activity for any financial statement items identified as using Level 3 significant inputs at either the beginning or the end of the periods presented. The Company had no transfers in or out among the levels.

        Gains (losses) from changes in estimated fair values included in earnings for financial statement items carried at estimated fair value as a result of management's election of the fair value option are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2013   Quarter ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total   Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Short-term investments

  $   $   $   $   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    (7,791 )       (7,791 )   35,939         35,939  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        973     973         (2,957 )   (2,957 )
                           

  $ (7,791 ) $ 973   $ (6,818 ) $ 35,939   $ (2,957 ) $ 32,982  
                           

 

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2013   Six months ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total   Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Short-term investments

  $   $   $   $   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    18,489         18,489     52,125         52,125  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        (206 )   (206 )       (2,991 )   (2,991 )
                           

  $ 18,489   $ (206 ) $ 18,283   $ 52,125   $ (2,991 ) $ 49,134  
                           

F-29


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following are the fair value and related principal amounts due upon maturity of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option as of the dates presented:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  Fair value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 655,221   $ 652,361   $ 2,860  

90 or more days delinquent

    1,120     1,428     (308 )
               

  $ 656,341   $ 653,789   $ 2,552  
               

 

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Fair value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 447,889   $ 418,650   $ 29,239  

90 or more days delinquent

    495     623     (128 )
               

  $ 448,384   $ 419,273   $ 29,111  
               

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the dates presented:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 67,465   $   $   $ 67,465  
                   

  $ 67,465   $   $   $ 67,465  
                   

 

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 51,180   $   $   $ 51,180  
                   

  $ 51,180   $   $   $ 51,180  
                   

F-30


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the total gains (losses) on assets measured at estimated fair values on a nonrecurring basis:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 688   $ (841 ) $ 132   $ 784  
                   

  $ 688   $ (841 ) $ 132   $ 784  
                   

        The Company evaluates its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value for impairment with reference to the assets' fair values. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value based on the interest rates borne by the mortgage loans underlying the MSRs. Mortgage loans are grouped into note rate pools of 50 basis points for fixed-rate mortgage loans with note rates between 3% and 4.5% and a single pool for mortgage loans with note rates below 3%. MSRs relating to adjustable rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less are evaluated in a single pool. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool reduced by any existing valuation allowance, those MSRs are impaired.

        When MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current period income and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted using a valuation allowance. If the value of the MSRs subsequently increases, the increase in value is recognized in current period income only to the extent of the valuation allowance.

        Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management concludes that recovery of the value is unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that note rate pool to its estimated fair value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        The Company's Cash as well as its Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase, Note payable, Carried Interest due from Investment Funds, and amounts receivable from and payable to the Advised Entities are carried at cost.

        Cash is measured using "Level 1" significant inputs. The Company's borrowings carried at amortized cost do not have active markets or observable inputs and the fair value is measured using management's best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. The Company has classified these financial instruments as "Level 3" financial statement items as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 due to the lack of current market activity and the Company's reliance on unobservable inputs to estimate the fair value.

        Management has concluded that the carrying value of the Carried Interest due from Investment Funds approximates its fair value as the balance represents the amount distributable to the Company at the balance sheet date assuming liquidation of the Investment Funds. Management has concluded that

F-31


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

the estimated fair value of the Note payable approximates the agreements' carrying value due to the agreements' short terms and variable interest rates.

        The Company also carries the receivable from and payable to the Advised Entities at cost. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of such balances approximates the carrying value due to the short terms of such balances.

        Most of the Company's financial assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. A portion of the Company's financial assets and all of its MSRs are "Level 3" financial statement items which require the use of significant unobservable inputs in the estimation of the assets' values. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available under the circumstances.

        The Company has assigned the responsibility for estimating the fair values of "Level 3" financial statement items to a valuation group and has developed procedures and controls governing the valuation process relating to these assets. The estimation of fair values of the Company's financial assets are assigned to its Financial Analysis and Valuation group (the "FAV group"), which is responsible for valuing and monitoring the Company's investment portfolios and maintenance of its valuation policies and procedures.

        The FAV group reports to the Company's senior management valuation committee, which oversees and approves the valuations. The FAV group monitors the models used for valuation of the Company's "Level 3" financial statement items, including the models' performance versus actual results and reports those results to the senior management valuation committee. The results developed in the FAV group's monitoring activities are used to calibrate subsequent projections used for valuation.

        The FAV group is responsible for reporting to the Company's senior management valuation committee on a monthly basis on the changes in the valuation of the portfolio, including major factors affecting the valuation and any changes in model methods and assumptions. To assess the reasonableness of its valuations, the FAV group presents an analysis of the effect on the valuation of each of the changes to the significant inputs to the models.

        The following describes the techniques and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of "Level 2" and "Level 3" fair value financial statement items:

        Most of the Company's mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are saleable into active markets and are therefore categorized as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using their quoted market or contracted price or market price equivalent.

        Certain of the Company's mortgage loans may become non-saleable into active markets due to identification of a defect by the Company or to the repurchase of a mortgage loan with an identified defect. Because such loans are generally not saleable into active mortgage markets, they are classified as "Level 3" financial statement items. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's "non-saleable" mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are discount

F-32


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

rate, home price projections, voluntary prepayment speeds and default speeds. Significant changes in any of those inputs in isolation could result in a significant change to the loans' fair value measurement. Increases in home price projections are generally accompanied by an increase in voluntary prepayment speeds.

        The Company did not hold "Level 3" mortgage loans held for sale before 2013. Following is a quantitative summary of key inputs used in the valuation of "Level 3" mortgage loans held for sale at fair value:

 
  June 30, 2013
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Key Inputs

   

Discount rate

 

7.8%-13.4%

  (9.0%)

Twelve-month projected housing price index change

  6.8%-7.3%

  (6.9%)

Prepayment speed(1)

  1.9%-5.5%

  (4.7%)

Total prepayment speed(2)

  3.3%-5.6%

  (5.1%)

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using life voluntary Conditional Prepayment Rate ("CPR"). CPR represents the percentage of the remaining unpaid principal balance ("UPB") that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

(2)
Total prepayment speed is measured using life total CPR.

        Changes in fair value attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk are measured by the change in the respective loan's delinquency status at period-end from the later of the beginning of the period or acquisition date.

        The Company categorizes IRLCs as a "Level 3" financial statement item. The Company estimates the fair value of an IRLC based on quoted Agency MBS prices, its estimate of the fair value of the MSRs it expects to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund or be purchased as a percentage of the commitment it has made (the "pull-through rate").

        The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's IRLCs are the pull-through rate and the MSR component of the Company's estimate of the value of the mortgage loans it has committed to purchase. Significant changes in the pull-through rate and the MSR component of the IRLCs, in isolation, could result in a significant change in fair value measurement. The financial effects of changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated as increasing interest rates have a positive effect on the fair value of the MSR component of IRLC value, but increase the pull-through rate for loans that have decreased in fair value in comparison to the agreed-upon purchase price.

F-33


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following is a quantitative summary of key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of IRLCs:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Key Inputs

       

Pull-through rate

 

57.8%-98.0%

 

61.6%-98.1%

  (81.3%)   (79.1%)

MSR value expressed as:

       

Servicing fee multiple

  1.7-5.2   3.2-4.2

  (4.5)   (4.0)

Percentage of unpaid principal balance

  0.4%-2.6%   0.6%-2.2%

  (1.2%)   (0.9%)

        The Company estimates the fair value of commitments to sell loans based on quoted MBS prices. The Company estimates the fair value of the MBS options and futures it purchases and sells based on observed interest rate volatilities in the MBS market. The Company estimates the fair value of its MBS interest rate swaptions based on quoted market prices.

        MSRs are categorized as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of value. The key assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of MSRs include prepayment and default rates of the underlying loans, the applicable discount rate, and cost to service loans. The results of the estimates of fair value of MSRs are reported to the Company's senior management valuation committee as part of their review and approval of monthly valuation results. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are included in the consolidated statements of income under the caption Net servicing income—Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights.

F-34


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition are as follows:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,
 
  2013   2012
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans (in thousands)

  $4,372,786   $423,031   $1,560,292   $5,544

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  29   25   24   27

Pricing spread(1)

 

5.4%-12.4%

 

6.4%-9.6%

 

7.5%-11.9%

 

7.5%-9.9%

  (8.0%)   (7.2%)   (9.8%)   (7.9%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  8.5%-18.5%   8.7%-15.3%   6.7%-14.7%   7.9%-15.6%

  (8.8%)   (9.0%)   (8.2%)   (10.3%)

Life (in years)

  2.9-6.9   3.0-6.9   2.9-7.0   5.3-7.0

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (6.5)   (6.6)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

  $68-$120   $68-$68   $68-$100   $68-$100

  ($103)   ($68)   ($99)   ($72)

 

 
  Six months ended June 30,
 
  2013   2012
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans (in thousands)

  $8,229,142   $423,355   $2,325,346   $13,287

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  28   25   26   29

Pricing spread(1)

  5.4%-12.5%   6.4%-9.6%   7.5%-11.9%   7.5%-9.9%

  (8.2%)   (7.2%)   (9.8%)   (8.5%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  8.5%-18.5%   8.7%-15.3%   6.7%-14.7%   7.8%-15.6%

  (8.8%)   (9.0%)   (8.1%)   (9.2%)

Life (in years)

  2.9-6.9   3.0-6.9   2.9-7.0   3.6-7.0

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (6.6)   (6.7)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

  $68-$120   $68-$68   $68-$100   $68-$100

  ($102)   ($68)   ($99)   ($80)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward rate curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar London Inter Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans.

(2)
Annual total prepayment speed is measured using life total CPR.

F-35


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following is a quantitative summary of key inputs used in the valuation of the Company's MSRs at period end and the effect on the estimated fair value from adverse changes in those assumptions (weighted averages are based upon unpaid principal balance):

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
 
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

 
 
  (Carrying value, unpaid principal balance of underlying loans
and effect on value amounts in thousands)

 

Carrying value

  $10,978   $   $12,370   $  

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

 

$1,155,301

   
 

$1,271,478

   
 

Weighted-average note rate

  5.96%       6.01%      

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  50       50      

Discount rate

 

15.3%-15.3%

   
 

15.3%-15.3%

   
 

  (15.3%)       (15.3%)      

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($277)       ($302)      

Effect on value of 10% adverse change          

  ($542)       ($590)      

Effect on value of 20% adverse change          

  ($1,037)       ($1,130)      

Average life (in years)

 

4.9

   
 

5.0

   
 

Prepayment speed(1)

  11.0%-11.0%       10.7%-10.7%      

  (11.0%)       (10.7%)      

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($254)       ($273)      

Effect on value of 10% adverse change          

  ($500)       ($529)      

Effect on value of 20% adverse change          

  ($977)       ($1,040)      

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

 

$279-$279

   
 

$270-$270

   
 

  ($279)       ($270)      

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($267)       ($290)      

Effect on value of 10% adverse change          

  ($535)       ($580)      

Effect on value of 20% adverse change          

  ($1,070)       ($1,159)      

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

F-36


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012
 
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

 
  (Carrying value, unpaid principal balance of underlying loans and effect
on value amounts in thousands)

Carrying value

  $12,092   $176,668   $7,428   $89,177

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

 

$1,327,754

 

$16,294,547

 

$1,166,765

 

$8,730,686

Weighted-average note rate

  4.71%   3.52%   5.22%   3.65%

Weighted-average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

  25   28   26   28

Pricing spread(1)

 

6.4%-17.5%

 

5.4%-14.1%

 

7.5%-19.5%

 

7.5%-16.5%

  (8.7%)   (7.5%)   (10.6%)   (9.8%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($218)   ($3,923)   ($113)   ($1,814)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($429)   ($7,703)   ($222)   ($3,562)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($830)   ($14,859)   ($430)   ($6,870)

Average life (in years)

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.7-6.9

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.5-6.9

  (6.5)   (6.7)   (5.0)   (6.6)

Prepayment speed(2)

  8.7%-76.2%   8.6%-17.2%   9.0%-84.2%   8.7%-28.3%

  (11.3%)   (9.0%)   (19.2%)   (9.2%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($292)   ($3,823)   ($238)   ($1,751)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($572)   ($7,520)   ($462)   ($3,446)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,100)   ($14,562)   ($877)   ($6,674)

Annual per-loan cost of servicing

 

$68-$115

 

$68-$120

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

  ($72)   ($101)   ($76)   ($99)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($111)   ($1,944)   ($77)   ($963)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($221)   ($3,888)   ($153)   ($1,926)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($443)   ($7,776)   ($307)   ($3,852)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

        The preceding sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables; do not incorporate changes in the variables in relation to other variables; are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used; and do not incorporate other factors that would affect the Company's overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the preceding estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

F-37


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 9—Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value include the following:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Conforming

  $ 102,366   $ 50,003  

Government-insured or guaranteed

    549,450     398,381  

Repurchased mortgage loans

    4,525      
           

  $ 656,341   $ 448,384  
           

Fair value of mortgage loans pledged to secure mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 646,944   $ 438,850  
           

Note 10—Derivative Instruments

        The Company is exposed to price risk relative to its mortgage loans held for sale as well as to its IRLCs. The Company bears price risk from the time an IRLC is made to PMT or a loan applicant to the time the mortgage loan is sold. The Company is exposed to loss in value of its commitments to originate or purchase mortgage loans held for sale when mortgage rates increase. The Company is also exposed to loss in value of its MSRs when interest rates decrease.

        The Company engages in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, the Company uses derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value of the Company's IRLCs, inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and MSRs. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities.

F-38


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 10—Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        The Company had the following derivative financial instruments recorded on its consolidated balance sheets:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
   
  Fair Value    
  Fair Value  
Instrument
  Notional
amount
  Derivative
assets
  Derivative
liabilities
  Notional
amount
  Derivative
assets
  Derivative
liabilities
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

                                     

Free-standing derivatives:

                                     

Interest rate lock commitments

    1,767,314   $ 9,155   $ 25,365     1,576,174   $ 23,951   $ 11  

Forward purchase contracts

    2,071,590     5,550     23,306     1,021,981     1,645     389  

Forward sales contracts

    4,226,940     93,579     9,227     2,621,948     1,818     1,894  

MBS call options

    625,000     1,935                  

MBS put options

    260,000     4,194         500,000     967      
                               

Total derivatives before netting

          114,413     57,898           28,381     2,294  

Netting

          (77,236 )   (30,453 )         (1,091 )   (1,785 )
                               

Total

        $ 37,177   $ 27,445         $ 27,290   $ 509  
                               

        The following table summarizes the activity for derivative contracts used to hedge the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale at notional value:

 
  Balance
beginning
of period
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end
of period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2013

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    582,150     14,207,171     (12,717,731 )   2,071,590  

Forward sales contracts

    1,278,281     19,752,025     (16,803,366 )   4,226,940  

MBS call options

    30,000     1,050,000     (455,000 )   625,000  

MBS put options

    50,000     1,195,000     (985,000 )   260,000  

 

 
  Balance
beginning
of period
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end
of period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Quarter ended June 30, 2012

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    582,150     3,042,549     (3,079,524 )   545,175  

Forward sales contracts

    1,278,281     5,215,628     (4,971,235 )   1,522,674  

MBS call options

    30,000     125,000     (150,000 )   5,000  

MBS put options

    50,000     305,000     (145,000 )   210,000  

F-39


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 10—Derivative Instruments (Continued)

 

 
  Balance
beginning
of period
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end of
period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    130,900     15,654,716     (13,714,026 )   2,071,590  

Forward sales contracts

    510,569     22,635,736     (18,919,365 )   4,226,940  

MBS call options

    3,000     1,088,000     (466,000 )   625,000  

MBS put options

    29,000     1,263,000     (1,032,000 )   260,000  

 

 
  Balance
beginning
of period
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end
of period
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Six months ended June 30, 2012

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    130,900     4,490,094     (4,075,819 )   545,175  

Forward sales contracts

    510,569     8,099,339     (7,087,234 )   1,522,674  

MBS call options

    3,000     163,000     (161,000 )   5,000  

MBS put options

    29,000     373,000     (192,000 )   210,000  

        The Company recorded net gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments used to hedge the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans totaling $94,202,000 and $(23,526,000) for the quarters ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively, and $106,518,000 and $(25,488,000) for the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively. Derivative gains and losses are included in Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

        The Company recorded a net loss on derivative financial instruments used as economic hedges of MSRs totaling $1,291,000 for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013. The Company had no similar economic hedges in place for the quarter or six months ended June 30, 2012. The derivative loss is included in Amortization, impairment and changes in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

F-40


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 11—Mortgage Servicing Rights

        The activity in MSRs carried at fair value is as follows:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 18,622   $ 26,344   $ 19,798   $ 25,698  

Additions:

                         

Servicing resulting from MSR purchases

    4,008         4,008      

Servicing resulting from loan sales

    17     62     20     742  

Sales

    (550 )       (550 )    

Change in fair value:

                         

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions used in valuation model

    1,957     (1,650 )   (1,524 )   (336 )

Other changes in fair value(1)

    (984 )   (1,307 )   1,318     (2,655 )
                   

Total change in fair value

    973     (2,957 )   (206 )   (2,991 )
                   

Balance at end of period

  $ 23,070   $ 23,449   $ 23,070   $ 23,449  
                   

(1)
Represents changes due to realization of cash flows.

F-41


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 11—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

        The activity in MSRs carried at amortized cost is summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Amortized cost:

                         

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 130,793   $ 15,853   $ 92,155   $ 6,496  

Additions:

                         

Servicing resulting from loan sales

    52,461     15,022     94,194     24,644  

Amortization

    (4,251 )   (570 )   (7,346 )   (835 )

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than-temporary impairment

                 
                   

Balance at end of period

    179,003     30,305     179,003     30,305  
                   

Valuation allowance for impairment of MSRs:

                         

Balance at beginning of period

    (2,423 )   (13 )   (2,978 )   (70 )

Reversal (additions)

    88     (841 )   643     (784 )

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than-temporary impairment

                 
                   

Balance at end of period

    (2,335 )   (854 )   (2,335 )   (854 )
                   

MSRs, net

  $ 176,668   $ 29,451   $ 176,668   $ 29,451  
                   

Estimated fair value of MSRs at end of period

  $ 194,529   $ 29,647   $ 194,529   $ 29,647  
                   

        The following table summarizes the Company's estimate of future amortization of its existing MSRs. This projection was developed using the assumptions made by management in its June 30, 2013 valuation of MSRs. The assumptions underlying the following estimate will change as market conditions and portfolio composition and behavior change, causing both actual and projected amortization levels to change over time.

12-month period ending June 30,
  Estimated
amortization
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2014

  $ 17,793  

2015

    16,995  

2016

    16,254  

2017

    15,631  

2018

    14,735  

Thereafter

    97,595  
       

Total

  $ 179,003  
       

        Servicing fees relating to MSRs are recorded in Net servicing income—Loan servicing fees—From non-affiliates on the consolidated statements of income; late charges, ancillary and other fees are

F-42


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 11—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

recorded in Net servicing income—Loan servicing fees—Ancillary and other fees on the consolidated statements of income and are summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Contractual servicing fees

  $ 11,744   $ 3,600   $ 20,801   $ 6,445  

Late charges

    396     206     809     473  

Ancillary and other fees

    132     64     234     122  
                   

  $ 12,272   $ 3,870   $ 21,844   $ 7,040  
                   

Note 12—Carried Interest Due from Investment Funds

        The activity in the Company's Carried Interest due from Investment Funds is summarized as follows:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 52,460   $ 39,039   $ 47,723   $ 37,250  

Carried Interest recognized during the period

    2,862     2,110     7,599     3,899  

Proceeds received during the period

                 
                   

Balance at end of period

  $ 55,322   $ 41,149   $ 55,322   $ 41,149  
                   

        The amount of the Carried Interest received by the Company depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of Carried Interest recorded by the Company at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced in future periods. However, the Company is not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of Carried Interest will only be reduced to the extent of amounts previously recognized.

        Management expects the Carried Interest to be collected by the Company when the Investment Funds liquidate. The investment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion as specified in the limited liability company and limited partnership agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

F-43


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 13—Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at Fair Value

        Following is a summary of Change in fair value and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Dividends

  $ 43   $ 42   $ 85   $ 83  

Change in fair value

    (363 )   79     (318 )   233  
                   

  $ (320 ) $ 121   $ (233 ) $ 316  
                   

Fair value of PMT shares at period end

  $ 1,579   $ 1,480   $ 1,579   $ 1,480  
                   

Note 14—Borrowings

        As of June 30, 2013, the Company maintained four borrowing facilities: three facilities that provide for sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase; and one note payable secured by MSRs and servicing advances made relating to loans in the Company's loan servicing portfolio.

        The borrowing facilities secured by mortgage loans held for sale are in the form of loan sale and repurchase agreements. Eligible loans are sold under advance rates based on the loan type. Interest is charged at a rate based on the buyer's overnight cost-of funds rate for one agreement and based on LIBOR for the other two agreements. Loans sold under these agreements may be re-pledged by the lenders.

F-44


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 14—Borrowings (Continued)

        Financial data pertaining to mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase are as follows:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Period end:

                         

Balance

  $ 500,427   $ 220,546   $ 500,427   $ 220,546  

Unused amount(1)

  $ 299,573   $ 179,454   $ 299,573   $ 179,454  

Weighted-average interest rate

    1.93 %   2.12 %   1.93 %   2.12 %

Fair value of loans securing agreements to repurchase

  $ 646,944   $ 247,053   $ 646,944   $ 247,053  

During the period:

                         

Average balance of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 412,849   $ 154,475   $ 344,335   $ 109,715  

Weighted-average interest rate(2)

    1.98 %   1.68 %   2.09 %   2.12 %

Total interest expense

  $ 2,956   $ 831   $ 5,331   $ 1,902  

Maximum daily amount outstanding

  $ 623,523   $ 236,324   $ 623,523   $ 236,324  

(1)
The amount the Company is able to borrow under loan repurchase agreements is tied to the fair value of unencumbered mortgage loans eligible to secure those agreements and the Company's ability to fund the agreements' margin requirements relating to the mortgage loans sold.

(2)
Excludes the effect of amortization of commitment fees totaling $891,000 and $175,000 for the quarters ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively, and $1.7 million and $724,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively.

        Following is a summary of maturities of outstanding advances under repurchase agreements by maturity date:

Remaining maturity at June 30, 2013
  Balance  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Within 30 days

  $ 19,109  

Over 30 to 90 days

    481,318  

Over 90 days to 180 days

     

Over 180 days to 1 year

     
       

  $ 500,427  
       

Weighted-average maturity (in months)

    2.28  
       

        The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to the Company's mortgage loans

F-45


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 14—Borrowings (Continued)

held for sale sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of June 30, 2013:

Counterparty
  Amount at risk   Weighted-average
maturity of advances under
repurchase agreement
  Facility Maturity
 
  (in thousands)
   
   

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 31,137   September 15, 2013   January 2, 2014

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 50,006   July 25, 2013   July 25, 2013

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 69,006   September 13, 2013   June 29, 2014(1)

(1)
The earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination.

        The Company is subject to margin calls during the period the agreements are outstanding and therefore may be required to repay a portion of the borrowings before the respective agreements mature if the value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the mortgage loans securing those agreements decreases. As of June 30, 2013, the Company had $4.1 million on deposit with its mortgage loan repurchase agreement counterparties. Such amounts are included in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

        The note payable is summarized below:

 
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

At period end:

             

Note payable secured by:

             

Servicing advances

  $ 4,671   $ 4,905  

MSRs

    42,538     48,108  
           

  $ 47,209   $ 53,013  
           

Assets pledged to secure note:

             

Servicing advances

  $ 6,807   $ 7,430  

MSRs

  $ 180,794   $ 100,957  

        The note payable matures on the earlier to occur of October 31, 2014 or the rolling maturity date that is 364 days from any particular date of determination. Interest is charged at a rate based on the lender's overnight cost of funds. The note payable is secured by servicing advances and MSRs relating to certain loans in the Company's servicing portfolio, and provides for advance rates ranging from 50% to 85% of the amount of the servicing advances or the carrying value of the MSR pledged, up to a maximum of $17 million in the case of servicing advances and $100 million in the case of MSRs.

        The borrowing facilities contain various covenants, including financial covenants governing the Company's net worth, debt-to-equity ratio, profitability and liquidity. Management believes the Company was in compliance with these requirements as of June 30, 2013.

F-46


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 15—Liability for Losses Under Representations and Warranties

        The Company's agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans the Company sells to those Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

        In the event of a breach of its representations and warranties, the Company may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor or insurer. In such cases, the Company bears any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. The Company's credit loss may be reduced by any recourse it has to correspondent lenders that sold such mortgage loans and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, the Company has the right to seek a recovery of related credit losses from that correspondent lender.

        The Company records a provision for losses relating to the representations and warranties it makes as part of its loan sale transactions. The method used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates and the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent lender.

        The Company establishes a liability at the time loans are sold and continually updates its liability estimate.

        Following is a summary of the Company's liability for representations and warranties:

 
  Quarter ended June 30,   Six months ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 4,748   $ 760   $ 3,504   $ 449  

Provisions for losses on loans sold

    1,453     627     2,697     938  

Incurred losses

    (16 )       (16 )    
                   

Balance at end of period

  $ 6,185   $ 1,387   $ 6,185   $ 1,387  
                   

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans subject to representations and warranties

  $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747   $ 16,408,013   $ 2,957,747  
                   

F-47


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 15—Liability for Losses Under Representations and Warranties (Continued)

        Following is a summary of the Company's repurchase activity:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

During the period:

                         

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans repurchased

  $ 2,741   $   $ 4,867   $  

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans put to correspondent lenders

  $ 574   $   $ 1,053   $  

At period end:

                         

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans subject to pending claims for repurchase

  $ 296   $ 3,853   $ 296   $ 3,853  

        The level of the liability for representations and warranties requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors (including unemployment levels and trends, and housing price levels and trends), investor reviews of recently sold mortgage loans and repurchase demand strategies relating to defaulted mortgage loans, and other external conditions that will change over the lives of the underlying loans.

        The Company's representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, management believes that the current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. Management believes the amount and range of reasonably possible losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

Note 16—Income Taxes

        The Company files U.S. federal and state corporate income tax returns for PFSI and partnership returns for PennyMac. Before the IPO, the Company did not have a provision for income taxes as PennyMac is a pass-through taxable entity. PennyMac's partnership returns are generally subject to examination for 2009 and forward and for 2008 and forward for certain states. In March 2013, the IRS concluded their audit of the partnership returns of PennyMac and its subsidiaries for the tax year ended December 31, 2010 and proposed no changes to the returns as originally filed. No returns are currently under examination.

F-48


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 16—Income Taxes (Continued)

        The following table details the Company's income tax expense (benefit).

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
  Six months ended
June 30, 2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current expense:

             

Federal

  $   $  

State

         
           

Total current expense

         
           

Deferred expense:

             

Federal

    1,516     1,516  

State

    522     522  
           

Total deferred expense

    2,038     2,038  
           

Total provision for income taxes

  $ 2,038   $ 2,038  
           

        The provision for deferred income taxes for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2013 primarily relates to mortgage servicing rights the Company received pursuant to sales of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value.

        The following table is a reconciliation of the Company's provision for income taxes at statutory rates to the provision for income taxes at the Company's effective tax rate:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
  Six months ended
June 30, 2013
 

Statutory federal tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %

Rate attributable to non-controlling interest

    -31.6 %   -33.4 %

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    0.7 %   0.3 %

Valuation allowance

    0.0 %   0.0 %
           

Effective tax rate

    4.1 %   1.9 %
           

        The components of the Company's provision for deferred income taxes are as follows:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
  Six months ended
June 30, 2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing rights

  $ 2,218   $ 2,218  

Net operating loss carry forward

    (233 )   (233 )

Carried Interest

    140     140  

Other

    (87 )   (87 )

Valuation allowance

         
           

Total provision for deferred income taxes

  $ 2,038   $ 2,038  
           

F-49


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 16—Income Taxes (Continued)

        The components of income taxes payable, net are as follows:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Taxes currently receivable

  $ 7  

Deferred income taxes payable

    (2,038 )
       

Income taxes payable

  $ (2,031 )
       

        The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities are presented below:

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred income tax assets:

       

Net operating loss carry forward

  $ 233  

Other

    87  
       

Gross deferred tax assets

    320  
       

Deferred income tax liabilities:

       

Mortgage servicing rights

    (2,218 )

Carried Interest

    (140 )
       

Gross deferred tax liabilities

    (2,358 )
       

Net deferred income tax liability

  $ (2,038 )
       

        The net deferred income tax liability is recorded in Accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2013. There was no income tax liability as of December 31, 2012 since PennyMac is a pass-through taxable entity.

        The Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $233,000 reflecting the benefit of a net operating loss carry forward that generally expires in 2033.

        At June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and does not anticipate any increase in unrecognized tax benefits. Should the accrual of any interest or penalties relative to unrecognized tax benefits be necessary, it is the Company's policy to record such accruals in the Company's income tax accounts. No such accruals existed at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

F-50


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 17—Net Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value is summarized below:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

                         

Loan proceeds

  $ (43,318 ) $ 17,319   $ (55,141 ) $ 23,019  

Hedging activities

    22,260     (14,670 )   39,881     (20,702 )
                   

    (21,058 )   2,649     (15,260 )   2,317  
                   

Non-cash gain on sale:

                         

Change in fair value of IRLCs

    (41,647 )   4,622     (40,150 )   4,805  

MSRs received as proceeds on sale

    52,478     15,085     94,214     25,386  

MSR recapture payable to affiliate

    (366 )       (500 )    

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (1,453 )   (627 )   (2,697 )   (938 )

Change in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held for sale at period end:

                         

Loans

    (17,242 )   1,917     (19,633 )   1,943  

Hedging instruments

    71,942     (8,856 )   66,637     (4,786 )
                   

Total non-cash gain (loss) relating to loans and hedging instruments held at period end

    54,700     (6,939 )   47,004     (2,843 )
                   

Total non-cash gain on sale

    63,712     12,141     97,871     26,410  
                   

  $ 42,654   $ 14,790   $ 82,611   $ 28,727  
                   

Note 18—Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company's 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for awards of Stock Options, time-based and performance-based restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and stock grants. The Company estimates the value of the Stock Options, time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units awarded with reference to the value of its underlying common stock on the date of the award. The Company amortizes the fair value of previously granted stock-based awards to compensation expense over the vesting period using the graded vesting method. Compensation costs are fixed, except for the performance-based restricted stock units, at the estimated fair value of the award date as all grantees are employees and directors of the Company. Expense relating to awards is included in Compensation in the consolidated statements of income.

F-51


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 18—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Following is a summary of the stock-based compensation expense by instrument awarded for the periods presented:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Stock Options

  $ 198   $  

Performance-based RSUs

    282      

Time-based RSUs

    65      
           

  $ 545   $  
           

        The Stock Option award agreements provide for the award of Stock Options to purchase the optioned common stock. In general, and except as otherwise provided by the agreement, one-third of the optioned common stock will vest in a lump sum on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the recipient's continued service through each anniversary. Each Stock Option will have a term of ten years from the date of grant but will expire (1) immediately upon termination of the holder's employment or other association with the Company for cause, (2) one year after the holder's employment or other association is terminated due to death or disability and (3) three months after the holder's employment or other association is terminated for any other reason.

        The fair value of each Stock Option award is estimated on the date of grant using a variant of the Black Scholes model based on the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatilities of comparable companies' common shares.

        The Company uses historical data to estimate share option exercise and employee departure behavior used in the option-pricing model; groups of employees (executives and non-executives) that have similar historical behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term of common stock options granted is derived from the option pricing model and represents the period of time that common stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual term of the common stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

        The Company made its first Stock Option awards on June 13, 2013. Following are the key assumptions used to estimate the value of such options:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013

Expected volatility

  45%

Expected dividends

  0%

Risk-free rate

  0.03%-2.30%

F-52


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 18—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The table below summarizes Stock Option award activity and compensation expense:

 
  Quarter ended
June 30, 2013
 

Number of Stock Options:

       

Outstanding at beginning of period

     

Granted

    423,407  

Exercised

     

Expired or canceled

     
       

Outstanding at end of period

    423,407  
       

Weighted-average exercise price:

       

Outstanding at beginning of period

  $  

Granted

    21.03  

Exercised

     

Expired or canceled

     

Outstanding at end of period

  $ 21.03  

Exercisable at end of period

     

Available for future grant

     

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (in years):

       

Outstanding at end of period

    10  

Exercisable at end of period

     

Aggregate intrinsic value (in thousands):

       

Outstanding at end of period

  $ 102  

Exercisable at end of period

  $  

        The RSU award agreements provide for the award recipient of performance-based RSUs to obtain, for each RSU, a variable number of the Company's Class A Common Stock and time-based RSUs to obtain, for each RSU, one share of the Company's Class A Common Stock. One-third of all time-based RSUs vest in a lump sum on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the vesting commencement date, subject to the recipient's continued service through each anniversary. The number of shares received upon vesting of performance-based RSUs is determined based on the attainment of the performance goals, subject to conditions including continued employment throughout the performance period. The performance-based RSUs vest in full on the date the compensation committee of the Company's board of directors determines that the goals based on the performance components have been satisfied.

        Compensation expense related to performance-based and time-based RSUs is based on the fair value of the underlying stock on the award date and is recognized over the vesting period using the graded vesting method. This amount is included in the compensation expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of income for the three months ended June 30, 2013.

F-53


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 18—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The table below summarizes RSU award activity and compensation expense:

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Time-based   Performance-based  

Number of units

             

Outstanding at beginning of period

         

Granted

    70,826     499,364  

Vested

         

Expired or canceled

         
           

Outstanding at end of period

    70,826     499,364  
           

Weighted-average grant date fair value:

             

Outstanding at beginning of period

  $   $  

Granted

  $ 17.51   $ 17.55  

Vested

  $   $  

Expired or canceled

  $   $  

Outstanding at end of period

  $ 17.51   $ 17.55  

Compensation expense recorded during the period (in thousands)

  $ 65   $ 283  

Period end:

             

Units available for future awards

         

Unamortized compensation cost (in thousands)

  $ 1,175   $ 8,480  

Note 19—Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 6,594   $ 1,649  

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 7   $  

Non-cash investing activity:

             

Receipt of MSRs created in loan sales activities

  $ 94,214   $ 25,971  

Note 20—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

        The Company, through PLS, is required to maintain specified levels of equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing with the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of the Company's loan servicing portfolio or loan origination volume.

F-54


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 20—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements (Continued)

        The Agencies' capital requirements, the calculations of which are specified by each Agency, are summarized below:

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
Requirement—company subject to requirement
  Net worth(1)   Required   Net worth(1)   Required  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fannie Mae—PLS

  $ 251,858   $ 48,519   $ 172,843   $ 35,947  

Freddie Mac—PLS

  $ 252,284   $ 43,520   $ 173,273   $ 27,119  

Ginnie Mae:

                         

Issuer—PLS

  $ 238,515   $ 41,615   $ 152,782   $ 23,886  

Issuer's parent—PennyMac

  $ 523,274   $ 45,777   $ 227,560   $ 26,275  

HUD—PLS

  $ 238,515   $ 1,000   $ 152,782   $ 1,000  

(1)
Calculated in compliance with the respective Agency's requirements.

        PennyMac is required to maintain specified levels of its members' equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing with the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of PennyMac's servicing portfolio or loan origination volume. Noncompliance with the respective agencies' capital requirements can result in the respective Agency taking various remedial actions up to and including removing PennyMac's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective Agency. Management believes that PennyMac had Agency capital in excess of the respective Agencies' requirements at June 30, 2013.

Note 21—Commitments and Contingencies

 
  June 30, 2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commitments to purchase mortgage loans from PMT

  $ 1,505,403  

Commitments to fund mortgage loans

    261,911  
       

  $ 1,767,314  
       

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

  $ 4,226,940  
       

        The business of the Company involves the collection of numerous accounts, as well as the validity of liens and compliance with various state and federal lending and servicing laws. Accordingly, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings in the normal course of business. As of June 30, 2013, the Company was not involved in any legal proceedings, claims, or actions that management believes would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on it.

Note 22—Segments and Related Information

        The Company has two business segments: mortgage banking and investment management.

F-55


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 22—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

        The mortgage banking segment represents the Company's operations aimed at originating, purchasing, selling and servicing newly originated mortgage loans and servicing mortgage loans sourced and managed by the investment management segment, including executing the loan resolution strategy identified by the investment management segment.

        The investment management segment represents the activities of the Company's investment manager, which include sourcing, performing diligence, bidding and completion of asset acquisitions and managing the acquired assets for the Advised Entities.

        The investment management segment presently focuses on managing investments in distressed mortgage assets, which include mortgage loans that are either in default or are perceived to be at higher risk of default. The investment management segment then seeks to maximize the value of the mortgage loans on behalf of investors through the direction of effective "high touch" servicing by the mortgage banking segment. "High touch" servicing is based on significant levels of borrower outreach and contact, and the ability to implement long-term, sustainable loan modification and restructuring programs that address borrowers' ability and willingness to pay their mortgage loans. Where this is not possible, the investment management segment seeks to effect property resolution in a timely, orderly and economically efficient manner for the investor.

        Financial highlights by operating segment are as follows:

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value          

  $ 42,654   $   $ 42,654  

Loan origination fees

    6,312         6,312  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    22,054         22,054  

Net servicing income

    22,069         22,069  

Management fees

        10,429     10,429  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        2,862     2,862  

Interest

    4,469     5     4,474  

Other

    (320 )   243     (77 )
               

    97,238     13,539     110,777  

Expenses:

                   

Compensation

    39,293     3,046     42,339  

Interest

    4,200         4,200  

Other

    13,860     149     14,009  
               

    57,353     3,195     60,548  
               

Income before provision for income taxes

  $ 39,885   $ 10,344   $ 50,229  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 1,234,766   $ 46,014   $ 1,280,780  
               

F-56


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 22—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

 

 
  Quarter ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 14,790   $   $ 14,790  

Loan origination fees

    2,452         2,452  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    7,715         7,715  

Net servicing income

    7,658         7,658  

Management fees

        4,856     4,856  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        2,110     2,110  

Interest

    2,145     1     2,146  

Other

    121     721     842  

Intersegment

             
               

    34,881     7,688     42,569  

Expenses:

                   

Compensation

    24,603     1,889     26,492  

Interest

    1,122         1,122  

Other

    4,265     212     4,477  
               

    29,990     2,101     32,091  
               

Net income

  $ 4,891   $ 5,587   $ 10,478  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 491,892   $ 13,744   $ 505,636  
               

F-57


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 22—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

 

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2013  
 
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value          

  $ 82,611   $   $ 82,611  

Loan origination fees

    11,980         11,980  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    50,298         50,298  

Net servicing income

    38,111         38,111  

Management fees

        18,835     18,835  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        7,599     7,599  

Interest

    6,207     10     6,217  

Other

    (233 )   1,057     824  

Intersegment

             
               

    188,974     27,501     216,475  
               

Expenses:

                   

Compensation

    72,614     5,406     78,020  

Interest

    7,530         7,530  

Other

    25,115     288     25,403  
               

    105,259     5,694     110,953  
               

Income before provision for income taxes

  $ 83,715   $ 21,807   $ 105,522  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 1,234,766   $ 46,014   $ 1,280,780  
               

F-58


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 22—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

 

 
  Six months ended June 30, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 28,727   $   $ 28,727  

Loan origination fees

    2,687         2,687  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    13,839         13,839  

Net servicing income

    19,234         19,234  

Management fees

        9,049     9,049  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        3,899     3,899  

Interest

    2,575     2     2,577  

Other

    817     690     1,507  

Intersegment

             
               

    67,879     13,640     81,519  
               

Expenses:

                   

Compensation

    42,453     3,447     45,900  

Interest

    2,184         2,184  

Other

    8,067     328     8,395  
               

    52,704     3,775     56,479  
               

Net income

  $ 15,175   $ 9,865   $ 25,040  
               

Segment assets at period end

  $ 491,892   $ 13,744   $ 505,636  
               

Note 23—Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated all events and transactions through the date the Company issued these consolidated financial statements. During this period:

F-59


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-61  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-62  

Consolidated Statements of Income for Each of the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2012

  F-63  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity for Each of the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2012

  F-64  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Each of the Three Fiscal Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2012

  F-65  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-67  

F-60


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Members of
PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.
6101 Condor Drive
Moorpark, CA 93021

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on May 14, 2013, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC ("PNMAC"), a subsidiary of the Company, sold 12.8 million Class A Units to the Company, which represents recapitalization and reorganization of PNMAC. As a result of the recapitalization and reorganization, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 are PNMAC's historical financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 25, 2013, except for Note 1, as to which the date is October 1, 2013

F-61


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands
except unit data)

 

ASSETS

             

Cash

 
$

12,323
 
$

16,465
 

Short-term investment, at fair value

    53,164     16,041  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    448,384     89,857  

Servicing advances

    93,152     63,565  

Receivable from Investment Funds

    3,672     8,264  

Receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    16,691     11,600  

Derivative assets

    27,290     5,460  

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

    47,723     37,250  

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, at fair value

    1,897     1,247  

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    19,798     25,698  

Mortgage servicing rights, at lower of cost or fair value

    89,177     6,426  

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements, net

    5,065     2,541  

Capitalized software, net

    795     556  

Other

    13,032     4,311  
           

Total assets

  $ 832,163   $ 289,281  
           

LIABILITIES

             

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 
$

393,534
 
$

77,700
 

Notes payable

    53,013     18,602  

Payable to Investment Funds

    36,795     29,622  

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    46,779     25,595  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    36,279     13,398  

Derivative liabilities

    509      

Liability for losses under representations and warranties

    3,504     449  
           

Total liabilities

    570,413     165,366  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

MEMBERS' EQUITY

             

Preferred units, 96,682 units authorized and subscribed, 96,682 units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

 
$

97,148
 
$

96,374
 

Common units, 20,556 and 10,665 units authorized; 9,914 and 4,564 units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

         

Class C common units, 3,738 and 3,542 units authorized; 367 and zero units issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

         

Members' equity attributable to common units from equity compensation plan

    22,270     2,737  

Stock subscription receivable

    (4,842 )   (19,918 )

Retained earnings

    147,174     44,722  
           

Total members' equity

    261,750     123,915  
           

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 832,163   $ 289,281  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-62


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands except unit data)
 

Revenue

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 118,170   $ 13,029   $ 2,008  

Loan origination fees

    9,634     669     734  

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    62,906     1,744     80  

Net servicing income:

                   

Loan servicing fees

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    18,608     13,204     2,989  

From Investment Funds

    11,716     14,523     9,474  

Mortgage servicing rebate (to) from Investment Funds

    (885 )   (2,772 )   1,162  

From non-affiliates

    20,673     11,493     11,431  

From borrowers—ancillary fees

    2,245     1,657     1,345  
               

    52,357     38,105     26,401  

Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (12,252 )   (9,438 )   (400 )
               

Net servicing income

    40,105     28,667     26,001  
               

Management fees:

                   

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    15,141     8,456     5,484  

From Investment Funds

    9,363     9,943     9,943  
               

    24,504     18,399     15,427  
               

Carried interest from Investment Funds

    10,473     12,596     24,654  

Interest

    6,354     1,532     195  

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    817     23     130  

Other

    2          
               

Total net revenue

    272,965     76,659     69,229  
               

Expenses

                   

Compensation

    124,014     47,479     25,412  

Interest

    7,879     1,875     790  

Professional services

    5,568     3,867     2,244  

Technology

    4,455     1,979     1,959  

Servicing

    3,642     2,344     2,167  

Loan origination

    2,953     185     150  

Occupancy

    1,521     1,985     938  

Other

    4,610     2,246     2,527  
               

Total expenses

    154,642     61,960     36,187  
               

Net income

  $ 118,323   $ 14,699   $ 33,042  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-63


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY

 
   
   
   
   
  Class C
common units
   
   
   
 
 
  Preferred units   Common units    
   
   
 
 
  Subscriptions
receivable
  Retained
earnings
   
 
 
  Units   Amounts   Units   Amounts   Units   Amounts   Total  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    35,920   $ 35,960       $ 445       $   $ (1,661 ) $ 14,156   $ 48,900  

Capital:

                                                       

Contributions

    9,953     8,949                     18         8,967  

Advances to unit holders

                                (2,027 )   (2,027 )

Redemptions

    (542 )   (427 )                   209     (6 )   (224 )

Unit-based compensation expense

    40         715     1,291             20         1,311  

Net income

                                33,042     33,042  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2010

    45,371     44,482     715     1,736             (1,414 )   45,165     89,969  

Capital:

                                                       

Contributions

    35,265     35,196                     (16,288 )       18,908  

Contributions and concurrent distributions

    14,999     14,968                         (14,968 )    

Subscriptions

    1,709     1,709                     (1,709 )        

Distributions

        543                     (543 )        

Redemptions

    (662 )   (273 )                   61     81     (131 )

Draws

        (331 )                   (25 )   (290 )   (646 )

Unit-based compensation expense

        80     3,849     1,001                 35     1,116  

Net income

                                14,699     14,699  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2011

    96,682     96,374     4,564     2,737             (19,918 )   44,722     123,915  

Capital:

                                                       

Collection of subscriptions receivable

                            15,058         15,058  

Redemptions

    (125 )   (125 )                   143     (24 )   (6 )

Distributions

                                (15,847 )   (15,847 )

Unit-based compensation expense

    125     899     5,350     19,158     367     375     (125 )       20,307  

Net income

                                118,323     118,323  
                                       

Balance at December 31, 2012

    96,682   $ 97,148     9,914   $ 21,895     367   $ 375   $ (4,842 ) $ 147,174   $ 261,750  
                                       

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-64


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from operating activities:

                   

Net income

  $ 118,323   $ 14,699   $ 33,042  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    (118,685 )   (13,029 )   (2,318 )

Accrual of servicing rebate to (from) Investment Funds

    885     2,772     (1,162 )

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    12,252     9,438     227  

Carried interest income

    (10,473 )   (12,596 )   (24,654 )

Change in fair value of investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    (650 )   114     (73 )

Accrual of stock-based compensation

    20,308     1,116     1,292  

Amortization of commitment fees relating to financing facilities

    1,866     1,028     675  

Depreciation and amortization

    520     251     365  

Purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans held for sale

    (8,864,264 )   (575,649 )    

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale

    (539,160 )   (149,393 )   (69,331 )

Sale and principal payments of mortgage loans held for sale

    9,056,986     649,625     56,257  

Increase in servicing advances

    (30,855 )   (40,754 )   (19,968 )

Decrease (increase) in receivable from Investment Funds

    3,797     (1,644 )   (587 )

(Increase) decrease in due from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    (3,970 )   (5,675 )   2,785  

Increase in other assets

    (5,998 )   (1,423 )   (1,603 )

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    22,704     8,596     1,661  

Increase in payable to Investment Funds

    7,173     16,359     10,745  

Increase in payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

    21,184     21,447      

Decrease in other liabilities

        (350 )    

Decrease in other receivables

        350      
               

Net cash used in operating activities

    (308,057 )   (74,718 )   (12,647 )
               

Cash flow from investing activities:

                   

Net (increase) decrease in short-term investment

    (37,123 )   (6,727 )   5,630  

Purchase of furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements

    (3,370 )   (1,888 )   (686 )

Acquisition of capitalized software

    (503 )   (112 )   (146 )

Increase in margin deposits and restricted cash

    (4,539 )   (2,310 )    

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

        (1,352 )   (11,974 )
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (45,535 )   (12,389 )   (7,176 )
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-65


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from financing activities:

                   

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase at fair value

        120,897     16,074  

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value

        (134,186 )    

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase

    8,528,184     535,845      

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

    (8,212,350 )   (458,145 )    

Increase in notes payable

    34,411     15,103      

Collection of subscriptions receivable

    15,058     18,908     8,967  

Capital redemptions

    (6 )   (131 )   (204 )

Distributions

    (15,847 )   (646 )   (2,027 )
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    349,450     97,645     22,810  
               

Net (decrease) increase in cash

    (4,142 )   10,538     2,987  

Cash at beginning of year

    16,465     5,927     2,940  
               

Cash at end of year

  $ 12,323   $ 16,465   $ 5,927  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-66


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Organization

        PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. ("PFSI" or the "Company") was formed as a Delaware corporation on December 31, 2012. Pursuant to a reorganization, the Company became a holding corporation and its sole asset is an equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC ("PennyMac"). The Company is the managing member of PennyMac and operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of PennyMac subject to the consent rights of other members under certain circumstances and, through PennyMac and its subsidiaries, continues to conduct the business previously conducted by these subsidiaries.

        PennyMac is a Delaware limited liability company which, through its subsidiaries, engages in mortgage banking and investment management activities. PennyMac's mortgage banking activities consist of residential mortgage lending (including correspondent lending and retail lending) and loan servicing. The investment management activities and a portion of the loan servicing activities are conducted on behalf of investment vehicles that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets. PennyMac's primary wholly-owned subsidiaries are:

        On May 14, 2013, PFSI completed an initial public offering ("IPO") in which it sold approximately 12.8 million shares of its Class A common stock, at a public offering price of $18.00 per share. PFSI received net proceeds of $216.8 million, after deducting net underwriting discounts and commissions,

F-67


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 1—Organization (Continued)

from sales of its shares in the IPO. PFSI used these net proceeds to purchase approximately 12.8 million Class A Units of PennyMac. PFSI operates and controls all of the business and affairs and consolidates the financial results of PennyMac and its subsidiaries. The purchase of 12.8 million Class A Units of PennyMac has been accounted for as a transfer of interests under common control. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect a reclassification of members' equity to noncontrolling interests in the Company of $315.5 million. This amount represents the carrying value in the Company of the existing owners of PennyMac that has been purchased for the Class A Units of PennyMac.

        After the completion of the recapitalization and reorganization transactions, PennyMac is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, accordingly, PennyMac's consolidated financial statements are the Company's historical financial statements. The historical consolidated financial statements of PennyMac are reflected herein based on the historical ownership interests of the existing owners of PennyMac.

        Before the IPO, PennyMac completed a reorganization by amending its limited liability company agreement to convert all classes of ownership interests held by its existing owners to a single class of common units. The conversion of existing interests was based on the various interests' liquidation priorities as specified in PennyMac's prior limited liability company agreement. In connection with that reorganization, PFSI became the sole managing member of PennyMac.

        As part of the IPO, PFSI entered into a tax receivable agreement with PennyMac's existing owners whereby PFSI will pay to such owners 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that PFSI is deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of the then-existing unitholders and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to PFSI entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Note 2—Concentration of Risk

        A substantial portion of the Company's activities relate to the Investment Funds that it manages and PMT. Fees charged to these entities (comprised of management fees, loan servicing fees and loan servicing rebates, Carried Interest income and fulfillment fees from PMT) totaled 48%, 75% and 78% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. A portion of these fees are received pursuant to the management agreements between the Company and PMT and the Investment Funds. This agreement was amended, effective February 1, 2013, as described in Note 26—Subsequent Events.

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies

        A description of the Company's significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis, which is in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S.

F-68


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

GAAP") as codified in the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification (the "Codification").

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PFSI and its wholly-owned subsidiary PennyMac and all of PennyMac's wholly-owned subsidiaries. PennyMac has whole ownership of all of its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results will likely differ from those estimates.

        The Company groups its assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the observability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

        While management believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial statement items could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such items existed, or had such items been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.

        Management incorporates lack of liquidity into its fair value estimates based on the type of asset or liability measured and the valuation method used. The Company uses discounted cash flow techniques to estimate fair value. These techniques incorporate forecasting of expected cash flows

F-69


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

discounted at appropriate market discount rates that are intended to reflect the lack of liquidity in the market.

        Short-term investment, which represents an investment in an institutional liquidity management fund or a money market account deposited with a depository institution, is carried at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized in current period income. The Company classifies its short term investment as a "Level 1" fair value financial statement item.

        Management has elected to have mortgage loans held for sale accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. Management has elected to record mortgage loans held for sale at fair value to be reflected in income as they occur and more timely reflect the results of the Company's performance. Accordingly, changes in the estimated fair value of mortgage loans are recognized in current period income. All changes in fair value, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. The Company classifies mortgage loans held for sale at fair value as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items.

        The Company recognizes transfers of mortgage loans as sales when it surrenders control over the mortgage loans. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee has the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

        Interest income on mortgage loans is recognized over the life of the loans using their contractual interest rates. Income recognition is suspended for loans when they become 90 days delinquent, or when, in management's opinion, a full recovery of income and principal becomes doubtful. Income recognition is resumed when the loan becomes contractually current.

        The Company is exposed to price risk relative to its mortgage loans acquired for sale as well as to the commitments it makes to loan applicants to originate or to PMT to acquire loans at specified interest rates. The Company bears price risk from the time a commitment to originate a loan is made to a borrower or to purchase a loan from PMT to the time the purchased mortgage loan is sold. During this period, the Company is exposed to losses if mortgage interest rates rise, because the value of the purchase commitment or mortgage loan acquired for sale declines. The Company is exposed to risk relative to the fair value of its mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs"). The Company is exposed to loss in value of its MSRs when interest rates decrease.

F-70


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company engages in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of earnings caused by changes in interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, the Company uses derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value of the Company's IRLC and inventory of mortgage loans acquired for sale. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities.

        In its loan origination activities, the Company makes contractual commitments to loan applicants and to PMT to originate and purchase mortgage loans at specified interest rates ("interest rate lock commitments" or "IRLCs"). These commitments are accounted for as derivative financial instruments. The Company manages the risk created by IRLCs relating to mortgage loans acquired for sale by entering into forward sale agreements to sell the mortgage loans and by the purchase and sale of mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") options and futures. Such agreements are also accounted for as derivative instruments. These instruments are also used to manage the risk created by changes in prepayment speeds on certain of the MSRs the Company holds. The Company classifies its IRLCs as "Level 3" financial statement items and the derivative financial instruments it acquires to manage the risks created by IRLCs and holding mortgage loans held for sale as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items.

        MSRs are generally subject to loss in value when mortgage rates decline. Declining mortgage rates normally encourage increased mortgage refinancing activity. Increased refinancing activity reduces the life of the loans underlying the MSRs, thereby reducing their value. Reductions in the value of these assets affect earnings primarily through change in fair value and impairment charges. For MSRs backed by mortgage loans with historically low interest rates, factors other than interest rates (such as housing price changes) take on increasing influence on prepayment behavior of mortgage loans underlying MSRs. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company included MSRs in its hedging activities.

        The Company accounts for its derivative financial instruments as free-standing derivatives. The Company does not designate its forward sale agreements or options and futures for hedge accounting. All derivative financial instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value with changes in the fair values being reported in current period income. Changes in fair value are included in Change in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale in the Company's consolidated statements of income. For derivative hedging MSRs, changes in fair value are included in Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Company's consolidated statement of income.

        When the Company has multiple derivative instruments with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement, it offsets the amounts recorded as assets and liabilities and amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral it has deposited with the counterparty or the obligation to return cash collateral it has collected from the counterparty arising from the same master netting arrangement. Such offset amounts are presented as either a net asset or liability by counterparty on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.

        Servicing advances represent escrow and corporate advances made on behalf of borrowers and the loans' investors to fund delinquent balances for property tax and insurance premiums and out of pocket expenses (e.g., preservation and restoration of mortgaged or real estate owned property, legal fees, appraisals and insurance premiums). Servicing advances are made in accordance with the Company's

F-71


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

servicing agreements and are deemed recoverable at the time of liquidation. These advances are periodically reviewed for collectability. Uncollectible amounts are written off when they are deemed uncollectible.

        The Company has a general partnership interest or other Carried Interest arrangement with the Investment Funds, and earns Carried Interest thereunder. Carried Interest, in general terms, is the share of any profits that the general partners receive as compensation. The Company determines the amount of Carried Interest to be recorded each period based on the cash flows that would be produced assuming termination of the Investment Funds agreements at each period end. The allocation of profits between the Investment Funds and the Company is described under the Significant Accounting Policies caption Management Fees and Carried Interest, following.

        Common shares of beneficial interest in PMT are carried at their fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. Fair value for purposes of the Company's holdings in PMT is based on the published closing price of the shares as of period end. The Company classifies its investment in common shares of PMT as a "Level 1" fair value financial statement item.

        MSRs arise from contractual agreements between the Company and investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Under these contracts, the Company performs loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration. The servicing functions typically performed include, among other responsibilities, collecting and remitting loan payments; responding to borrower inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; supervising the acquisition of real estate owned ("REO") and property disposition, REO represents real estate collateralizing the mortgage loans acquired through foreclosure.

        The value of MSRs is derived from the net positive cash flows associated with the servicing contracts. The Company receives a servicing fee ranging generally from 0.25% to 0.38% annually on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the loans. The servicing fees are collected from the monthly payments made by the mortgagors. The Company is contractually entitled to receive other remuneration including rights to various mortgagor-contracted fees such as late charges, collateral reconveyance charges and loan prepayment penalties, and the Company is generally entitled to retain the interest earned on funds held pending remittance related to its collection of mortgagor payments. The Company also generally has the right to solicit the mortgagors for other products and services as well as for new mortgages for those considering refinancing or purchasing a new home.

        The Company recognizes MSRs initially at their estimated fair value, either as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans where the Company assumes the obligation to service the loan in the sale transaction, or from the purchase of MSRs. The Company's MSRs generally relate to pools of distressed loans ("Distressed MSRs"), and pools of loans that were originated to borrowers with prime credit characteristics or are backed by government insurance. Accordingly, the assumptions used in the valuation are differentiated based on the higher impact of the delinquency migration of the Distressed

F-72


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

MSRs and significantly higher expected cost to service and advance payments for MSRs backed by the distressed assets.

        The Company's subsequent accounting for MSRs is based on the class of MSRs. The Company has identified two classes of MSRs: originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% and MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%. The Company distinguishes between these classes of MSRs due to their differing sensitivities to change in value as the result of the effect that changes in market interest rates have on mortgage prepayment speeds within the servicing portfolio. Originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% are accounted for using the amortization method. MSRs backed by loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period earnings.

        The precise fair value of MSRs is difficult to determine because MSRs are not actively traded in standalone markets. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of MSRs and the exercise of such judgment can significantly affect the Company's earnings. PCM's valuation committee reviews and approves the fair value estimates of MSRs. Therefore, the Company classifies its MSRs as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items.

        The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management assumes market participants would use in their determinations of fair value. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in the Company's discounted cash flow model are based on market factors which management believes are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar MSRs.

        The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds, cost to service the loans and discount rates. These variables can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change.

        MSRs are generally subject to loss in value when mortgage rates decline. Declining mortgage rates normally encourage increased mortgage refinancing activity. Increased refinancing activity reduces the life of the loans underlying the MSRs, thereby reducing their value. Reductions in the value of these assets affect earnings primarily through change in fair value and impairment charges. For MSRs backed by mortgage loans with historically low interest rates, factors other than interest rates (such as housing price changes) take on increasing influence on prepayment behavior of mortgage loans underlying MSRs.

        The Company amortizes MSRs that are accounted for using the amortization method. MSR amortization is determined by applying the ratio of the net MSR cash flows projected for the current period to the estimated total remaining net MSR cash flows. The estimated total net MSR cash flows are determined at the beginning of each month using prepayment assumptions applicable at that time.

        MSRs accounted for using the amortization method are periodically evaluated for impairment. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSRs decreases below the asset's carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current-period income and the carrying value of the MSRs is

F-73


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

adjusted through a valuation allowance. If the value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, the increase in value is recognized in current-period income. When an increase in value of MSR is recognized, the valuation allowance is adjusted to bring the carrying value of the MSRs to a level not in excess of the asset's amortized cost.

        The Company stratifies its MSRs by predominant risk characteristic when evaluating for impairment. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics including loan type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and note rate. Fixed-rate loans are stratified into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3%. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool, impairment is recognized to the extent of the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value, including the existing valuation allowance for that pool.

        Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management deems recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        Both amortization and changes in the amount of impairment of MSRs are recorded in current period income in Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the consolidated statements of income.

        Changes in fair value of MSRs accounted for at fair value are recognized in current period income in Amortization, impairment and change in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the consolidated statements of income.

        Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets, which range from five to seven years.

        The Company capitalizes certain consulting, payroll, and payroll-related costs related to computer software for internal use, and subsequently amortizes such costs over a period of five years using the straight-line method.

        The Company also periodically assesses long-lived assets including capitalized software for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If management identifies an indicator of impairment, it assesses recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and is measured as the excess of carrying value over fair value. No such impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

F-74


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Restricted cash represents deposits that serve as collateral for various agreements the Company has entered into, such as derivative margin account agreements. Restricted cash is included in Other assets in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Management classifies restricted cash as "Level 1" financial statement items.

        The carrying value of mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase is based on the accrued cost of the agreements. Management classifies mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items. The costs of creating the facilities underlying the agreements are recognized as deferred charges in Other assets and amortized to Interest expense over the term of the borrowing facility.

        The Company's agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans the Company sells to the Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

        In the event of a breach of its representations and warranties, the Company may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor, or may become ineligible to receive any of the benefits provided by the insurer with respect to such mortgage loans. In such cases, the Company bears any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. The Company's credit loss may be reduced by any recourse it has to correspondent lenders that, in turn, had sold such mortgage loans to the Company and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, the Company has the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that correspondent lender.

        The Company records a provision for losses relating to such representations and warranties as part of its loan sale transactions. The method used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates and the potential severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. The Company establishes a liability at the time loans are sold and continually updates its liability estimate.

        The level of the liability for representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans, The Company's representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, management believes that the current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. Management believes the amount and range of reasonably possible

F-75


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

        Management fee income includes investment advisory and shareholder services fees earned from the Investment Funds and management fees from PMT.

        Pursuant to the investment management agreements between the Investment Funds and the Company, the Investment Funds paid total management fees (including shareholder services fees) equal to an annual rate of 2% on capital commitments until December 31, 2011. Thereafter, the Company earns a fee equal to an annual rate of 2% of the net asset values of the Funds so long as the fee does exceed 2% of the aggregate capital contributions to the Funds. The management fee is accrued monthly and paid quarterly.

        The Company may earn Carried Interest from each of the Investment Funds in which the Company has a general partnership interest or other Carried Interest arrangement. At the end of each reporting period, the Investment Fund administrator calculates the Carried Interest that would be due to the Company for each fund as specified in the fund agreements, as if the fair value of the underlying investments were realized as of such date, regardless of whether such amounts have been realized. The Company records Carried Interest income for the increase or decrease in the amount of Carried Interest that would be due to the Company at the end of the reporting period. The Investment Funds' agreements do not obligate the Company to pay guaranteed returns or hurdles to the owners of the Investment Fund, and therefore, the Company will not record negative Carried Interest over the life of an Investment Fund.

        Profit distributions from the Investment Funds are made in accordance with the following distribution priorities. Such distributions were recallable by the Investment Funds for purposes of making new investments until December 31, 2011:

        During 2011, the Company amended its agreement with the Funds, relating to the "catch-up" provision included in the profit distribution. The approved amendment resulted in an additional accrual of Carried Interest from the funds of $3,321,000 recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011.

        The Company's management fees relating to PMT for the periods presented were calculated on a quarterly basis and included a base management fee and a performance incentive. This agreement was amended, effective February 1, 2013, as described in Note 26—Subsequent Events. The base management fee was calculated at the annual rate of 1.5% of PMT's shareholders' equity, adjusted to

F-76


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

exclude the effect of unrealized gains and losses and other non-cash items and one-time adjustments as agreed to between the Company and PMT's independent trustees. The performance incentive fee was calculated at 20% per year of the amount by which "core earnings," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeded an 8% "hurdle rate."

        Loan servicing fees are received by the Company for servicing residential mortgage for others, including the Investment Funds and PMT. Loan servicing fees are recognized as earned.

        Under the servicing agreements between the Company and the Investment Funds, on December 31, 2011 and the end of every calendar year thereafter, the Company will rebate to the Investment Funds an amount equal to the cumulative profit, if any, of the servicing operations attributable to the Investment Funds' assets, and, conversely, charge the Investment Funds if a loss has been incurred in order to effect overall "at cost" pricing with respect to loan servicing activities for such assets. Under the agreements, the Company will rebate to the Investment Funds 50% of any profit generated from loan origination activities. The Company records the net rebate amounts as earned or incurred. Effective December 31, 2011, the Company amended its servicing agreement with one of the Investment Funds to exit the loan servicing rebate arrangement and be charged set servicing fee rates beginning January 1, 2012.

        The Company has three formal equity compensation plans:

F-77


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company recognizes compensation expense relating to its stock-based compensation with reference to the fair value of the common units it awards. The fair value the common units is estimated by discounting forecasted cash flows, dividends and terminal value from a hypothetical sale of the Company to the holders of the common units. Management uses assumptions that it believes would be used by market participants when valuing the Company. Assumptions used to forecast the cash flows include: short and long-term growth rates of the Company, discount rate, and percent of income distributed.

        The Company amortizes the fair value of previously granted share based awards to Compensation expense using the graded vesting method. Under the graded vesting method, compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period for each separate vesting of the award.

        PennyMac intends to be treated as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes. Each partner is responsible for the tax liability or benefit relating to such partner's distributive share of taxable income or loss. Accordingly, no provision for Federal income taxes is reflected in the accompanying financial statements.

        Management's assessment of the requirement to provide for income taxes also includes an assessment of the liability arising from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken by the Company. Management has concluded that the Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the Company's financial position. If applicable, the Company will recognize interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in "interest expense" and penalties in "other expenses" on the consolidated statements of income.

        With few exceptions, the periods that are open for examination by federal and major state tax jurisdictions are the tax periods ending December 31, 2009 and forward. The tax periods ended December 31, 2008 and forward are open for examination by the California Franchise Tax Board. As of December 31, 2012, the Internal Revenue Service was conducting an examination of PennyMac's federal income tax filings for the year ended December 31, 2010. In March 2013, the IRS Exam team concluded their audit of PennyMac's federal income tax return for the tax year ended December 31, 2010 and subsequently formally notified us that they will not be proposing any changes to the return as originally filed. No other federal or state examinations were in progress as of December 31, 2012.

        PMOFA is a general partner in the Master Fund. The Master Fund wholly owns PennyMac Mortgage Co. Funding, LLC ("Funding, LLC"), PennyMac Mortgage Co. Funding II, LLC ("Funding II, LLC), and PennyMac Mortgage Co, LLC ("Mortgage Co"). Funding LLC and Funding II, LLC, are each the majority interest holder in PennyMac Loan Trust 2010-NPL1, PennyMac Loan Trust 2011 NPL1 and PennyMac REO 2011 NPL1 (the "Trusts") which in the case of the first

F-78


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

entity hold the mortgage loans for Funding LLC, and in the case of the latter two entities hold the mortgage loans for Funding II, LLC. PLS provides loan servicing to the Trusts as well as to Mortgage Co. The related party group constituting the Company and its affiliates (including PMOFA) has equity interest in the Master Fund, the ultimate Parent of the Trusts, Mortgage Co, Funding, LLC and Funding II, LLC. The direct equity holder in the Trusts and Mortgage Co, Funding, LLC and Funding II, LLC however, do not have power to direct operations of the respective entities and as such, both the Trust and Mortgage Co are considered to be variable interest entities ("VIEs") as defined in the Consolidations topic of the Codification.

        The Company is not the primary beneficiary in these VIEs, given it does not represent the enterprise within the related party group that is most closely associated with these VIEs and, as such, the Company does not consolidate these VIEs. Exposure of loss to the related party group from the unconsolidated VIEs is limited to the contributed capital of the related party group in the Master Fund totaling $1,436,000 which represents the general partnership interest held by PMOFA in the Master Fund.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update, ("ASU"), ASU 2011-11 to the Balance Sheet topic of the Codification. The amendments in this ASU affect all entities that have financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with the Offsetting Presentation section of the Balance Sheet topic or the Presentation section of the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification or (2) subject an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement.

        The amendments in this ASU require the Company to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangement to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of netting to an entity's financial position.

        In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures About Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which clarifies which instruments and transactions are subject to the offsetting disclosure requirements established by ASU 2011-11. The ASU clarifies that the scope applied to derivatives accounted for in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the Codification, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with the Offsetting Presentation section of the Balance Sheet topic or the Presentation section of the Derivatives and Hedging topic or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement.

        The ASU amendment and the subsequent clarification of the amendment are effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and must be shown for all periods shown on the balance sheet. The adoption of these ASU amendments is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

F-79


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates

        Amounts due from the Investment Funds are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Receivable from Investment Funds:

             

Loan servicing fees

  $ 1,052   $ 2,601  

Loan servicing rebate

    (239 )   3,139  

Management fees

    2,164     2,486  

Expense reimbursements

    695     38  
           

  $ 3,672   $ 8,264  
           

Carried interest due from Investment Funds:

             

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC

  $ 29,785   $ 24,473  

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

    17,938     12,777  
           

  $ 47,723   $ 37,250  
           

        In accordance with the servicing agreements between the Company and the Investment Funds, certain monies are advanced to the Company by the Investment Funds for servicing advances relating to loans serviced by PLS on the Investment Funds' behalf. The Company reimburses such advances upon collection of funds from borrowers for mortgage loans serviced or upon liquidation of real estate acquired in settlement of loans.

        Amounts due to the Investment Funds totaling $36,795,000 and $29,622,000 represent amounts advanced by the Investment Funds to fund servicing advances made by the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        Amounts due from PMT are summarized below for the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Servicing fees and allocated expenses

  $ 4,802   $ 6,173  

Management fees

    4,473     2,486  

Loan purchases

    4,475      

Contingent underwriting fees

    2,941     2,941  
           

  $ 16,691   $ 11,600  
           

        Certain of the underwriting costs incurred in PMT's initial public offering were paid on PMT's behalf by the Company. Reimbursement to the Company is contingent on PMT's performance as follows: PMT will reimburse the Company if, during any full four calendar quarter period during the 24 full calendar quarters after the date of the completion of its initial public offering, August 4, 2009, PMT's "core earnings" for such four quarter period and before the incentive portion of the Company's

F-80


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

management fee equals or exceeds an 8% incentive fee "hurdle rate." If this requirement is not satisfied by the end of such 24 calendar quarter period, PMT's obligation to reimburse the Company and make the conditional payment of the underwriting discount will terminate. Management has concluded that this contingency is probable of being met during the 24-quarter period and has recognized a receivable for reimbursement of the payment made on behalf of PMT. The management agreement was amended, effective February 1, 2013, as described in Note 26—Subsequent Events.

        Amounts due to PMT are summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Expense

  $ 4,829   $ 7,557  

Servicing advances

    41,950     18,038  
           

  $ 46,779   $ 25,595  
           

        In accordance with the servicing agreements between the Company and PMT, certain monies are advanced to the Company by an affiliate for servicing advances relating to loans serviced by PLS on PMT's behalf. The Company reimburses such advances upon collection of funds from borrowers for mortgage loans serviced or upon liquidation of real estate acquired in settlement of loans.

        Expenses allocated to PMT during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are detailed below:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
Income statement caption
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Occupancy

  $ 1,374   $ 1,091   $ 401  

Technology

    1,158     1,094     474  

Depreciation and amortization

    590     324     115  

Other

    1,067     1,472     428  
               

Total expenses allocated to PMT

  $ 4,189   $ 3,981   $ 1,418  
               

        During PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010, the Company waived its right to reimbursement from PMT for PMT's proportionate share of common overhead expenses. Such expenses totaling approximately $500,000 have been waived for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company did not waive any other charges during PMT's startup period and through March 31, 2010. Management does not intend to waive recovery of common overhead costs in the future.

        The Company also holds an investment in PMT in the form of 75,000 common shares of beneficial interest as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The shares had fair values of $1,897,000 and $1,247,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        Until December 2012, the Company's short-term investments included investments in an institutional liquidity management (money market) fund managed by an affiliate, BlackRock, Inc. Investments in the fund were not insured. The fund invests exclusively in first-tier securities as rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. The fund's investments are comprised primarily of

F-81


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Transactions with Affiliates (Continued)

domestic commercial paper, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, obligations of U.S. banks and foreign banks with U.S. operations, fully collateralized repurchase agreements and variable and floating rate demand notes. The Company did not have any amounts on deposit in the fund managed by BlackRock, Inc. at December 31, 2012.

        In connection with PMT's correspondent lending business, PLS also provides certain mortgage banking services, including fulfillment and disposition-related services, to PMT for a fulfillment fee based on a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans. The fulfillment fee for such services during the periods presented was 50 basis points. Beginning November 1, 2010, the Company began transferring the interest income and paying a sourcing fee of three basis points for each mortgage loan it bought from PMT for ultimate disposition to a third-party where the Company was approved or licensed to sell to such third-party and PMT was not.

        Following is a summary of fees received and paid relating to these activities:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fullfilment fees received

  $ 62,906   $ 1,744   $  

Sourcing fees paid

  $ 2,505   $ 166   $ 103  

Note 5—Loan Sales

        The Company purchases and sells mortgage loans to the secondary mortgage market without recourse for credit losses. However the Company maintains continuing involvement with the loans in the form of servicing arrangements and the liability under representations and warranties it makes to purchasers and insurers of the loans.

        The following table summarizes cash flows between the Company and transferees upon sale of mortgage loan in transactions where the Company maintains continuing involvement with the mortgage loan (primarily the obligation to service the loan on behalf of the loan's owner or owner's agent):

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flows:

                   

Proceeds from sales

  $ 9,123,645   $ 655,724   $ 56,332  

Service fees received

  $ 14,976   $ 11,485   $ 10,334  

Net servicing advances

  $ 7,818   $ 538   $ 829  

Year-end information:

                   

Unpaid principal balance of loans outstanding at period-end

  $ 9,847,509   $ 696,521        

Loans delinquent 30-89 days

  $ 137,827   $ 5,272        

Loans delinquent 90 or more days or in foreclosure or bankruptcy          

  $ 54,795   $ 813        

F-82


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Servicing Activities

        The Company's mortgage servicing portfolio is summarized as follows:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subservicing   Total
loans serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 16,552,939   $ 16,552,939  

Agencies

    9,860,284         9,860,284  

Private investors

    1,321,584         1,321,584  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    417,742         417,742  
               

  $ 11,599,610   $ 16,552,939   $ 28,152,549  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 45,562   $ 375,818   $ 421,380  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days

  $ 191,884   $ 187,653   $ 379,537  

60 days

    60,886     122,564     183,450  

90 days or more

    112,847     851,851     964,698  
               

    365,617     1,162,068     1,527,685  

Loans pending foreclosure

    75,329     1,290,687     1,366,016  
               

  $ 440,946   $ 2,452,755   $ 2,893,701  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company

  $ 263,562   $ 150,080   $ 413,642  
               

F-83


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Servicing Activities (Continued)

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Servicing
rights owned
  Subservicing   Total
loans serviced
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Affiliated entities

  $   $ 3,533,529   $ 3,533,529  

Agencies

    2,547,679         2,547,679  

Private investors

    1,571,016         1,571,016  

Mortgage loans held for sale

    84,384         84,384  
               

  $ 4,203,079   $ 3,533,529   $ 7,736,608  
               

Amount subserviced for the Company

  $ 95,243   $ 350,631   $ 445,874  
               

Delinquent mortgage loans:

                   

30 days

  $ 132,035   $ 135,688   $ 267,723  

60 days

    60,241     105,256     165,497  

90 days or more

    88,407     707,753     796,160  
               

    280,683     948,697     1,229,380  

Loans pending foreclosure

    99,859     1,405,133     1,504,992  
               

  $ 380,542   $ 2,353,830   $ 2,734,372  
               

Custodial funds managed by the Company(1)

  $ 84,220   $ 2,403   $ 86,623  
               

(1)
Borrower and investor custodial cash accounts relate to loans serviced under the Servicing Agreements and are not recorded on the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The Company earns interest on custodial funds it manages on behalf of the loans' investors, which is recorded as part of the interest income in the Company's consolidated statement of income.

        Following is a summary of the geographical distribution of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio for the top five states as measured by the total unpaid principal balance as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
State
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

California

  $ 10,696,508   $ 2,617,167  

Florida

    1,385,286     622,387  

Colorado

    1,299,295     *  

Texas

    1,223,382     *  

Washington

    1,143,849     *  

Oregon

    *     448,358  

New York

    *     403,904  

Illinois

    *     262,433  

All other states

    12,404,229     3,382,359  
           

  $ 28,152,549   $ 7,736,608  
           

*
State did not represent a top five state for the respective year.

F-84


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Loan Servicing Activities (Continued)

        Certain of the loans serviced by the Company are subserviced on the Company's behalf by other mortgage loan servicers. Loans are subserviced for the Company when the loans are secured by property in the State of Massachusetts where the Company is not licensed and a license is required to perform such services, or on a transitional basis for loans where the Company has obtained the rights to service the loans but servicing of the loans has not yet transferred to the Company's servicing system.

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments

        The Company uses derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate risk for its IRLCs and MSRs. All derivative financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The Company has elected to net derivatives asset and liability positions, and cash collateral obtained (or posted) by (or for) its counterparties when subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement. In the event of default, all counterparties are subject to legally enforceable master netting agreements. The derivatives that are not subject to a master netting arrangement are IRLCs, which are commitments made to loan applicants to originate and to PMT to purchase mortgage loans held for sale at specified interest rates.

        As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not enter into reverse repurchase agreements or securities lending transactions that are required to be disclosed in the following table.

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
assets
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
assets
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of assets
presented
in the
balance
sheet
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives:

                                     

Subject to master netting arrangements:

                                     

MBS put options

  $ 967   $   $ 967   $   $   $  

Forward purchase contracts

    1,645     (158 )   1,487                  

Forward sale contracts

    1,818     (1,316 )   502                  

Cash collateral

        383     383              
                           

    4,430     (1,091 )   3,339              

Derivatives, not subject to a master netting arrangement

    23,951         23,951     5,460         5,460  
                           

Total

  $ 28,381   $ (1,091 ) $ 27,290   $ 5,460   $   $ 5,460  
                           

F-85


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Derivative Assets, Financial Assets, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

        The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative asset positions after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that does not meet the accounting guidance qualifying for netting.

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
consolidated balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Net amount
of assets
in the
balance
sheet
   
  Net amount
of assets
in the
balance
sheet
   
 
 
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
received
  Net
amount
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 23,951   $   $   $ 23,951   $ 7,905   $   $   $ 7,905  

Bank of America, N.A. 

    1,782             1,782     1,048             1,048  

Citibank

    522             522                  

Bank of NY Mellon

    311             311                  

Other

    724             724     (3,493 )           (3,493 )
                                   

Total

  $ 27,290   $   $   $ 27,290   $ 5,460   $   $   $ 5,460  
                                   

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities and Financial Liabilities

        Following is a summary of net derivative liabilities and assets sold under agreements to repurchase. As discussed above, all derivatives with the exception of IRLCs are subject to master netting arrangements. The assets sold under agreements to repurchase do not qualify for offset.

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
liabilities
  Gross
amounts
offset
in the
balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of liabilities
presented
in the
balance
sheet
  Gross
amounts
of
recognized
liabilities
  Gross amounts
offset
in the balance
sheet
  Net
amounts
of liabilities
presented
in the
balance
sheet
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives:

                                     

Subject to a master netting arrangement:

                                     

Forward purchase contracts

  $ 389   $ (158 ) $ 231   $   $   $  

Forward sale contracts

    1,894     (1,315 )   579              

Cash collateral

        (312 )   (312 )            
                           

    2,283     (1,785 )   498              

Derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement

    11         11              
                           

Total derivatives

    2,294     (1,785 )   509              
                           

Assets sold under agreements to repurchase:

                                     

Mortgage loans acquired for sale at fair value

    393,534         393,534     77,700         77,700  
                           

Total

  $ 395,828   $ (1,785 ) $ 394,043   $ 77,700   $   $ 77,700  
                           

F-86


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 7—Netting of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Derivative Liabilities, Financial Liabilities, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

        The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative liabilities and assets sold under agreements to repurchase after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that does not meet the accounting guidance qualifying for offset. All assets sold under agreements to repurchase have sufficient collateral or exceed the liability amount recorded on the balance sheet.

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
balance sheet
   
   
  Gross amounts not
offset in the
balance sheet
   
 
 
  Net amount of
liabilities
in the
balance sheet
   
  Net amount of
liabilities
in the
balance sheet
   
 
 
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
pledged
  Net
amount
  Financial
instruments
  Cash
collateral
pledged
  Net
amount
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Citibank

  $ 121,200   $ (121,200 ) $   $   $   $   $   $  

Bank of America, N.A. 

    150,082     (150,082 )           77,700     (77,700 )        

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

    122,443     (122,252 )       191                  

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. 

    53             53                  

Other

    265             265                  
                                   

Total

  $ 394,043   $ (393,534 ) $   $ 509   $ 77,700   $ (77,700 ) $   $  
                                   

Note 8—Fair Value

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their estimated fair values. The application of fair value estimates may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its estimated fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

        Management identified all of its non-cash financial assets, its originated MSRs relating to loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%, and its loans sold under agreements to repurchase on the consolidated balance sheets, to be accounted for at estimated fair value so such changes in fair value will be reflected in results of operations as they occur and more timely reflect the results of the Company's performance. The Company's financial assets subject to this election include the short-term investment and mortgage loans held for sale.

        For originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5%, management has concluded that such assets present different risks to the Company than originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and therefore require a different risk management approach. Management's risk management efforts relating to these assets are aimed at mainly moderating the effects of non-interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets' values. Management has identified these assets for accounting using the amortization method. Management's risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at mainly

F-87


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets' values. During the period, a portion of the IRLCs, the fair value of which typically increases when prepayment speeds increase, were used to mitigate the effect of changes in fair value of the servicing assets, which typically decreases as prepayment speeds increase.

        For loans sold under agreements to repurchase subject to agreements made beginning in December 2010, management has determined that historical cost accounting is more appropriate because under this method debt issuance costs are amortized over the term of the debt and not expensed as incurred, thereby reflecting the debt issuance cost over the periods benefiting from the usage of the debt.

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Netting   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                               

Short-term investment

  $ 53,164   $   $ 53,164   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    448,384             448,384      

Investment in PMT

    1,897         1,897          

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    19,798                 19,798  

Derivative assets:

                               

Interest rate lock commitments

    23,951                 23,951  

Forward purchase contracts

    1,487     (158 )       1,645      

Forward sales contracts

    503     (1,315 )       1,818      

MBS call options

    967             967      
                       

Total derivative assets before cash collateral netting          

    26,908     (1,473 )       4,430     23,951  

Cash collateral

    382     382              
                       

Total derivative assets

    27,290     (1,091 )       4,430     23,951  
                       

  $ 550,533   $ (1,091 ) $ 55,061   $ 452,814   $ 43,749  
                       

Liabilities:

                               

Derivative liabilities:

                               

Interest rate lock commitments

  $ 11   $   $   $   $ 11  

Forward purchase contracts

    231     (158 )       389      

Forward sales contracts

    579     (1,315 )       1,894      
                       

Total derivative liabilities before cash collateral netting          

    821     (1,473 )       2,283     11  

Cash collateral

    (312 )   (312 )            
                       

Total derivative liabilities before netting adjustment          

  $ 509   $ (1,785 ) $   $ 2,283   $ 11  
                       

F-88


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Short-term investment

  $ 16,041   $ 16,041   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    89,857         89,857      

Investment in PMT

    1,247     1,247          

Mortgage servicing rights, at fair value

    25,698             25,698  

Derivative assets

    5,460         (2,445 )   7,905  
                   

  $ 138,303   $ 17,288   $ 87,412   $ 33,603  
                   

(1)
Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

        As shown above, MSRs at fair value, IRLCs, and loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value are measured using Level 3 inputs. Following is a roll forward of these items for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 where Level 3 inputs were used on a recurring basis:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2012  
 
  Mortgage
servicing rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 25,698   $ 7,905   $ 33,603  

Purchases

             

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        167,076     167,076  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    774         774  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (6,674 )       (6,674 )

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (151,030 )   (151,030 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $ 19,798   $ 23,951   $ 43,749  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at December 31, 2012

  $ (6,674 ) $ 23,951        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at December 31, 2012

        $ 23,951        
                   

F-89


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 

 
  Year ended December 31, 2011  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 31,957   $ (13 ) $ 31,944  

Purchases

    1,352         1,352  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        18,436     18,436  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    1,696         1,696  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (9,307 )       (9,307 )

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (10,518 )   (10,518 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 25,698   $ 7,905   $ 33,603  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

  $ (9,307 ) $ 7,905        
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

        $ 7,905        
                   

 

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Liabilities:

       

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value:

       

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 13,289  

Changes in estimated fair value included in income

     

Sales

    57,908  

Assumption of agreements pursuant purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans subject to agreements to repurchase

    62,989  

Repurchases

    (134,186 )
       

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $  
       

Changes in unrealized losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

  $  
       

F-90


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 

 
  Year ended December 31, 2010  
 
  Mortgage
servicing
rights
  Interest
rate lock
commitments
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 19,024   $ 11   $ 19,035  

Purchases

    11,974         11,974  

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

        816     816  

Servicing received as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans

    1,185         1,185  

Changes in fair value included in income

    (226 )       (226 )

Transfers to mortgage loans held for sale

        (840 )   (840 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 31,957   $ (13 ) $ 31,944  
               

Changes in fair value recognized during the period relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

  $ (226 ) $ (13 )      
                 

Accumulated changes in fair value relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

        $ (13 )      
                   

 

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2010
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Liabilities:

       

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value:

       

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 713  

Changes in estimated fair value included in income

     

Sales

    63,696  

Assumption of agreements pursuant purchase from affiliate of mortgage loans subject to agreements to repurchase

     

Repurchases

    (51,120 )
       

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 13,289  
       

Changes in unrealized losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

  $  
       

        The information used in the preceding roll forwards represents activity for any financial statement items identified as using Level 3 inputs at either the beginning or the end of the current fiscal period. Transfer in or out of Level 3 represents either the beginning value (for transfer in), or the ending value (for transfer out) of any investments where a change in the pricing level occurred from the beginning to the end of the period.

F-91


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Gains (losses) from changes in estimated fair values included in earnings for financial statement items carried at estimated fair value pursuant to the fair value option are summarized below:

 
  2012   2011  
 
  Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total   Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                                     

Short-term investments

  $   $   $   $   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    171,236         171,236     13,029         13,029  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        (6,674 )   (6,674 )       (9,307 )   (9,307 )
                           

  $ 171,236   $ (6,674 ) $ 164,562   $ 13,029   $ (9,307 ) $ 3,722  
                           

Liabilities:

                                     

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value

  $   $   $   $   $   $  
                           

  $   $   $   $   $   $  
                           

 

 
  2010  
 
  Change in fair
value of
mortgage
loans held for
sale at fair
value
  Net
servicing
income
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Assets:

                   

Short-term investments

  $   $   $  

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    2,008         2,008  

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

        400     400  
               

  $ 2,008   $ 400   $ 2,408  
               

Liabilities:

                   

Loans sold under agreements to repurchase at fair value

  $   $   $  
               

  $   $   $  
               

F-92


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Following are the fair value and related principal amounts due upon maturity of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Fair value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 447,889   $ 418,650   $ 29,239  

90 or more days delinquent

    495     623     (128 )
               

  $ 448,384   $ 419,273   $ 29,111  
               

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Fair value   Principal amount
due upon maturity
  Difference  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

                   

Current through 89 days delinquent

  $ 89,857   $ 84,384   $ 5,473  

90 or more days delinquent

             
               

  $ 89,857   $ 84,384   $ 5,473  
               

        Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at estimated fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 51,180   $   $   $ 51,180  
                   

  $ 51,180   $   $   $ 51,180  
                   

 

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ 6,426   $   $   $ 6,426  
                   

  $ 6,426   $   $   $ 6,426  
                   

F-93


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the net gains (losses) on assets measured at estimated fair values on a nonrecurring basis for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Mortgage servicing assets at lower of amortized cost or fair value

  $ (2,908 ) $ (70 ) $  
               

        The Company evaluates its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value for impairment with reference to the assets' fair value. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its MSRs at lower of amortized cost or fair value based on the interest rates borne by the mortgage loans underlying the MSRs. Mortgage loans are grouped into note rate pools of 50 basis points for fixed-rate mortgage loans with note rates between 3% and 4.5% and a single pool for mortgage loans with note rates below 3%. MSRs relating to adjustable rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less are evaluated in a single pool. If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool reduced by any existing valuation allowance, those MSRs are impaired.

        When MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current-period earnings and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted using a valuation allowance. If the value of the MSRs subsequently increases, the restoration of value is recognized in current period earnings only to the extent of the valuation allowance.

        Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management deems recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write-down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated fair value is charged to the valuation allowance.

        The Company's cash balances as well as its Carried Interest due from Investment Funds, amounts receivable from and payable to Investment Funds and PMT and mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase, and note payable are carried at amortized costs.

        Management has concluded that the carrying value of the Carried Interest due from Investment Funds approximates its fair value as the balance represents the amount distributable to the Company at the balance sheet date assuming liquidation of the Investment Funds. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of the note payable approximates the agreements' carrying value due to the agreements' short terms and variable interest rates.

        The Company also carries the receivable from and payable to Investment Funds and PMT at cost. Management has concluded that the estimated fair value of such balances approximates the carrying value due to the short terms of such balances.

        Cash is measured using Level 1 Inputs. The Company's borrowings carried at amortized cost do not have active markets or observable inputs and the fair value is measured using management's best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant

F-94


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

management judgment or estimation. The Company has classified these financial instruments as Level 3 as of December 31, 2012 due to the lack of current market activity and the Company's reliance on unobservable inputs to estimate the fair value.

        Most of the Company's financial assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. A substantial portion of those assets are "Level 3" financial statement items which require the use of significant unobservable inputs in the estimation of the assets' values. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available under the circumstances.

        The Company has assigned the responsibility for estimating the fair values of "Level 3" financial statement items to a specialized valuation group and has developed procedures and controls governing the valuation process relating to these assets. The estimation of fair values of the Company's financial assets are assigned to its Financial Analysis and Valuation group (the "FAV group"), which is responsible for valuing and monitoring the Company's investment portfolios and maintenance of its valuation policies and procedures.

        The FAV group reports to the Company's senior management valuation committee, which oversees and approves the valuations. The valuation committee includes the Company's chief executive, financial, investment and credit officers. The FAV group monitors the models used for valuation of the Company's "Level 3" financial statement items, including the models' performance versus actual results and reports those results to the valuation committee. The results developed in the FAV group's monitoring activities are used to calibrate subsequent projections used for valuation.

        The FAV group is responsible for reporting to the valuation committee on a monthly basis on the changes in the valuation of the portfolio, including major drivers affecting the valuation and any changes in model methods and assumptions. To assess the reasonableness of its valuations, the FAV group presents an analysis of the effect on the valuation of each of the changes to the significant inputs to the models.

        The following describes the methods used in estimating the fair values of Level 2 and Level 3 fair value financial statement items:

        The Company's mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, are saleable into active markets and are therefore categorized as "Level 2" fair value financial statement items and their fair values are estimated using their quoted market or contracted price or market price equivalent. Changes in fair value attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk are measured by the change in the respective loan's delinquency status at period-end from the later of the beginning of the period or acquisition date.

F-95


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        The Company estimates the fair value of an IRLC based on quoted Agency MBS prices, its estimate of the fair value of the MSRs it expects to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund or be purchased within the terms of the interest rate lock commitment.

        The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's IRLCs are the pull-through rate—the percentage of loans that the Company ultimately funds as a percentage of the commitments it has made—and the MSR component of the Company's estimate of the value of the mortgage loans it has committed to purchase. Significant changes in any of those inputs, in isolation, could result in a significant change in fair value measurement. Changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated as increasing interest rates have a negative effect on the fair value of mortgage loans and a positive effect on the fair value of MSRs that are created in the sale of such mortgage loans.

        Following is a quantitative summary of key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of interest rate lock commitments:

 
  December 31,
 
  2012   2011

Key Inputs
  Range
(Weighted average)

Pull-through rate

  61.6%-98.1%   55.0%-100.0%

  (79.1%)   (91.8%)

MSR value expressed as:

       

Servicing fee multiple

  3.2-4.2   2.1-5.7

  (4.0)   (4.8)

Percentage of unpaid principal balance

  0.6%-2.2%   0.5%-2.7%

  (0.9%)   (1.5%)

        The Company estimates the fair value of commitments to sell loans based on quoted MBS prices. The Company estimates the fair value of the MBS options and futures it purchases and sells based on observed interest rate volatilities in the MBS market. The Company estimates the fair value of its MBS interest rate swaptions based on quoted market prices.

        MSRs are categorized as "Level 3" fair value financial statement items. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of value. The key assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of MSRs include prepayment and default rates of the underlying loans, the applicable discount rate, and cost to service loans. The results of the estimates of fair value of MSRs are reported to PCM's valuation committee as part of their review and approval of monthly valuation results. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are included in the consolidated statements of income under the caption Net servicing income.

F-96


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

        Key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition are as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2012   2011
 
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

Pricing spread(1)

  7.5%-11.9%   7.5%-9.9%   9.3%-12.6%   8.3%-14.0%

  (9.8%)   (8.4%)   (9.7%)   (11.7%)

Annual total prepayment speed(2)

  6.7%-17.8%   7.8%-20.1%   5.6%-7.9%   6.3%-8.9%

  (8.5%)   (9.7%)   (6.8%)   (8.2%)

Life (in years)

  2.8-7.0   3.6-7.0   5.2-8.0   6.5-8.1

  (6.7)   (6.7)   (7.3)   (7.0)

Cost of servicing

  $68-$100   $68-$100   $61-$98   $64-$98

  ($99)   ($78)   ($96)   ($88)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward rate curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans.

(2)
Annual total prepayment speed is measured using Life Total Constant Prepayment Rate.

        Following is a quantitative summary of key inputs used in the valuation of the Company's MSRs at year end and the effect on the estimated fair value from adverse changes in those assumptions (weighted averages are based upon unpaid principal balance):

F-97


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  December 31,
 
  2012   2011
 
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

 
  (unpaid prinicpal balance and effect on value in thousands)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

  $1,271,478     $1,486,836  

Discount rate

 

15.3%-15.3%

 

 

19.0%-19.0%

 

  (15.3%)     (19.0%)  

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($302)     ($375)  

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($590)     ($733)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,130)     ($1,400)  

Average life (in years)

 

5.0

     

4.9

   

Prepayment speed(1)

  10.7%-10.7%     10.2%-10.2%  

  (10.7%)     (10.2%)  

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($273)     ($244)  

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($529)     ($469)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,040)     ($927)  

Cost of servicing

 

$270-$270

 

 

$136-$136

 

  ($270)     ($136)  

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($290)     ($132)  

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($580)     ($264)  

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($1,159)     ($527)  

(1)
Prepayment speed is measured using Constant Prepayment Rate, or CPR. CPR represents the percentage of the remaining UPB that is expected to be prepaid in excess of the scheduled amortization of principal.

F-98


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Fair Value (Continued)

 
  December 31,
 
  2012   2011
 
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
  Fair
value
  Amortized
cost
 
  Range
(Weighted average)

 
  (unpaid principal balance and effect on value in thousands)

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans

  $1,166,765   $8,730,686   $1,528,613   $617,402

Pricing spread(1)

 

7.5%-19.5%

 

7.5%-16.5%

 

7.5%-19.5%

 

7.5%-17.0%

  (10.6%)   (9.8%)   (10.4%)   (9.8%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($113)   ($1,814)   ($168)   ($146)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($222)   ($3,562)   ($332)   ($287)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($430)   ($6,870)   ($643)   ($553)

Average life (in years)

 

0.2-14.4

 

2.5-6.9

 

0.1-11.6

 

1.0-12.7

  (5.0)   (6.6)   (4.7)   (6.2)

Prepayment speed(2)

  9.0%-84.2%   8.7%-28.3%   8.1%-75.7%   6.7%-21.2%

  (19.2%)   (9.2%)   (17.7%)   (9.1%)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($238)   ($1,751)   ($307)   ($116)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($462)   ($3,446)   ($598)   ($228)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($877)   ($6,674)   ($1,137)   ($442)

Cost of servicing

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

 

$68-$140

  ($76)   ($99)   ($76)   ($94)

Effect on value of 5% adverse change

  ($77)   ($963)   ($100)   ($70)

Effect on value of 10% adverse change

  ($153)   ($1,926)   ($200)   ($139)

Effect on value of 20% adverse change

  ($307)   ($3,852)   ($323)   ($266)

(1)
Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate's forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(2)
Prepayment speed is measured using CPR.

        The preceding sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables; do not incorporate changes in the variables in relation to other variables; are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used; and do not incorporate other factors that would affect the Company's overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the preceding estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

        Fair value of mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase is based on the accrued cost of the agreements, which approximates the agreements' fair values, due to the agreements' short maturities.

F-99


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 9—Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

        Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value include the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Conforming

  $ 50,003   $ 19,860  

Government-insured or guaranteed

    398,381     69,997  
           

  $ 448,384   $ 89,857  
           

        At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had pledged $438,850,000 and $86,787,000, respectively, in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale to secure loans sold under agreements to repurchase.

Note 10—Mortgage Servicing Rights

        The activity in MSRs carried at fair value is as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 25,698   $ 31,957   $ 19,024  

Additions:

                   

Servicing resulting from loan sales

    774     1,696     1,185  

Purchases

        1,352     11,974  
               

Total additions

    774     3,048     13,159  
               

Change in fair value:

                   

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions used in valuation model(1)

    (1,550 )   (5,323 )   4,612  

Other changes in fair value(2)

    (5,124 )   (3,984 )   (4,838 )
               

Total change in fair value

    (6,674 )   (9,307 )   (226 )
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 19,798   $ 25,698   $ 31,957  
               

(1)
2010 change is primarily due to decreased delinquency and lower servicing cost expectations, which were slightly offset by higher expected prepayment speeds. 2011 change is primarily due to higher prepayment expectations due to lower interest rates, slightly offset by improved delinquency and servicing cost expectations. 2012 change is primarily due to higher realized and expected future prepayments as interest rates declined, somewhat offset by improvements in discount rates.

(2)
Represents changes due to realization of cash flows.

F-100


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

        The activity in MSRs carried at amortized cost is summarized below for the years presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Amortized cost:

                   

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 6,496   $   $  

Additions

    89,698     6,557      

Amortization

    (4,039 )   (61 )    

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than temporary impairment

             
               

Amortized cost at year end

    92,155     6,496      
               

Valuation allowance for impairment of MSRs:

                   

Balance at beginning of year

    (70 )        

Additions

    (2,908 )   (70 )    

Application of valuation allowance to write down MSRs with other-than temporary impairment

             
               

Balance at year end

    (2,978 )   (70 )    
               

MSRs, net

  $ 89,177   $ 6,426   $  
               

Estimated Fair Value of MSRs at year end

  $ 91,028   $ 6,465   $  
               

        The following table summarizes the Company's estimate of amortization of its existing MSRs. This projection was developed using the assumptions made by management in its December 31, 2012 valuation of MSRs. The assumptions underlying the following estimate will change as market conditions and portfolio composition and behavior change, causing both actual and projected amortization levels to change over time. Therefore, the following estimates will change in a manner and amount not presently determinable by management.

Year ending December 31,
  Estimated
amortization
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 10,177  

2014

    9,314  

2015

    8,531  

2016

    7,862  

2017

    7,327  

Thereafter

    48,944  
       

Total

  $ 92,155  
       

F-101


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

        Servicing fees relating to MSRs are recorded in are recorded in Net servicing income—Loan servicing fees—From non-affiliates on the consolidated statements of income; late fees and ancillary fees are recorded in Net servicing income—Loan servicing fees—From borrowers—ancillary fees on the consolidated statements of income and are summarized below:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Contractual servicing fees

  $ 20,468   $ 11,310   $ 11,309  

Late charges

    948     829     722  

Ancillary fees

    276     136     96  
               

  $ 21,692   $ 12,275   $ 12,127  
               

Note 11—Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

        The activity in the Company's Carried Interest is summarized as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 37,250   $ 24,654   $  

Carried Interest recognized during the year:

                   

Recognition of Carried Interest earned during the period

    10,473     9,275     24,654  

Adjustment recognized pursuant to amendment of Management Agreement

        3,321      
               

    10,473     12,596     24,654  

Proceeds received during the year

             
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 47,723   $ 37,250   $ 24,654  
               

        The amount of the Carried Interest received by the Company depends on the Investment Funds' future performance. As a result, the amount of Carried Interest recorded by the Company at period end is subject to adjustment based on future results of the Investment Funds and may be reduced as a result of subsequent performance. However, the Company is not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of Carried Interest will only be reversed to the extent of amounts previously recognized. Management expects the Carried Interest to be collected by the Company when the Investment Funds liquidate.

        The investment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The Investment Funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three one-year extensions by PCM at its discretion, in accordance with the terms of the limited liability company and limited partnership agreements that govern the Investment Funds.

F-102


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12—Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at Fair Value

        The Company recorded dividends from its investment in common shares of PMT totaling $167,000, $138,000 and $58,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The dividends were included in Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

Note 13—Furniture, Fixtures, Equipment and Building Improvements

        Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements is summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Equipment and building improvements

  $ 6,494   $ 3,146  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (1,429 )   (605 )
           

  $ 5,065   $ 2,541  
           

        Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $846,000, $337,000 and $154,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 14—Capitalized Software

        Capitalized software is summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost

  $ 1,676   $ 1,248  

Less: accumulated amortization

    (881 )   (692 )
           

  $ 795   $ 556  
           

        Software amortization expense totaled $264,000, $238,000 and $211,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Note 15—Borrowings

        The Company maintains four borrowing facilities: three facilities that provide for sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase; and one note payable secured by MSRs and servicing advances made on loans in the Company's loan servicing portfolio.

        The borrowing facilities secured by mortgage loans held for sale are in the form of loan sale and repurchase agreements. Eligible loans are sold under advance rates based on the loan type. Interest is charged at a rate based on the buyer's overnight cost-of funds rate for one agreement and based on the London Interbank Offered Rate for the other two agreements. Loans sold under these agreements may be re-pledged by the lenders.

F-103


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 15—Borrowings (Continued)

        Financial data pertaining to loans sold under agreements to repurchase were as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Year end:

                   

Balance

  $ 393,534   $ 77,700   $ 13,289  

Unused amount(1)

  $ 106,466   $ 22,300   $ 36,711  

Weighted-average interest rate

    2.20 %   2.39 %   2.60 %

Fair value of loans securing agreements to repurchase

  $ 438,850   $ 86,787   $ 14,721  

During the year:

                   

Average balance of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 172,729   $ 24,905   $ 4,399  

Weighted-average interest rate(2)

    2.24 %   2.66 %   2.61 %

Total interest expense

  $ 5,927   $ 1,874   $ 790  

Maximum daily amount outstanding

  $ 441,245   $ 127,593   $ 14,502  

(1)
The amount the Company is able to borrow under loan repurchase agreements is tied to the fair value of unencumbered mortgage loans eligible to secure those agreements and the Company's ability to fund the agreements' margin requirements relating to the collateral sold.

(2)
Excludes the effect of commitment fees of $1,987,000, $1,028,000 and $675,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Following is a summary of maturities of outstanding advances under repurchase agreements by maturity date:

Remaining maturity at December 31, 2012
  Balance  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Within 30 days

  $ 33,211  

Over 30 to 90 days

    360,323  

Over 90 days to 180 days

     

Over 180 days to 1 year

     
       

  $ 393,534  
       

Weighted-average maturity (in months)

    2.2  

        The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to the Company's mortgage loans

F-104


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 15—Borrowings (Continued)

held for sale sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of December 31, 2012:

Counterparty
  Amount at risk   Weighted-average
repurchase agreement
maturity
 
  (in thousands)
   

Bank of America, N.A. 

  $ 22,101   January 4, 2013

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

  $ 15,624   September 23, 2013

Citibank, N.A. 

  $ 14,164   June 25, 2013

        The Company is subject to margin calls during the period the agreements are outstanding and therefore may be required to repay a portion of the borrowings before the respective agreements mature if the value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the mortgage loans securing those agreements decreases. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $6,849,000 on deposit with its loan repurchase agreement counterparties.

        The note payable is summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Note payable secured by:

             

Servicing advances

  $ 4,905   $ 4,186  

MSRs

    48,108     14,416  
           

  $ 53,013   $ 18,602  
           

Servicing advances pledged to secure note payable

  $ 7,430   $ 6,593  

MSRs pledged to secure note payable

  $ 100,957   $ 20,861  

        The note payable matures on March 26, 2013. Interest is charged at a rate based on the lender's overnight cost of funds. The note payable secured by servicing advances and MSRs relating to certain loans in the Company's servicing portfolio provides for advance rates ranging from 50% to 85% of the amount of the servicing advances or the carrying value of the MSR pledged, up to a maximum of $17 million in the case of servicing advances and $100 million in the case of MSRs.

        The borrowing facilities contain various covenants, including financial covenants governing the Company's net worth, debt-to equity ratio, profitability and liquidity. Management believes the Company was in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2012.

F-105


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 16—Liability for Representations and Warranties

        Following is a summary of the Company's liability for representations and warranties for the periods presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance, beginning of the year

  $ 449   $ 189   $ 34  

Provisions for losses on loans sold

    3,055     283     120  

Obligation assumed from affiliate

        (23 )   35  

Incurred losses

             
               

Balance, end of year

  $ 3,504   $ 449   $ 189  
               

        Following is a summary of the repurchase activity at and for the years presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

During the year:

                   

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans repurchased

  $ 4,399   $   $  

Incurred losses on repurchased loans

  $   $   $  

At year end:

                   

Unpaid balance of mortgage loans subject to pending claims for repurchase

  $ 2,582   $ 9,774   $  

        The level of the liability for representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor demand strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans, However, management believes the amount and range of reasonably possible losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to the Company's financial condition or results of operations. The current unpaid principal balance of loans sold by the Company to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties.

Note 17—Derivative Instruments

        The Company is exposed to price risk relative to its mortgage loans acquired for sale as well as to the commitments it makes to loan applicants to originate or to PMT to acquire loans at specified interest rates. The Company bears price risk from the time a commitment to originate or purchase a loan is made to a loan applicant or PMT to the time the mortgage loan is sold. The Company is exposed to loss in value of its commitments to originate or purchase commitment or mortgage loans acquired for sale when mortgage rates rise. The Company is exposed to risk relative to the fair value of its MSRs. The Company is exposed to loss in value of its MSRs when interest rates decrease.

        The Company engages in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of earnings caused by changes in interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, the Company uses derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value

F-106


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 17—Derivative Instruments (Continued)

of the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans acquired for sale. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities.

        The Company had the following derivative financial instruments recorded on its consolidated balance sheets as of the dates presented:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
   
  Fair Value    
   
 
Instrument
  Notional
amount
  Derivative
assets
  Derivative
liabilities
  Notional
amount
  Fair
value
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

                               

Free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):

                               

Interest rate lock commitments          

    1,576,174   $ 23,951   $ 11     325,091   $ 7,905  

Forward purchase contracts

    1,021,981     1,487     231     130,900     2  

Forward sales contracts

    2,621,948     503     579     510,569     (2,531 )

MBS call options

    500,000     967         32,000     84  
                           

Total derivatives before netting          

          26,908     821           5,460  
                           

Netting

          382     (312 )          
                           

Total

        $ 27,290   $ 509         $ 5,460  
                           

        The following table summarizes the activity for derivative contracts used to hedge the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans at notional value:

 
  Balance
beginning of year
  Additions   Dispositions/
expirations
  Balance
end of year
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    130,900     19,425,777     (18,534,696 )   1,021,981  

Forward sales contracts

    510,569     29,394,503     (27,283,124 )   2,621,948  

MBS call options

    32,000     2,183,000     (1,715,000 )   500,000  

Year ended December 31, 2011

                         

Forward purchase contracts

    2,908     978,395     (850,403 )   130,900  

Forward sales contracts

    27,700     1,975,563     (1,492,694 )   510,569  

MBS call options

    2,000     105,500     (75,500 )   32,000  

Year ended December 31, 2010

                         

Forward purchase contracts

        98,149     (95,241 )   2,908  

Forward sales contracts

        195,719     (168,019 )   27,700  

MBS call options

        27,000     (25,000 )   2,000  

        The Company recorded net gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments used to hedge the Company's IRLCs and inventory of mortgage loans totaling $(67,983,000), $(10,797,000) and $252,000 and for the years ending December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Derivative gains and losses are included in Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the Company's consolidated statements of income.

F-107


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 17—Derivative Instruments (Continued)

        The Company recorded net gains on derivative financial instruments used as economic hedges of MSRs totaling $1,324,000 for the year ending December 31, 2012. The derivative gains are included in Amortization, impairment and changes in estimated fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Company's consolidated statements of income. The Company had no similar economic hedges in place in prior years.

Note 18—Members' Equity

        During the year ended December 31, 2011, PennyMac's limited liability company agreement was amended to issue additional preferred units and raise approximately $36 million from its preferred members, to issue additional common units to common members, to adopt the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, and to provide for Class C common units.

        Subscriptions receivable are amounts due from certain members who are holders of preferred units, and earn interest at rates of either 4% or 8% annually. Interest is collectible from the distribution of the preferred return and receivables will be satisfied no later than at the time of income distribution to the members, in accordance with PennyMac's limited liability company agreement.

        Only the preferred units have voting rights. Each preferred unit entitles the holder to one (1) vote per preferred unit on any matters to be decided by a vote of the members. No other member and no other class of units have voting rights. Preferred unit holders are entitled to a preferred return of 8% per year on their capital contributions. In the event of liquidation, preferred unit holders are entitled to their accumulated unpaid return plus return of the face amount of their contributions before any distributions are made to common or Class C common unit holders. Preferred and common unit holders are also entitled to a priority operating return before any income is allocated to Class C common unit holders. In the event of a liquidation, preferred and common unit holders are entitled to their accumulated priority operating return before any distributions are made to Class C common unit holders.

        The Company made distributions of $15,847,000 and $14,968,000 to PennyMac's unit holders to pay a portion of the income taxes relating to the Company's taxable income allocated to the respective unit holders for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 19—Mortgage Servicing Rebate (to) from Funds

        The Company provided a waiver to the Investment Funds relating to the "at cost" servicing fee amounting to approximately $536,000 and $2,462,000, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-108


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 20—Net Gain on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

        Net gain on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value is summarized below for the years presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash gain (loss) on sale:

                   

Loan proceeds

  $ 78,671   $ 182   $ (221 )

Hedging activities

    (70,916 )   (8,578 )   (315 )
               

    7,755     (8,396 )   (536 )
               

Non-cash gain on sale:

                   

Change in fair value of commitments to fund mortgage loans

    16,035     7,919     (24 )

Mortgage servicing rights received as proceeds on sale

    90,472     8,253     1,174  

Provision for representations and warranties on loans sold

    (3,055 )   (259 )   (51 )

Change in fair value relating to loans and hedging instruments held for sale at year-end:

                   

Loans

    4,030     393     1,099  

Hedging activities

    2,933     5,119     346  
               

Total non-cash gain relating to loans and hedging instruments held at year-end

    6,963     5,512     1,445  
               

Total non-cash gain on sale

    110,415     21,425     2,544  
               

  $ 118,170   $ 13,029   $ 2,008  
               

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company has three equity based compensation plans:

F-109


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The table below summarizes common unit activity under the common equity compensation plan and compensation expense for the years presented:

 
  As of and for the Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (dollar amounts in thousands)
 

Number of units

                   

Outstanding at beginning of year

    12,174     9,588     6,348  

Granted

    324     6,933     4,667  

Vested

    (5,350 )   (3,849 )   (715 )

Expired or canceled

    (3,615 )   (498 )   (712 )
               

Outstanding at end of year

    3,533     12,174     9,588  
               

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

                   

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $ 398   $ 393   $ 313  

Granted

  $ 433   $ 411   $ 500  

Vested

  $ 416   $ 408   $ 338  

Expired or canceled

  $ 226   $ 447   $ 318  

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 397   $ 398   $ 393  

Units available for future awards

 
$

 
$

311
 
$

311
 

Compensation expense recorded during the year

  $ 1,029   $ 1,160   $ 1,292  

Unamortized costs at year end

  $ 426   $ 1,189   $ 2,067  

        As of December 31, 2012, the weighted-average remaining vesting term of unvested units was approximately seven months.

        The Company issued Class C units of PennyMac initially during November 2011 and periodically during 2012 as awards to employees of the Company's correspondent lending group. The Class C units are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the preferred units and common units as

F-110


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

described above. Class C units have partially vested and there were no cancelled or forfeited units as of December 31, 2012.

        The following is the activity for the Class C Units:

 
  As of and for the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Units outstanding, beginning of year

    2,932          

Granted

    88     2,932      

Vested

    (367 )        
               

Units outstanding, end of year

    2,653     2,932      
               

Weighted average grant date fair value:

                   

Outstanding, beginning of year

  $ 196   $   $  

Granted

  $ 1,446   $ 196   $  

Vested

  $ 198   $   $  

Outstanding, end of year

  $ 439   $ 196   $  

Units available for future awards

        610      

Compensation expense recorded during the year

  $ 375,000   $ 19,000   $  

Unamortized costs at year end

  $ 1,082,000   $ 575,000   $  

        The Company has 2011 Incentive Plan Common Unit awards (2011 unit awards) where the terms and conditions were communicated to employees and key members of management of the Company during 2012. The 2011 unit awards are subject to the participation preferences and other rights of the preferred units and common units as described in Note 4 along with performance metrics established for the 2012 vesting period in accordance with the 2011 Incentive Plan agreement. The service period for these awards precedes the grant date which is expected to be established on January 1, 2013. At each reporting period, the Company assesses the probability of the likelihood that the performance metrics will be achieved and the 2011 unit awards will become eligible to vest. These performance metrics became probable of being achieved during 2012 and the Company is recording expense relating to the estimated fair values of the unit awards over the service period.

F-111


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following is the activity for the 2011 unit awards during the year end December 31, 2012:

 
  Estimated number
of awards
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     

Granted

    3,545  

Vested

     

Expired or canceled

     
       

Outstanding at end of year

    3,545  
       

Weighted average service period fair value:

       

Outstanding at beginning of year

  $  

Granted

    4,557  

Vested

     

Expired or canceled

     
       

Outstanding at end of year

  $ 4,557  
       

Units available for future awards

    2,525  

Compensation expense recorded during the year

  $ 18,129,000  

Unamortized costs at year end

  $  

        The Company did not award any common units under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan during the year ended December 31, 2011.

        The Class C Unit and Common Unit awards contain certain repurchase provisions which could result in an award being settled in cash at the option of the Company alone, in the event of certain types of termination scenarios. The Company established a policy that settlement will not occur until the point in time where the unit holder has borne sufficient risks and rewards of equity ownership, assumed as six months and one day post vesting.

        The valuation of Stock Based Compensation Awards during 2011 and 2012 was estimated using the income approach, specifically a discounted cash flow analysis, and the market approach to determine the value of the Company. The discounted cash flow analysis was developed based on the Company's forecasts. The market approach was developed by applying market multiples of comparable peer companies in the Company's industry or similar lines of business. The values determined by the income and the market approach were combined by weighting the income and market approaches equally. The primary assumptions used in the determination of the fair value of the Company using the discounted cash flow method were the discount rate, terminal capitalization rate, and growth rate assumptions.

F-112


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The aggregate value was then allocated to each class of units utilizing the options pricing model using the following assumptions:

Assumption
  May 1,
2012
  January 1,
2012
  November 1,
2011
  October 1,
2011
 

Time to liquidity event

    0.67 years     1.00 years     1.17 years     1.25 years  

Risk-free rate

    0.08 %   0.15 %   0.15 %   0.16 %

Dividend yield

    0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Volatility

    40.00 %   40.00 %   40.00 %   40.00 %

        The value derived from the options pricing model was reduced by the following in the determination of fair values of the awards at each of the following dates:

Assumption
  May 1,
2012
  January 1,
2012
  November 1,
2011
  October 1,
2011
 

Lack of marketability discount

    20 %   20% to 25%     25% to 30%     20 %

Lack of control discount

    17 %   17%     17%     17 %

Note 22—Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 7,858   $ 858   $  

Non-cash investing activity:

                   

Receipt of MSRs created in loan sales activities

  $ 90,472   $ 8,253   $ 1,174  

Non-cash financing activity:

                   

Cancellation of stock subscription

  $   $ 61   $ 209  

Stock subscription

  $ 125   $ 1,709   $  

Contributions and concurrent distributions

  $   $ 14,968   $  

Contribution receivable

  $   $ 16,288   $  

Note 23—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

        The Company, through PLS, is required to maintain specified levels of equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing by the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of the Company's loan servicing portfolio or loan origination volume.

F-113


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 23—Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements (Continued)

        The Agencies' capital requirements, the calculations of which are specified by each Agency, are summarized below:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
Instrument
  Net
Worth(1)
  Required   Net
Worth(1)
  Required  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Fannie Mae—PLS

  $ 172,843   $ 35,947   $ 67,796   $ 7,122  

Freddie Mac—PLS

  $ 173,273   $ 27,119   $ 68,107   $ 2,000  

Government National Mortgage Association:

                         

Issuer—PLS

  $ 152,782   $ 23,886   $ 50,626   $ 2,490  

Issuer's parent—PennyMac

  $ 227,560   $ 26,275   $ 91,677   $ 2,739  

HUD—PLS

  $ 152,782   $ 1,000   $ 50,626   $ 1,000  

(1)
Calculated in compliance with the respective Agency's requirements.

        Management believes that the Company had Agency capital in excess of these requirements at December 31, 2012. The Company is required to maintain specified levels of members' equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing by the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of the Company's servicing portfolio or loan origination volume.

        Noncompliance with the respective agencies' capital requirements can result in the respective Agency taking various remedial actions up to and including removing the Company's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective Agency.

Note 24—Commitments and Contingencies

 
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Commitments to purchase mortgage loans from PMT

  $ 1,287,405  

Commitments to fund mortgage loans

    288,769  
       

  $ 1,576,174  
       

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

  $ 2,621,948  
       

F-114


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 24—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        The Company leases its primary office facilities under an agreement that expires on February 28, 2017. The Company also licenses certain software to support its loan servicing operations. Commitments for payments under these agreements are summarized below:

Year
  Software
Licenses
  Office
Lease
  Less: Office
Sublease
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2013

  $ 2,952   $ 2,758   $ 210   $ 5,500  

2014

    2,952     3,042         5,994  

2015

    2,214     3,235         5,449  

2016

        2,957         2,957  

2017

        559         559  

Thereafter

                 
                   

  $ 8,118   $ 12,551   $ 210   $ 20,459  
                   

(1)
Software licenses include both volume and activity-based fees that are dependent on the number of loans serviced during each period and include a base fee of approximately $452,000 per year. Estimated payments for software licenses above are based on the number of loans currently serviced by the Company, which totaled approximately 123,000 at December 31, 2012. Future amounts due may significantly fluctuate based on changes in the number of loans serviced by the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2012, software license fees totaled $2.1 million.

        During 2011, the Company entered into a leasing arrangement to relocate its corporate offices. As a result of that agreement, PennyMac subleased its existing facilities and included a loss relating to the sublease of $1,155,000 in occupancy expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. Office lease expense (including the provision for losses on the sublease rents and sublease income) totaled $1,790,000, $2,962,000 and $1,335,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Internal Revenue Service was conducting an examination of PennyMac's federal income tax filings for the year ended December 31, 2010. In March 2013, the IRS examination team concluded their audit of the Company's federal income tax return for the tax year ended December 31, 2010 and subsequently formally notified us that they will not be proposing any changes to the return as originally filed. No other federal or state examination was in progress as of December 31, 2012.

        The business of the Company involves the collection of numerous accounts as well as the validity of liens and compliance with various state and federal lending and servicing laws; as such the Company is subject to various legal proceedings in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2012, there were no material current or pending claims against the Company.

F-115


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25—Segments and Related Information

        The Company has two business segments: mortgage banking and investment management.

        The investment management segment represents the activities of the Company's investment manager, which include sourcing, performing diligence, bidding and completion of asset acquisitions and managing the acquired assets for the Investment Funds and PMT.

        The investment management segment presently focuses on managing investments in distressed mortgage assets, which include mortgage loans that are either in default or are perceived to be at higher risk of default. The investment management segment then seeks to maximize the value of the mortgage loans on behalf of investors through the direction of effective "high touch" servicing by the mortgage banking segment. "High touch" servicing is based on significant levels of borrower outreach and contact, and the ability to implement long-term, sustainable loan modification and restructuring programs that address borrowers' ability and willingness to pay their mortgage loans. Where this is not possible, the investment management segment seeks to effect property resolution in a timely, orderly and economically efficient manner for the investor.

        The mortgage banking segment represents the Company's operations aimed at servicing mortgage loans managed by the investment management segment, including executing the loan resolution strategy identified by the investment management segment, and originating, purchasing, selling and servicing newly originated mortgage loans.

        Financial highlights by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

Year ended December 31, 2012
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 118,170   $   $ 118,170  

Loan origination fees

    9,634         9,634  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    62,906         62,906  

Net servicing income

    40,105         40,105  

Management fees

        24,504     24,504  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        10,473     10,473  

Interest

    6,349     5     6,354  

Other

    2     817     819  

Intersegment

             
               

    237,166     35,799     272,965  

Expenses:

                   

Interest

    7,879         7,879  

Other

    136,109     10,654     146,763  
               

    143,988     10,654     154,642  
               

Net income

  $ 93,178   $ 25,145   $ 118,323  
               

Segment assets at year end

  $ 793,630   $ 38,533   $ 832,163  
               

F-116


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25—Segments and Related Information (Continued)


Year ended December 31, 2011
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 13,029   $   $ 13,029  

Loan origination fees

    669         669  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    1,744         1,744  

Net servicing income

    28,667         28,667  

Management fees

        18,399     18,399  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        12,596     12,596  

Interest

    1,528     4     1,532  

Other

        23     23  

Intersegment

             
               

    45,637     31,022     76,659  

Expenses:

                   

Interest

    1,875         1,875  

Other

    47,904     12,181     60,085  
               

    49,779     12,181     61,960  
               

Net income

  $ (4,142 ) $ 18,841   $ 14,699  
               

Segment assets at year end

  $ 242,962   $ 46,319   $ 289,281  
               

 

Year ended December 31, 2010
  Mortgage
banking
  Investment
management
  Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues:

                   

External:

                   

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

  $ 2,008   $   $ 2,008  

Loan origination fees

    734         734  

Fulfillment fees from PMT

    80         80  

Net servicing income

    26,001         26,001  

Management fees

        15,427     15,427  

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

        24,654     24,654  

Interest

    176     19     195  

Other

        130     130  

Intersegment

             
               

    28,999     40,230     69,229  

Expenses:

                   

Interest

    790         790  

Other

    25,821     9,576     35,397  
               

    26,611     9,576     36,187  
               

Net income

  $ 2,388   $ 30,654   $ 33,042  
               

Segment assets at year end

  $ 92,844   $ 35,558   $ 128,402  
               

F-117


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25—Segments and Related Information (Continued)

        The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies.

Note 26—Subsequent Events

        Management has evaluated all events or transactions through March 25, 2013, the date the Company issued these financial statements. During this period:

        The Company made distributions to its unit holders totaling $9.4 million to pay a portion of the unit holders' income taxes relating to their taxable income from the Company in January 2013.

        On February 1, 2013, the Company entered into the following agreements with PMT and its subsidiaries: Amended and Restated Management Agreement (the "Management Agreement"), by and among PMT, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of PMT (the "Operating Partnership") and PCM; Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement (the "Servicing Agreement"), between the Operating Partnership and PLS; Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement ("MBWS Agreement"), between PLS and PennyMac Corp., a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of PMT; MSR Recapture Agreement ("MSR Recapture Agreement"), between PLS and PennyMac Corp.; Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement ("Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement"), between PLS and the Operating Partnership; and Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement ("Reimbursement Agreement"), by and among PMT, the Operating Partnership and PCM. The initial term of all of the agreements other than the Reimbursement Agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18-month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the respective agreements. The Reimbursement Agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

        The Management Agreement was amended to provide for the payment to PCM of a base management fee and a performance incentive fee, both payable quarterly and in arrears. The base management fee is equal to the sum of (i) 1.5% per annum of shareholders' equity up to $2 billion, (ii) 1.375% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $2 billion and up to $5 billion, and (iii) 1.25% per annum of shareholders' equity in excess of $5 billion. The performance incentive fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of the amount by which "net income," on a rolling four-quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeds certain levels of return on "equity." "Net income," for purposes of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee, is defined as net income or loss computed in accordance with GAAP and adjusted for certain non cash charges.

        The Servicing Agreement was amended to provide for servicing fees payable to PLS that changed from a percentage of the loan's UPB to fixed per-loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the real estate acquired in settlement of a loan.

        The MBWS Agreement provides for a fulfillment fee paid to PLS based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires. The fulfillment fee is equal to a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of such mortgage loan. The terms of the MBWS agreement are similar to the prior MBWS agreement, with the addition of potential fee rate discounts applicable to PMT's monthly purchase volume in excess of designated thresholds. The Company has also agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT's benefit, and PLS and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such services for any other third party.

F-118


Table of Contents


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 26—Subsequent Events (Continued)

        Pursuant to the terms of the MSR Recapture Agreement, if PLS refinances via its retail lending business loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, PLS is generally required to transfer and convey to PennyMac Corp., without cost to PennyMac Corp., the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have an aggregate unpaid principal balance that is not less than 30% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the loans so originated.

        Pursuant to the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, PMT may acquire from PLS the rights to receive certain excess servicing spread arising from MSRs acquired by PLS, in which case PLS generally would be required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans. The terms of each transaction under the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement will be subject to the terms of such agreement as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction.

        At this time, we do not expect our entry into the Servicing Agreement, the MBWS Agreement, the MSR Recapture Agreement, the Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement or the Reimbursement Agreement to have a material impact on our future financial results or operating metrics. As a result of amending the Management Agreement, we expect to earn performance incentive fees which we had previously not earned, however we do not expect those fees to have a material impact on our future financial results or operating metrics.

        Pursuant to the Reimbursement Agreement, the Company may be entitled to reimbursement of certain payments. In connection with the initial public offering of PMT's common shares, on August 4, 2009, PCM entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse PCM for a $2.9 million payment that it made to the underwriters of the IPO if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. Such reimbursements are contingent on earning a performance incentive fee under the Management Agreement and are subject to specified maximum payments in any 12-month period.

        On February 6, 2013, distributions of $5.8 million were made to enable the payment of subscriptions receivable and repayment of certain advances made in lieu of bonuses in prior years.

        In March 2013, the IRS exam team concluded their audit of the Company's federal income tax return for the year ended December 31, 2010 and subsequently formally notified us that they will not be proposing any changes to the tax return as originally filed.

        On March 22, 2013, the Company amended its Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to revise certain of its financial covenants and extend the term thereof.

F-119


Table of Contents

 

43,973,679 Shares

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

GRAPHIC




PROSPECTUS

October 28, 2013